the aim of the Organic Law of 19 June on Qualifications and Vocational Training is to develop a comprehensive system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, which will respond effectively and transparency of social and economic demands through the various forms of training. To this end, it creates the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, defining it in Article 2.1 as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of vocational training offerings, through the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in order to promote the professional and social development of the people and cover the needs of the production system.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as set out in Article 7.1, is designed to facilitate the integrated nature and adequacy of vocational training and the labour market, as well as the training throughout life, the mobility of workers and the unity of the labour market. This catalogue consists of the qualifications identified in the production system and the training associated with them.

Under Article 7, the structure and content of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications were established, by means of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, as amended by Royal Decree 1416/2005, 25 November. According to Article 3.2, according to the wording given by this last royal decree, the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications will make it possible to identify, define and order professional qualifications and establish the specifications of the training associated with each unit of competence; as well as establishing the benchmark for assessing and crediting the professional skills acquired through the work experience or non-formal training pathways.

This royal decree establishes eight professional qualifications, corresponding to the Professional Family Extractive Industries, which are defined in Annexes 426 to 433, as well as their corresponding training modules, thus advancing the construction of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications.

According to Article 5.1 of the Organic Law of 19 June, of the Qualifications and of Vocational Training, it is the responsibility of the General Administration of the State, in the field of exclusive competence attributed by Article 149.1.1. and 30. of the Spanish Constitution, the regulation and coordination of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, without prejudice to the competences that correspond to the autonomous communities and the participation of the of the social partners.

The Autonomous Communities have participated in the development of the qualifications which are annexed to this standard through the General Council of Vocational Training in the phases of the application of experts for the configuration of the Group of Work of Qualifications, external contrast and in the issue of the positive report that the same General Council of Vocational Training does, necessary and prior to its processing as royal decree.

According to Article 7.2 of the same organic law, the Government is entrusted, after consulting the General Council of Vocational Training, to determine the structure and content of the National Qualifications Catalogue. Professionals and approve the qualifications to be included in it, as well as guarantee their permanent update. The present royal decree has been informed by the General Council of Vocational Training and by the School Board of the State, in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.1 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September.

In its virtue, on the proposal of the Ministers of Education and of Work and Immigration, and after deliberation of the Council of Ministers at its meeting of 18 December 2009,

DISPONGO:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This royal decree aims to establish certain professional qualifications and their corresponding training modules which are included in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, regulated by the Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, as amended by Royal Decree 1416/2005 of 25 November 2003. These qualifications and their associated training are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Professional qualifications that are established.

The professional qualifications that are established correspond to the Professional Family Extractive Industries, and are the ones listed below, ordered by Qualification Levels, whose specifications are described in the attachments that are indicated:

	and restoration works in natural stone. Level 2.	Annex CDXXVI
Stone Placement. Level 2.	Annex CDXXVII
-pit excavation with explosives. Level 2.	Annex CDXXVIII
selective boot mechanized underground excavation. Level 2.	Annex CDXXIX
-section, targeted, mechanized underground excavation. Level 2.	Annex CDXXX
and mechanical maintenance of semi-movable installations and equipment in excavations and plants. Level 2.	Annex CDXXXI
and monitoring restoration works in natural stone. Level 3.	Annex CDXXXII
Mechanized underground excavation to complete section with tunelators. Level 3.	Annex CDXXXIII

Single additional disposition. Update.

Taking into account the evolution of the needs of the productive system and the possible social demands, as regards the qualifications established in this royal decree, an update of the content will be carried out of the Annexes where necessary, in any case before the end of the five-year period since their publication.

Final disposition first. Title competence.l

This royal decree is dictated by the powers conferred on the State by Article 149.1.1. on the regulation of basic conditions guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the exercise of their rights. the fulfilment of constitutional duties and the 30th of the Constitution which gives the State the competence to regulate the conditions for obtaining, issuing and approving academic and professional qualifications.

Final disposition second. Entry into force.

This royal decree will enter into force on the day following its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Given in Madrid, 18 December 2009.

JOHN CARLOS R.

The First Vice President of the Government and Minister of the Presidency,

MARIA TERESA FERNANDEZ DE LA VEGA SANZ

ANNEX CDXXVI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: CRAFTS AND RESTORATION WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Professional Family: Extractive Industries

Level: 2

Code: IEX426_2

General competition:

To perform works of craftsmanship in natural stone, of a traditional or contemporary character, consisting of constructive and decorative elements, urban furniture, funerary ornamentation and restoration and maintenance works of buildings and construction or decorative elements in natural stone, according to instructions and under the supervision of the manager of the work and, where appropriate, of the technician responsible for the restoration project. In those goods declared of cultural interest by the competent authorities, it shall be acted upon according to the rules of protection established and in accordance with those responsible for the restoration.

Competition Units:

UC1372_2: Make drawings, models, and budgets of craft works in natural stone.

UC1373_2: Craft works in natural stone.

UC1374_2: Maintain and, where appropriate, restore works in natural stone.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as self-employed or as an employed person in companies and workshops of a craft and artistic nature, usually private, of generally small size, and in some medium cases or large companies engaged in the manufacture of artisanal or the restoration and conservation of elements in natural stone. Runs jobs designed by top-level technicians and/or simple craft projects that he elaborates.

Productive Sectors:

Stone industry: artisanal execution of natural stone; restoration of buildings and unique works in stone.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Construction quarry.

Craft marble or stone quarry.

Tallista, stone and/or marble labrador.

Plotter in stone, marble, or slate.

Stone and/or marble tallist.

The alabaster tallist.

A stone and/or marble hand-inscriptions recorder.

Stone Monter of sculptures, monuments and the like.

Artisan of ivory, stone and the like.

Associated training: (600 hours).

Training Modules

MF1372_2: Drawings, models and budgets of works of craftsmanship in natural stone. (210 hours)

MF1373_2: Craft construction of works in natural stone. (270 hours)

MF1374_2: Maintenance and, where appropriate, restoration of natural stone works. (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MAKE DRAWINGS, MODELS AND BUDGETS OF CRAFT WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: UC1372_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Interpret and complete the information received from the work, depending on its characteristics and requirements, to define the work to be performed in general.

CR1.1 The information provided is ordered and analyzed to obtain a general and consistent interpretation of the set of the work to be performed, detecting possible omissions and/or errors that prevent its complete definition.

CR1.2 The required supplemental information is collected, to detail the work to be done.

CR1.3 The sources of information and access to these, both physical and digital (archives, libraries, fairs, video libraries, Internet, specialized journals and others), are handled with dexterity, so that they can be obtained updated content and contribute to the creation.

CR1.4 The information or content obtained is saved or archived in a way that facilitates its accessibility and availability.

RP2: Perform sketches of the elements and pieces to be elaborated, using traditional means or by computer design systems, to represent the general aspects of the work to be carried out. CR2.1 The methods and materials to be used to represent the objects to be performed are selected, choosing the most appropriate to the characteristics of the work and its purpose.

CR2.2 The sketch that is performed, usually plasma the proportions and measurements of the work to be performed.

CR2.3 The perspective that is used in the realization of the sketch is the appropriate one, for the representation of its proportions and characteristics.

CR2.4 The color and texture used in the sketch generally represent the materials and finishes of the project.

CR2.5 The sketch that is elaborated includes those complementary graphic resources that allow a broader understanding of the work and/or make the representation more attractive.

CR2.6 The computer program used to perform the sketches is chosen according to the characteristics and requirements of the work.

RP3: Make drawings and cutting, from the initial sketches, using different systems of representation, both at hand and by computer, to shape the work in detail, collecting its characteristics and measures.

CR3.1 The rendering system is selected based on the characteristics of the work.

CR3.2 The drawings made represent the information collected in the sketches and/or sketches at scale.

CR3.3 The drawings that are made contain all the elements and shapes of the work to be elaborated, giving an exact view of it.

CR3.4 The detail drawings required for a complete project definition are performed, clearly collecting the shapes and materials to use.

CR3.5 The tagging, tag-out, and inclusion of symbols and legends are performed using standardized systems.

CR3.6 The computer program used in the computer drawings is chosen according to the characteristics and requirements of the work.

RP 4: Make templates in different materials to plot the shape of the product to be carried out on the material and/or to verify the correct execution of the work, using the appropriate techniques and procedures work to be performed.

CR4.1 The materials to be used for template tailoring are selected, depending on the work procedure and the conditions to which it will be submitted during the job run.

CR4.2 Drawing instruments and cutting tools or machinery for the making of the template are selected in such a way that they are best suited to the material used in the establishment of the template.

CR4.3 The templates are performed, collecting the main profiles of the work, so that they allow the correct and complete execution of the work.

CR4.4 The cutting of the templates is done, approaching the lines or points as much as possible.

CR4.5 The measures in the template are verified to correspond to those reflected in the plans and the actual scale of the final work to be performed.

CR4.6 The edges of the template are reviewed to ensure the correct copy of your profile.

CR4.7 Surplus and waste from the realization of templates are collected and removed to the established locations, complying with safety and environmental protection regulations.

RP5: Develop models and models to represent three-dimensionally the work to be done and serve as a guide in the execution of the definitive work, using volumetric techniques (modeling and mixed techniques: assembly, addition, size and other), from the drawings and artistic and/or technical drawings.

CR 5.1 The scale or scale of the model is chosen, depending on the work technique to be used and the dimensions and characteristics of the final work, so as to provide a comprehensive overview of the work and allow for the subsequent work completion or reproduction of the final work by means of copy or scale change techniques, either manual or automatic.

CR5.2 The materials and techniques to be used to make the model are selected, depending on the characteristics or particularities of the model to be made.

CR5.3 The tools, tools, and machinery to be used in the making of the model are selected, depending on the material and technique to be used.

CR5.4 The armor and/or auxiliary structures required to support the material are constructed, when the characteristics of the material and the work to be performed so require, so as to ensure its stability.

CR5.5 Models or models are performed using the appropriate volumetric techniques (modeling, assembly, 3D-assisted design programs, or others), depending on the characteristics of the work to be performed:

CR5.6 The dimensions and characteristics of the realized model are verified, which correspond to the initial information about the work to be performed.

CR5.7 The finishing, color, or texture work is performed, if any, according to the model's applications, approximating the final aspect of the work to be performed.

CR5.8 The surpluses and residues resulting from the elaboration of the models and models, are collected and removed to the established places, complying with the safety and environmental protection regulations.

RP 6: Perform the project budget, to estimate the cost of the work to be performed, based on the cost of equipment, materials, and labor to be used.

CR6.1 The aspects to be considered and evaluated in the elaboration of the budget, are identified from the interpretation of the technical documentation of the project, the requirements of the client and the characteristics and needs involving the performance of the work, determining:

-Machinery, tools, and tools.

-Facilities, auxiliary media and supplies.

-Materials to use.

-Transportation expenses and other possible expenses.

-Realization time.

CR6.2 The costs of the different units of work are calculated based on the standard or established prices in the sector and/or previous works performed by the company.

CR6.3 The total budget is drawn up, applying unit prices to the different units of work, and ordering the items per chapter.

CR6.4 Specific computer programs and programs for budgeting are handled, with skill.

CR6.5 The final budget is presented to customers in a clear and orderly manner within the agreed timeframe.

Professional context:

Production media:

Table and technical drawing material. Useful and material for binding and cutting planes. Material for templates: wood, sheet metal, acetates, polystyrene, cardboard, vegetable or other. Cutting instruments: saws, limes, scissors, cutters, lijas or others. Material for models and models: clay, plaster, plasticine, polystyrene, wood, wires, adhesives. Modelling instruments: chopsticks, spatulas, diggers. Manual and electrical tools. Computers and computer networks: computers, portable memories, scanners, printers, tracers, data recorders, photocopiers and cameras. Applications and design computing environments. Applications and file computing material. Office applications.

Products and results:

Sketches on paper or computer support of craft works. Plans of plants, poached, sections, profiles and perspectives, in paper and in computer support. You wake up. Photocompositions. Templates. Models and models. Breakdown of works budgets.

Information used or generated:

Bocetos. Drawings and drawings of plants, poached, sections, profiles and perspectives of craft projects. Template catalogs. Technical and artistic documentation (magazines, specialized books, CD-ROM ' s) Manuals of use of computers and computer networks. Design, archive, and office software application manuals. Verbal and written instructions from the team leader or client. Worksheets. Documentation on material characteristics and pricing.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: CRAFT WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: UC1373_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Carry out the preparatory operations of roughing and cutting of the stone, to bring its volume closer to the size of the work to be carried out, using the machinery, tools and tools adapted to the type of stone and shapes to obtain.

CR1.1 Available information is interpreted to delimit the characteristics of the work.

CR1.2 The process of making the parts is organized, defining the sequence of the different phases of the process that favor an optimal result, within the requirements of quality and with the lowest possible cost and time.

CR1.3 The blocks are chosen based on the dimensions and characteristics of the work to be performed.

CR1.4 The part is located, fixed and heated on the cutting table or platform, so as to ensure its immobility and allow a correct and safe posture for the performance of the work.

CR1.5 The cutting tools are selected to be the most appropriate for the work to be done, verifying that they are in perfect state of use.

CR1.6 The indicated tools are positioned on the machines, following the manufacturer's specifications.

CR1.7 The operating parameters of the machines are set, adjusting them to optimize the cutting process.

CR1.8 The cutting machine or tool is used with the appropriate incidence angle, orientation and strength or pressure depending on the work to be performed.

CR1.9 The security elements and the auxiliary equipment and supplies (electricity, water, compressed air) are verified, that their parameters are appropriate for the operations to be performed.

RP2: Perform cutting, carving, or milling operations, by hand or machine, to obtain the fixed form in the work to be performed, complying with the regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR2.1 The tools and tools to use for each operation are selected based on the characteristics of the work to be performed and the material to be used.

CR2.2 The lines of the work to be performed are plotted on the stone, using previously elaborated templates.

CR2.3 The cutting, carving or milling tool is used with the appropriate incidence angle, orientation and strength or pressure, depending on the task to be performed and the characteristics of the material itself.

CR2.4 Size or cutting operations with machinery, performed using the manufacturer's specifications and/or the established procedure and respecting safety measures, in particular as regards the correct handling of machinery and equipment.

CR2.5 The resulting forms of carving, cutting or roughing are verified, with the frequency required by the work itself, checking that they correspond to the model, template, sketches and/or plans, and that their quality level is the required.

CR2.6 The extension, reduction, or copy techniques used to transport measurements to the pieces to be worked out, are applied according to the established procedures.

CR2.7 The roughing and carving tools are pointed, sharpened or replaced, depending on their state and the characteristics of the stone and the work to be done.

CR2.8 The maintenance of the machines and tools is performed with the appropriate frequency according to the preventive maintenance plan, using the appropriate consumables and tools and following the manufacturer's instructions and the technical instructions of the company.

CR2.9 Existing surpluses and residues in facilities and equipment are collected and withdrawn periodically in accordance with established procedures and in compliance with environmental legislation.

RP3: Perform surface treatments by physical and/or chemical means to obtain products with the desired surface finish, following the artistic-technical specifications of the project, and complying with the safety and environmental protection.

CR3.1 Surface finishes to be performed are determined from the information contained in the project.

CR3.2 The tools and tools to use for each treatment are selected according to the characteristics of the work to be performed, optimizing the performance and quality of the work.

CR3.3 The polishing process is performed, using the polishing tools (muels, lozenges, lijas or other abrasive) sequentially, using the appropriate grains and the brightness to obtain and apply the pressure and appropriate speed in each case, depending on the materials and useful staff.

CR3.4 The arening process is performed, using the appropriate abrasive material type and granulometry, applying the appropriate pressure to the material and surface finish defined in the project and supplying the machines in the process. capacity function.

CR3.5 The flaming process is performed by selecting the appropriate gas nozzle and mixture, depending on the work to be performed and the characteristics of the stone.

CR3.6 The type of spark plug (number, shape and size of the teeth) and the pressure to apply, are selected based on the material used and the type of finish required.

CR3.7 The status of the useful is checked periodically during the process, replacing the deteriorated ones, to ensure the quality of the jobs.

CR3.8 The cleaning and maintenance of machines and tools is performed with the appropriate frequency according to the preventive maintenance plan, using the appropriate consumables and tools and following the instructions of the manufacturer and the company's technical instructions.

CR3.9 The finished chemicals are applied in the required quantities, proportions and sequence, respecting the technical specifications and using the corresponding individual protective equipment.

CR3.10 Surpluses and residues, both physical and chemical finishes, existing in the facilities and equipment are collected and removed periodically, following established procedures and respecting the legislation environmental.

RP4: Perform the pre-assembly of the works that include several components, preparing the necessary anchoring systems and making the adjustments in the joints that are necessary, to guarantee their stability, checking their couple and, thus avoiding discontinuities.

CR4.1 The premontage of the work is done in the workshop, verifying that it corresponds to the plans and that its elements fit correctly and there are no discontinuities in the unions.

CR4.2 The drills necessary to accommodate the elements of the different elements of the work are carried out, in order to guarantee the stability and safety of the work.

CR4.3 The templates that are required for the subsequent placement of the anchors in the work are performed with the necessary accuracy for the perfect location of the anchors.

CR4.4 The anchors are prepared and verified that they fit into the previously performed drills, carrying out the necessary adjustment work.

CR4.5 The anchorages are applied on the parts to be mounted, when there are no risks of rupture in the transport, leaving the set pre-assembled, arranged for placement in work.

RP5: Perform the classification, labelling, packaging and loading of the final products, according to the characteristics and destination of the products, for subsequent storage or dispatch, complying with the safety and security standards environmental.

CR5.1 The finished parts are located and organized in the areas for the purpose, using the appropriate means of handling and transport and following the established safety procedures and standards.

CR5.2 The finished parts are classified, according to their characteristics and destination of the work, following, where appropriate, the established procedures.

CR5.3 Labelling and marking is performed on the parts, boxes and/or pallets, depending on their characteristics and destination, following the procedures established by the company.

CR5.4 The marking of the packaging is done by collecting all the necessary information to prevent damage to the work during handling or transport.

CR5.5 Packaging is made in a manner adapted to the product and the means of loading and transport, following, where appropriate, the technical instructions.

CR5.6 The documentation relating to the storage and transport of the work is completed, following the procedures established by the company.

CR5.7 The loading and stowage of the packaged products in the means of transport is performed so that it is totally immobilized and evenly distributed.

CR5.8 Waste from labelling, marking and packaging is collected and removed, following established procedures and respecting environmental legislation.

RP6: Perform the assembly of the pieces in natural stone in work, for the complete placement of the work, using anchorages and/or mortars or other adhesives and respecting the established technical specifications and the standards of security.

CR6.1 The actual measurements of the work in stone, prior to the placement of the work, are shown to correspond to those reflected in the plans and with the space or elements where it must be placed, making the adjustments necessary, if any.

CR6.2 The auxiliary lifting means used for the placement of the work is proven to be adequate for the tasks to be performed and comply with the safety regulations.

CR6.3 The scaffolding for the assembly of the work is checked that they are approved and used, mounted and disassembled, following the established procedures, checking at all times their stability and that the safety measures are operational.

CR6.4 The anchorages are prepared and applied according to the technical specifications of the part to ensure its stability, drawing up templates when they are to be performed on adjacent pieces or at regular intervals.

CR6.5 Adhesives or mortars are prepared and applied according to the technical specifications of the products and the characteristics of the pieces to be joined.

CR6.6 The parts are placed in compliance with the level and aplomb criteria and following the procedure established by the company.

CR6.7 The work of finishing the work (treatment of joints, protective treatments and others), are carried out according to the characteristics of the work and its purpose.

CR6.8 The waste generated by the application of queues and mortars is collected and stored, applying safety and environmental protection regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing and measuring elements: pencils, compasses, paper. Hand tools: peaks, maces, chisels, pointers, pots, gradins, dancers, limes. Electric and pneumatic machines: amolors, hammers, drills, milling machines, polishing machines, grandmothers. Flamethrowers. Haranguers, Tornos. Pantographs. Aging equipment: bath and dye buckets. Loading and unloading means: rollers, cranes, lifts, hoists. Scaffolding.

Products and results:

Constructive elements: columns, capitals, carving of cornices, arches. Assembly of decorative elements: fireplaces, vases, shields, gardeners. Functional elements: urban furniture, tables, banks, sources. Works of a religious nature: cruises, religious imagery. Funeral art. Singular works: tourist souvenirs, gift objects. Pre-assembled works at the workshop. Works mounted on work and remade. Works classified, labelled and packed.

Information used or generated:

Drawings and drawings of plants, poached, sections, profiles and perspectives of craft projects. Diverse documentation (magazines, specialized books). Equipment and machinery use manuals. Verbal and written instructions from the team leader or client. Documentation on material characteristics. Worksheets. Parts of maintenance of machinery and equipment. Warehouse tabs. Repertoires or catalogues of minerals and stones; studies of material behavior in relation to the different treatments to which it can be subjected; repertoires of synthetic materials used in the work of the stone.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MAINTAIN AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, RESTORE WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: UC1374_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Interpret works of restoration of works in natural stone, to identify the works to be carried out, collecting and analyzing all the technical documentation and contrasting it with the reality of the work in natural stone.

CR1.1 The technical documentation of the restoration project is ordered and analyzed, identifying the necessary information for the complete definition of the work to be done, areas to be treated, treatments to be performed, equipment and tools to use, organization of times and resources, and other relevant information.

CR1.2 Possible indefinitions, errors, or non-concordant measures that may exist are identified and communicated to the direct superior for clarification and justification.

CR1.3 Damage to be treated (deposits, stains, cracks, losses, and others) is visually recognized in the work, as indicated in the restoration project.

CR1.4 The restoration treatments and procedures to be followed for each of the damages identified in the natural stone elements or assemblies are concretized, as specified in the restoration project.

CR1.5 The jobs to be performed are organized, determining the necessary equipment, tools, tools, treatment products, and auxiliary means to be used, as specified in the restoration project.

RP2: Perform the cleaning of the stone to remove those elements that are strange or harmful, following the established in the restoration project, acting according to instructions and under the supervision of the manager of the work to restore and comply with regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR2.1 The work process is organized, prior to the cleaning operations, with the sequence established in terms of products, work surface and times, in order to optimize the performance and avoid the passage of dirt between the different elements.

CR2.2 Manual cleaning procedures (brushes, brushes, spatulas or other) and mechanical or physical (water jet, sand jet or other products) are carried out in accordance with the technical requirements and the job parameters indicated by the person in charge of the work and, where appropriate, by the person responsible for the restoration project, and according to the type of stone and elements to be removed.

CR2.3 Equipment maintenance is performed on the basis of manufacturer's specifications and procedures established by the company.

CR2.4 The cleaning chemicals are applied, respecting the dosage and application times set by the manufacturer and the instructions received from the top-level technicians, subsequently cleaning up the items treated.

CR2.5 The possible previously undetected damage or anomalies, and the patinas and/or polychrome that appear in the development of the works, are immediately communicated to the technician responsible for the restoration project, (i) interrupting, where appropriate, the work and in any event the instructions and procedures laid down.

CR2.6 Cleaning operations are carried out with the appropriate individual protective equipment, depending on the products and the work to be performed and in compliance with the safety measures, in particular in the case of on the correct handling of machinery and equipment and protection of areas.

CR2.7 The chemicals used in cleaning and their waste are removed, following established procedures and respecting environmental legislation.

RP3: Develop and apply mortars to repiece, complete, rebuild, protect and maintain natural stone elements and assemblies, following the requirements of the restoration project, acting according to instructions and under supervision of the technician responsible for the restoration project, respecting the technical specifications and standards for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR3.1 The surfaces are prepped, with the appropriate products and tools, according to the instructions of the top-level technician, and under their supervision when the nature of the restoration works so requires it.

CR3.2 The mortar is made using the established materials and proportion, in order to obtain the indicated colouring and texture, carrying out samples where necessary, for validation by the higher level technician.

CR3.3 The mortar for filling and reconstructing the areas indicated is applied with the appropriate tools and procedure depending on the material and type of work to be carried out, following in any case the instructions received from the person in charge of the work and, where appropriate, from the technician responsible for the project and taking into account the final finish established.

CR3.4 The frames, moulds, and eards required for the reintegration of complex volumes are performed, so that they facilitate reproduction of the original form.

CR3.5 Mortar processing and application operations are carried out using appropriate personal protective equipment and in compliance with safety measures, in particular with regard to the correct handling of the mortar. machinery and products.

CR3.6 The remains of mortars are removed, following established procedures and respecting environmental legislation.

RP4: Repose elements in natural stone, to restore the original form of the work, following the requirements of the restoration project, and acting according to instructions and under the supervision of the technician responsible for the project restore.

CR4.1 The characteristics of the element to be replenished are identified (type of stone, volume, finish, dimensions, anchoring system and others), communicating them to the technician responsible for the project for validation and subsequent elaboration or acquisition.

CR4.2 The surfaces are prepped, with the appropriate products and tools to facilitate the correct placement and fixing of the element to be rolled back.

CR4.3 The elements to be replenished are provisionally fastened or supported, by means of the auxiliary means indicated: struts, cimbras or others.

CR4.4 The reorder element is placed and fixed at its location, by means of the system and the elements (anchoring, mortar, adhesive or other), in such a way that its stability is ensured.

RP5: Apply products for the protection and/or maintenance of natural stone elements or assemblies, following the restoration project and the technical specifications of the products, acting according to instructions and under supervision of the technician responsible for the restoration project, and complying with the environmental safety and protection standards

CR5.1 The application process indicated by the technician responsible for the project, is organized, previously with the due sequence in terms of products, work surface and time, in order to optimize the performance.

CR5.2 The adjacent areas to which they are to be treated are protected, according to their characteristics and with those of the product to be used.

CR5.3 The elements to be treated are properly prepared, eliminating dirt, mortar or other elements to the stone, with the products and tools indicated in the project or memory.

CR5.4 Treatment products (hydrofleetants, anti-graffiti and others) are applied with the method or technique and in the quantities and time of exposure established, respecting the technical specifications of the products and following at all times the indications of the project manager.

CR5.5 Operations are performed with the individual protection equipment, suitable for the products to be used and the work to be performed, respecting the safety measures, in particular as regards the correct handling of the products and protection of areas.

CR5.6 Treatment chemicals are stored and their surplus and waste are removed, following established procedures and complying with safety and environmental protection standards.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing and measurement items. Material for templates and for drawing. Compasses. Pantographs. Hand tools: peaks, mugs, pots, levers, wedges, chisels, pointers, gradins, scotines. Cleaning tools: vacuum cleaners, brushes, brushes, brushes, scalpers, spatulas, spatulins, palustres, plains, pallets, sprayers. Hand-operated electric and pneumatic machines and their tools: grinders, cutting discs, grinding wheels, hammers, pointers, bujards, microtralted strawberries, milling machines, lathes. Laser devices. Equipment for water supply, spraying and steam. Microarenators, compressor, suction and drying systems. Concrete. Scaffolding. Easels, benches, meshes and protection fences. Containers. Loading and unloading means, pressure cats, rollers, slings, suction cups. Chemical products: resins, solvents, thickeners, biocidal products. Spikes and other assembly and anchoring elements.

Products and results:

Restore jobs organized. Elements and sets of natural stone clean from foreign elements. Mortars for reuniting, completing, rebuilding, protecting and maintaining natural stone elements and assemblies. Natural stone elements spare parts according to their original form. Products for the protection and/or maintenance of applied natural stone elements or assemblies.

Information used or generated:

Drawings drawn and/or modeled. Flat. Templates. Verbal and written instructions. Technical specifications. Documentation on materials and products for restoration, maintenance and protection. Documentation for the use and maintenance of machinery. Standards for the protection of the environment and the prevention of occupational risks. Legislation and technical standards for the handling, collection and disposal of chemicals and packaging. Security tokens for the products used. Process tracking documents or tabs. Parts of maintenance. Parts of work. Warehouse tabs. Historical documentation of the traditional uses and work of the stone. Resources and documentation available on the Internet.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DRAWINGS, MODELS AND BUDGETS OF WORKS OF CRAFT IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: MF1372_2

Associate to UC: Make drawings, models and budgets of craft works in natural stone

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the structure, documents, and general contents of a craft project, interpreting the documentation and graphical representations they contain.

CE1.1 Describe the structure and components of a craft project, recognizing the most appropriate means for the representation of the various aspects of the project.

CE1.2 Identify the sources of documentation for the elaboration of a natural stone craft project, recognizing its main characteristics and contents.

CE1.3 Recognize the different graphical representation systems used in craft projects (diedrico, axonometric, bounded planes, and perspectives), identifying their characteristics and properties.

CE1.4 Recognize the color sphere and chromatic scale, identifying the primary and secondary colors.

CE1.5 Differentiate the main graphical representation software, identifying their features and applications.

CE1.6 Describe the different types of models and models used for the three-dimensional representation of craft works, relating them to their applications, materials used, scales and degree of definition.

C2: Draw sketches, both by hand and by computer, to represent craft works, using different techniques of graphic representation.

CE2.1 List the basic concepts of drawing and composition, identifying the geometric shapes and their combinations.

CE2.2 Identify and apply light and shadow rendering techniques for volume reproduction, recognizing their main functions.

CE2.3 Apply rendering techniques using object lines in two dimensions, identifying scales, proportions, and perspectives.

CE2.4 Identify and apply light and shadow (shading) techniques for volume representation, recognizing their usage characteristics.

CE2.5 Recognize and apply the different techniques and materials to give color to drawings of works of art and crafts, recognizing the properties and characteristics of each of them and relating them to the different materials or textures to represent.

CE2.6 Use the main software to perform artistic drawings, recognizing their main functions and applications.

CE2.7 Indicate the classification, sorting, and file systems of sketches and drawings, describing their characteristics and application.

CE2.8 In a practical case, with a proper description, starting with general instructions or real/s/s, make a hand sketch of a work in craft:

-Trazing the lines of each object, maintaining the original proportions.

-Reproducing the volumes with lights and shadows.

-Applying color.

-Saving and archiving the sketches made.

CE2.9 In a perfectly identified scenario based on general or object/s/s instructions, perform a sketch of a work in craft with the corresponding computer program:

-Trazing the lines of each object, maintaining the original proportions.

-Reproducing the volumes with lights and shadows.

-Applying color.

-Saving and archiving the sketches made.

C3: Make drawings of a technical nature, either by hand or using specific computer applications, to faithfully represent works of craftsmanship, from sketches and/or artistic drawings and graphic information.

CE3.1 Recognize the different systems of graphical representation (dihedral, axonometric, blueprints and perspectives), used in art and craft projects, identifying their characteristics and applications.

CE3.2 Relating the different systems of representation with the different types of works of crafts, according to their characteristics and the idea to translate.

CE3.3 Describe and apply the standardized systems for the acotation, tag-out, symbology and legends, using the corresponding scales.

CE3.4 Use the main technical drawing software, identifying its main functions and applications.

CE3.5 Use the classification, sorting, and file systems of technical drawings, identifying their main applications.

CE3.6 In a practical case, properly characterized by the realization (by hand or by computer) of drawings and cutting of a work of art or craft:

-Choose the appropriate representation system to the characteristics of the work.

-Choose the appropriate scale that provides the required degree of definition.

-Perform detail drawings and cut.

-Acute with the normalized system.

-Outline the symbology and legends.

-Archive the blueprints on conventional or digital media.

C4: Perform craft project budgets, identifying and valuing the cost of different items.

CE4.1 Classify the sections of a budget, by chapters and units of work, relating them to the processes, materials and resources used in a work.

CE4.2 Calculate quantities of materials used in the main craft works in natural stone.

CE4.3 Estimating necessary times for the realization of the main works of craftsmanship in natural stone.

CE4.4 Get up-to-date information on costs of materials, products, tools, tools, and others, distinguishing normal market prices.

CE4.5 Calculate the price of the different sections, depending on their corresponding costs (materials, equipment, labor, and others).

CE4.6 Get the total budget from the partial sums of the various sections, by sorting it out by chapters.

CE4.7 Identify the various documents used in budgeting, distinguishing their forms of presentation, both in manual and digital support.

CE4.8 In a properly-characterized practical scenario of a work in natural stone.

-Identify the project type and the processing processes of the work from the given specifications.

-Calculate the required materials and their quantities.

-Collect information about the unit cost of these materials and make the total sum, depending on the amounts calculated.

-Identify necessary materials, tools, equipment, and other material resources.

-Calculate the cost of such media (acquisition, amortization, rental, among others).

-Calculate the number of hours required in each of the processes, and the total sum.

-Develop the total budget, presenting it sorted by chapters and units of work.

-Select and fill in the appropriate documentation, in detail and in order.

C5: Make templates to plot and/or verify shapes in craft works, adapting their number and the material used to different types of works and processing processes.

CE5.1 Identify the techniques for designing and drawing the necessary templates for the layout and verification of forms of various craft works, from a defined project and according to the work to be carried out and the processing process.

CE5.2 Identify the process for drawing on media materials, the template profile, ensuring that they correspond to the previous design and verifying that the measures of the template correspond to those reflected in the drawings used as a base.

CE5.3 Identify the process to cut the templates, approximating as much as possible to the lines or points that define it, passing the edges.

CE5.4 Recognize the health and safety risks related to the handling of materials, tools, and machinery used in the making of templates.

CE5.5 In a practical scenario, with the technical documentation of the project and/or general instructions:

-Identify the number of templates required to plot and verify the forms of the work.

-Choose the appropriate support material for the realization of the templates.

-Select the cutting and repast machinery or tools.

-Verify the operational status of the same and the current regulatory security conditions.

-Design each template.

-Draw on the selected material for the realization of the template the profiles of each design, with the form and the corresponding real scale measures.

-Cut the templates as closely as possible to the lines or points that define them.

-Review the edges.

-Tracing the material with the profiles of each template.

-Verify that the measures in the template correspond to those reflected in the planes used as the basis.

-Then verify that the work performed corresponds to the template and to the technical documentation.

C6: Represent projects in three dimensions using modeling and mixed techniques (assembly, addition, carving, and others), using the tools and tools appropriate to the different materials.

CE6.1 Describe the materials that can be used for model and model realization, distinguishing their application characteristics.

CE6.2 Identify techniques, tools, and tools to be used for model and model realization, relating to the different materials to be used.

CE6.3 Characterize the different techniques to generate volumes, distinguishing the different methods: addition, subtraction, and others, and applying different scales.

CE6.4 Use the various techniques to generate volumes virtually, using 3D computing applications, faithfully representing the object to be performed.

CE6.5 Use the various techniques to generate volumes virtually, using 3D computing applications, faithfully representing the object to be performed.

CE6.6 Recognize types of armor for making models and models, distinguishing their applications.

CE6.7 Identify types and finishing techniques in models and models, relating them to the material used and their subsequent use.

CE6.8 In a practical case, properly characterized from sketches or artistic or technical drawings and following general instructions, perform a three-dimensional model, using the materials and techniques indicated.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.8; C5 for CE5.5; C6 for CE6.8.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Comply with the correct production rules.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Contents:

1. Craft projects.

Project definition. Phases, functions, products, purpose.

Sources and documentation media. Books, specialized journals, Internet.

Materials (stone, wood, metal, synthetic).

Techniques and Processes.

Log and Encoding Systems.

2. Sketch of sketches for art and craft projects.

Drawing materials and tools.

Techniques for drawing sketches.

Ratio. Color. Light and shadows.

Composition with geometric shapes.

Organic shapes.

The human figure.

3. Graphic design software applied to art and craft projects.

Design computing applications. Drawing in two and three dimensions.

Entities, solids, blocks, objects, layers.

Fill and coloring functions, patterns.

Effects and Filters.

4. Technical representation applied to art and craft projects.

Materials and technical drawing tools.

Technical drawing software.

Representation systems.

System dihedral. System of bounded planes. Axonometric system.

Cavalry perspective. Conica perspective.

Scales.

Normalization. Symbology. Tag out. Acutation. Shading. Patterns.

Vector drawing. Entities, solids, blocks, objects, layers.

Calculation functions.

Presentation of jobs. Printing.

5. Models, models and templates in works of art and crafts.

Concept of Space. Concept of positive and negative.

Expressive elements of three-dimensional language. Shape, function, and structure.

Volumetric techniques: addition, subtraction, tension, and contraction.

Materials.

Templates. Types and materials used. Realization techniques.

Useful and Tools.

Armature.

Security and Environment.

6. Budgets of works of handicrafts in natural stone.

Budget structure: chapters and units of work.

Costs of the units of work.

Calculation of partial and total.

Statistics and computing applications for budgeting.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-Auto 45 m².

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of drawings, models and budgets of works of craftsmanship in natural stone, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: CRAFT MANUFACTURING OF WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: MF1373_2

Associate with UC: Craft works in natural stone

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: visually recognize the characteristics of the different types of stone, identifying their suitability for the performance of various craft works in natural stone.

CE1.1 Visually recognize the different types of stone used for performing craft works, comparing them with reference samples.

CE1.2 visually distinguish the physical characteristics of the different types of stone, recognizing their suitability for the performance of different types of work.

CE1.3 Recognize the cutting planes in different types of natural stone, identifying their impact on the finish and physical-mechanical characteristics of the final work.

CE1.4 Identify the different treatments or surface finishes, relating them to different types of stones.

C2: Identify the techniques, as well as the corresponding equipment, machinery, tools, facilities and auxiliary means used for the work of crafts in natural stone, distinguishing its characteristics, function and application.

CE2.1 Identify the manual and useful tools used in cutting, carving and finishing pieces in natural stone, recognizing their application in the various work of artisanal processing in natural stone.

CE2.2 Describe the characteristics and operation of the main machines, as well as the cutting tools, consumables and auxiliary materials used for cutting, carving and finishing of the parts, relating to the types of stone and the various products to be obtained.

CE2.3 Recognize the different facilities and auxiliary equipment involved in the work of artisanal natural stone processing, relating them to the different size or finishing systems.

CE2.4 List the main parameters to be controlled (speed, pressure, flow rates and others), during the cutting, cutting and finishing processes, recognizing the optimal values according to the different types of stone, perform and characteristics of the machinery and the useful to be used.

CE2.5 Describe the main maintenance operations of the facilities, machinery and auxiliary equipment, recognizing their frequency of performance and utility.

CE2.6 Identify the main lifting systems, distinguishing their features, application, and security elements.

CE2.7 Recognize the supporting elements of support, distinguishing its application in the various works, as well as its system of assembly and disassembly.

C3: Perform cutting, carving or milling operations, following technical procedures appropriate to the different types of natural stone and the work to be performed and respecting environmental protection regulations.

CE3.1 Characterize the roughing and cutting procedures with mechanical and manual means, recognizing the optimal operating parameters of the machinery and the correct state of the tools.

CE3.2 Distinguished direct or indirect carving procedures using tools and manual machinery, distinguishing their applications and types of tools and machinery to be used in each case.

CE3.3 Recognize the automatic cutting and milling systems, recognizing the applications and optimal operating parameters of the different machines and the correct state of use.

CE3.4 Describe the maintenance operations of machinery, auxiliary equipment, and tools, identifying the optimal performance frequency according to the different operations.

CE3.5 In a practical case, properly characterized by a simple cut, cut and manual size of natural stone, and from sketches and drawings of a set and detail of a work of craftsman and respecting the norms of safety and environmental protection:

-Select the tools and tools.

-Verify the correct status of the useful and if applicable, make the tuning.

-Blend the stone block.

-Make the necessary cuts to get the shape given in the sketch and/or planes.

-Talking the lines and shapes of the object.

-Check that the work corresponds to the initial sketches and drawings.

-Correct or reset deviations relative to the given design.

-Respect standards for safety and environment.

CE3.6 In a practical case, properly characterized with cutting and automatic milling for the realization of a work of craftsmanship in natural stone, from a few sketches and plans of set and detail:

-Select the machinery.

-Place the block of stone on the machine.

-Point the machinery.

-Control your operating parameters.

-Run the cut and milling of the block, correcting or resetting in case deviations occur, and respecting safety and environmental regulations.

-Perform the crafted craft work.

-Check that the work corresponds to the initial sketches and drawings.

C4: Apply physical and chemical surface treatments in natural stone, depending on the different types of natural stone and the surface finish to obtain and respecting environmental regulations.

CE4.1 List the various physical and chemical finishes applicable to the natural stone, identifying the operations, machines and tools necessary to obtain them, depending on the type of stone.

CE4.2 Characterize the abutardie and apiconate procedures, recognizing the appropriate pressure and mouths depending on the type of material and the desired effect.

CE4.3 Distinguished polishing and apomazate procedures, recognizing the appropriate pressure, speed and abrasive to the desired type of material and finish.

CE4.4 Characterize the arening procedures, paying attention to the regulation of pressures and abrasives to be suitable for the type of material and finish desired.

CE4.5 Identify flaming procedures, recognizing the conditions for mixing and nozzles to be suitable for the type of material and finish desired.

CE4.6 Characterizing the procedures for applying patinas and other chemical preparations by immersion, projection and other procedures, depending on the different types of stone and finishes to be obtained, indicating the criteria general safety and environmental protection for the handling and collection of chemicals.

CE4.7 Describe the procedures for the maintenance of machines and tools used in the processes of physical and chemical surface finishing, indicating the frequency of performance indicated and according to the different operations.

CE4.8 In a practical case, properly characterized and based on the technical documentation of a work of craftsmanship in natural stone and of the specified surface treatments of physical type:

-Select the system and the technique based on the specified finish.

-Select the tools, tools, and machinery.

-Handle the tools or the finishing machine and control its operation during operation with efficiency, safety and quality criteria.

-Verify the result obtained after each finishing operation.

-Perform cleaning machines and finishing tools and first-level maintenance.

-Store and remove waste from chemical finishing in accordance with environmental protection standards.

CE4.9 In a convenient scenario, it is conveniently characterized from the technical documentation of a work of craftsmanship in natural stone and of the surface treatments of the chemical type specified:

-Select the chemical product and the application technique, depending on the specified finish.

-Select tools and equipment.

-Prepare chemicals in quantity, mix and concentration required.

-Handle the tools or finishing machine and control its operation during operation with efficiency, safety and quality criteria.

-Verify the result obtained after each finishing operation.

-Perform cleaning machines and finishing tools and first-level maintenance.

-Store and remove waste from chemical finishing in accordance with environmental protection standards.

C5: Apply procedures for classification, labelling and packaging of works of craft in natural stone, for storage and/or transport, adapting them to the characteristics of the works themselves and the different means of transport to use.

CE5.1 Identify the most common methods and criteria used to classify, identify, label, and store craft works in natural stone, recognizing their application characteristics.

CE5.2 Recognize the types of packaging, containers, filling materials and protection for the storage and expedition of craft works in natural stone.

CE5.3 Indicating procedures for sorting and storing works in natural stone, according to different criteria and using different methods.

CE5.4 Identify the parts and set labeling procedures, distinguishing the main data to include in the labels.

CE5.5 Identify packaging procedures for different types of craft works in natural stone, collecting different warnings about possible damage during transport and/or handling and adapting them to the product pack.

CE5.6 Identify stacking and stabilized procedures of natural stone pieces, integrities based on their characteristics.

CE5.7 List the auxiliary means used for the handling, elevation and transport of works in natural stone, pointing out the appropriate and safe conditions in which these operations must be carried out on the basis of characteristics of the work.

CE5.8 In a practical scenario of classification, identification, labelling, packaging and storage of an element or set of crafts in natural stone:

-Meet the set's identifying documentation.

-Label the parts, selecting the data to include.

-Select packaging materials and media, in quantity and quality.

-Embaling the set, taking care not to cause damage and controlling the incidents.

-Control the move of the assembly to its storage.

-Build and stabilize parts, ensuring their integrity.

C6: To assemble works of craft in natural stone, using different anchoring systems, mortars and auxiliary placement and support systems.

CE6.1 Identify the main cases in which the preassembly of the work in the workshop is convenient, recognizing the type of pre-assembly required to ensure the correct execution of all the elements.

CE6.2 Explain the systems and procedures for anchoring stone elements with each other or on other supports, recognizing their operation and applications.

CE6.3 Identify the types of mortars and adhesives used for the anchoring of natural stone elements, describing their preparation, application and finishing procedures (texture and color).

CE6.4 Recognizes support and support systems in assembly operations, by means of a strut or a cimbras, recognizing their application characteristics.

CE6.5 Describe the procedure for mounting and dismantling different types of scaffolding, recognizing safety standards and minimizing time.

CE6.6 Define the procedure for handling stone loads by manual lifting and displacement systems, identifying potential damage to people and the work itself.

CE6.7 In a practical case, properly characterized as a pre-assembly in workshop or final assembly of a work of craft in natural stone formed by a set of pieces:

-Select the system and premount sequence.

-Montar, if any, the necessary scaffolding, applying the current security regulations.

-Prepare tools, tools, elements, and fixing products and auxiliary means (anchors, mortars, adhesives, rods, rods, and others).

-Locate and perform the drills for placement of the anchorages in number, diameter, depth and direction required.

-Apply the anchorages for fixing the natural stone elements to each other and to the work.

-Prepare and apply mortars and adhesives, with safety and quality criteria.

-Prepare the necessary struts or cymbras and apply the support and support system.

-Unmount the scaffold, applying the current security regulations.

-Choose the lifting and displacement system (manual or hydraulic) to manipulate the petright load, according to safety standards.

C7: Identify and apply the current safety and environmental regulations in the production and assembly of works of handicrafts in natural stone.

CE7.1 Identify to what extent the procedures of cutting, carving, and surface treatment by physical means of works in natural stone have a negative impact on people, recognizing their possible harm.

CE7.2 Classify the risks for people related to the manipulation of chemicals used for the surface treatments of natural stone, identifying their possible damages.

CE7.3 Identify the conditions for the correct state and functioning of the safety elements of the machines and auxiliary means used in the elaboration of works of craftsmanship in natural stone, recognizing the possible damage to people in a state or improper use.

CE7.4 Recognize the occupational risks inherent in the manipulation and placement of works in natural stone, identifying its possible consequences for the safety of people.

CE7.5 Identify the main safety standards to be taken into account related to the elaboration, handling and placement of craft works in natural stone, distinguishing their application.

CE7.6 Identify equipment and means of safety, describing their use and their suitability for the various processes of elaboration and placement of works of craftsmanship in natural stone.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C3 with respect to CE3.3, CE3.5 and CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.4 and CE4.8; C5 for CE5.5 and CE5.8; C6 for CE6.6 and CE6.7.

Other capabilities:

Integrate into the production process and the organization of the natural stone processing workshops.

Respect the technical procedures and standards established in the natural stone processing workshops, collaborating with other workers in the performance of the various tasks.

Perform the assigned tasks by paying particular attention to the quality of the products that are produced.

Self-evaluate the work done, taking the appropriate steps to correct the detected defects.

Collaborate in improving the quality processes of the company, by providing their specific skills as far as their job is concerned.

Contents:

1. Natural stone: types and characteristics.

Types of stones. Physical and chemical characteristics. Choice of stone and blocks.

Cut planes. Criteria for choosing the type of stone.

2. Facilities, equipment, machinery, tools and tools for cutting, carving and finishing of natural stone.

Tools and preparation thereof. Machines used in cutting, carving and finishing.

Facilities and auxiliary equipment.

Elements of support and walking. Lifting systems.

3. Cut and break from natural stone.

Manual cut procedure. Cutting procedures with disc machinery and diamond thread.

Numeric control machines.

Security and environmental protection measures. Individual protection elements.

Machine security devices.

Waste.

Preventive maintenance. Frequency and periodicity. Maintenance tabs.

4. Manual carving of works of natural stone craftsmanship.

Techniques and procedures for carving natural stone by hand. Useful work.

Electrical and pneumatic tools.

Individual protection items.

Waste.

Maintenance. Cleaning operations. Preventive maintenance. Frequency and periodicity. Maintenance tabs.

5. Milling of natural stone works.

Phases of milling operations. Machinery for the milling of natural stone.

Numeric control machines. Security features. Start-up. Control parameters. Manuals and technical instructions.

Preventive maintenance. Frequency and periodicity. Maintenance tabs.

6. Physical finishes of natural stone.

Natural stone polishing techniques. Machinery, tools and auxiliary means for the treatment. Abrasives.

Grandfather of natural stone. Features, properties, and applications. Machinery, tools, tools and auxiliary means for the abutardie.

Flame of natural stone. Features, properties, and applications. Machinery, tools, tools and auxiliary means for the flame.

Arenado/granalside of the natural stone. Features and applications. Machinery and auxiliary means.

Preventive maintenance. Frequency and periodicity. Maintenance tabs.

7. Chemical finishes of natural stone.

Chemical treatments of natural stone. Types, features, properties, and applications. Technical specifications.

Chemical preparations. Storage.

Application Techniques. Immersion. Projection. Installations and machinery.

Protection of the environment. Neutralisation, control and management of waste.

Safety and occupational health in chemical treatment operations.

Prevention and rules for using work equipment and products to use.

8. Pre-assembly and definitive assemblies of works of natural stone handicrafts.

Anchor systems.

Traditional and synthetic mortars. Adhesives.

Cimbras and interim support systems. Scaffolding.

Lift systems: cranes, hoists.

Security and individual protection systems.

9. Storage, transport and dispatch of works of natural stone handicrafts.

Classification systems. Coding. Tagged and marked.

Packaging types.

Transport of the material. Protective elements. Fixing: tapes and cables.

Handling and storage techniques.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m2 per pupil.

-A stone work artisan workshop of 10 m2 per pupil.

Professional trainer profile:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the craft-making of works in natural stone, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MAINTENANCE AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, RESTORATION OF NATURAL STONE WORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF1374_2

Associated with UC: Maintain and, if applicable, restore works in natural stone.

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Generally recognize the main deterioration processes and their causes, as well as the different methodologies and general criteria for intervention in natural stone.

CE1.1 Generally recognizes the main physical-mechanical causes of natural stone alteration, visually distinguishing its manifestations.

CE1.2 Identify the harmful chemical and biological factors for natural stone visually observable, depending on the environmental context and the type of stone, recognizing its effects on the elements in stone natural.

CE1.3 Recognize harmful elements or deposits for natural stone elements, identifying how they affect different types of stone.

CE1.4 Distinguished the various intervention techniques used for the preservation of elements and sets in natural stone, relating them to the main types of alteration.

CE1.5 Recognize the general intervention criteria, identifying their objectives and relating them to different types of alterations.

CE1.6 General interpret projects, reports, or restoration memories of works in natural stone, identifying the damage reported and the restoration work to be performed.

C2: Apply procedures for cleaning works in natural stone, using physical and chemical methods, respecting safety and environmental protection regulations.

CE2.1 Describe the main physical and chemical cleaning systems, applied with manual or mechanical means, distinguishing their use according to the type of element or deposit to be removed, as well as the type and state of the stone.

CE2.2 Distinguished the different phases that make up the process of cleaning a work in natural stone, identifying the operations that come with each phase.

CE2.3 Recognize those situations in which a cleaning process must be interrupted and immediately communicated to the top-level technician, either by the presence of patinas, polychrome or others.

CE2.4 Distinguished and characterize manual and mechanical cleaning methods, depending on the element to be removed and the type of stone, indicating how to treat waste according to environmental regulations.

CE2.5 Differ and characterize chemical procedures for the cleaning of works in natural stone, interpreting the technical indications in terms of dosage and time of exposure, and having an impact on how to treat them waste in accordance with environmental protection regulations.

CE2.6 Describe the handling of laser equipment for the cleaning of works in natural stone, indicating the way to adjust the parameters of intensity, distance and frequency according to the existing dirt on the surface of the stone.

CE2.7 List individual and collective protective equipment for machinery and products used in natural stone physical and chemical cleaning.

CE2.8 In a practical scenario of manual and mechanical cleaning of a work of natural stone, from a project of restoration of the work:

-Prepare the workspace and machinery that corresponds to the indicated cleaning system.

-Prepare the cleaning products to be used, with their corresponding dosage and respecting the handling standards specified by the producer.

-Prepare the machinery or useful to use to apply those products.

-Equip with the corresponding individual protection media.

-Perform cleanup.

-Verify the result obtained after each cleanup operation.

-Perform the cleaning of the machines and tools used.

-Store and remove, where appropriate, waste in accordance with current legislation.

C3: Elaborate and apply mortars for sealing, rejoining and reintegrating volumes, with different compositions, textures and colorations, for the protection and maintenance of works in natural stone.

CE3.1 Recognize the different types of mortars used for the works of restoration of works in natural stone, identifying their components, characteristics and applications.

CE3.2 Identify mortar-making techniques based on the physical properties to be obtained and the finish to be achieved in particular colouring and textures.

CE3.3 Identify the cleaning and surface preparation techniques to ensure, relating to their subsequent capacity for the mortar grip.

CE3.4 Identify the techniques of applying mortars, as well as the tools appropriate to the type of work, relating them to the surface and the type of structure to be repaired.

CE3.5 Describe molding and modeling techniques for the reintegration of complex volumes, indicating the appropriate materials and tools to be performed.

CE3.6 Indicate the safety procedures related to the manufacture and application of mortars, identifying the possible consequences of their lack of use.

CE3.7 Indicate the procedure for the removal of waste from the processing and application of mortars, in accordance with environmental regulations.

CE3.8 In a perfectly characterized practical scenario of making and applying mortars in a natural stone restoration work, from a restoration project and/or technical instructions:

-Select materials, tools, tools, and equipment to use.

-Clean and prepare the surfaces on which the mortar will be applied.

-Prepare the mortars in quantity, mixture and dosage indicated.

-Apply a pre-fill mortar when there is a volume to be reintegrated from a certain entity.

-Develop the finished mortar with the indicated composition, color and texture.

-Apply the finished mortar in quantity, without overlapping the stone, using the appropriate tool for the work to be done.

-Apply the security measures corresponding to the processing and application of mortars, in particular those relating to equipment for the individual protection and use of lifting and transport systems materials.

-Withdraw waste from the processing and application of mortars, depositing them in the corresponding containers.

C4: Repose elements in natural stone by means of different fixing systems, such as anchorages, mortars and adhesives.

CE4.1 Identify the techniques of reintegration or replacement of volumes, indicating the technical and historical criteria to be taken into account.

CE4.2 Describe surface preparation techniques for the subsequent replenishment of elements in natural stone, indicating necessary products and tools, as well as the sequence of application.

CE4.3 Describe the process for the replenishment of elements in natural stone, indicating the operations to be performed, and distinguishing the main fixing methods: anchors, mortars, adhesives and others.

CE4.4 In a perfectly characterized practical scenario of repositioning an element in a work of natural stone, from a restoration project and/or technical instructions:

-Choose the type of stone.

-Design the required volume.

-Check that the stone element responds to what is required to reintegrate the volume.

-Prepare the products and tools required for placement and attachment.

-Prepare the surface in the placement zone.

-Prepare the anchors, mortars and/or adhesives.

-Prepare and adopt the indicated security measures.

-Receive the volume at your site.

-Set the volume using the anchors, mortars, and/or adhesives.

-End the join joints.

-Remove the waste.

C5: Apply protection treatments of elements in natural stone, following the technical specifications of the products and respecting the environmental regulations.

CE5.1 Recognize the main products used for the protection of natural stone, identifying its usefulness and properties and the conditions of application.

CE5.2 Identify the environmental risks inherent in the use of chemicals used in the protection of natural stone, recognizing the appropriate means to minimize their impact.

CE5.3 To differentiate the main systems of protection of materials that could be in contact with the stone in a chemical protection work, identifying their conditions of application and use.

CE5.4 Classify the health risks arising from exposure to chemicals used in the protection of natural stone, recognizing the means of individual and collective protection to be used in each case.

CE5.5 Apply chemical protection products on the stone, depending on the environmental conditions and the type of stone and preventing them from reaching other materials.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.8; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Integrate into the production process and the organization of the natural stone processing workshops.

Respect the technical procedures and standards established in the natural stone processing workshops, collaborating with other workers in the performance of the various tasks.

Perform the assigned tasks by paying particular attention to the quality of the products that are produced.

Self-evaluate the work done, taking the appropriate steps to correct the detected defects.

Collaborate in improving the quality processes of the company, by providing their specific skills as far as their job is concerned.

Contents:

1. Maintenance and preservation of natural stone works.

Value of the Heritage. General legislation. General criteria and techniques for intervention. Frequent types of disturbance and deterioration. Patinas. Interaction between stone and chemicals.

2. Methods of cleaning works in natural stone.

Harmful elements and deposits. Cleaning methods: physical, mechanical and chemical. Cleaning machinery and use manuals: microsanders, projection machines, vaporizers, laser. Materials used in cleaning. Safety standards. Environmental standards. Protection of adjacent elements.

3. Manufacture and application of mortars and replacement of stone elements for the restoration of works of natural stone.

Composition and types of mortars. Manufacturing techniques. Colouring and texture. Preparation of surfaces. Application techniques.

Reintegration. Formwork, moulds and terrors.

Rejoined and Sealed.

Security regulations.

Replenishment of elements in natural stone: preparation, placement and fixation. Techniques: anchors, mortars and adhesives.

4. Protection treatments for the restoration of natural stone works.

Exogenous agents harmful to the stone. Micro-organisms Microflora and vascular flora.

Protection types: hydrofleers, biocides, and antigraffiti.

Physical and chemical protection systems.

Security regulations. Environmental regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-A 10 m stone work craft workshop² per pupil.

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to maintenance and, where appropriate, restoration of works in natural stone, which shall be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX CDXXVII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: NATURAL STONE PLACEMENT

Professional Family: Extractive Industries

Level: 2

Code: IEX427_2

General competition:

Placing various natural stone construction elements such as masonry, silting and perpiano for the formation of walls and enclosures, coatings by the system of ventilated facades, as well as elements Natural stone singular: functional and decorative elements of building-countertops and ceilings, fireplaces, fountains, sculptures, shields, gargoyles, solid staircases, balustrades and balconadas, hydrocutting puzzles and others-urban furniture, art, mosaics, following the guidelines specified in the technical documentation and requirements for quality, safety and the environment, taking into account their relationship with other possible materials or works and carrying out the related finishing work.

Competition Units:

UC1375_2: Placing masonry, sapping, and perpiano.

UC1376_2: Place unique natural stone elements.

UC1377_2: Mute Transvented Facades.

UC0869_1: Develop pastes, mortars, adhesives, and concretes.

UC1360_2: Control basic level risks under construction.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops your professional activity as self-employed or as an employed person in generally private, small, medium or large natural stone or construction companies. It develops functions of a technical nature, fulfilling orders and achieving objectives marked by technicians from a higher level, from which it receives instructions and to which it informs.

Productive Sectors:

Stone industry. Construction.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Mampostero.

Marker of the construction. Transvented facades assembler.

Associated training: (600 hours)

Training Modules

MF1375_2: Masonry, sapping, and perpiano placement. (120 hours)

MF1376_2: Placement of unique natural stone elements. (120 hours)

MF1377_2: Transvented facades assembly. (270 hours)

MF0869_1: Pastas, mortars, adhesives, and concretes. (30 hours)

MF1360_2: Basic work risk prevention under construction. (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PLACING MASONRY, SILTING, AND PERPIANO

Level: 2

Code: UC1375_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Determine the scope and organization of the work to carry out its execution within the prescribed period and with the required quality, based on the interpretation of the plans and other technical documentation, and/or collecting the top or responsible information.

CR1.1 Project documents: cutting and/or assembly plans and other available technical documentation are ordered and analyzed, detecting omissions and errors in the information necessary for the complete definition of:

-The characteristics of the parts to be placed: geometry, volume, weight, appearance.

-The characteristics of the support: materials-brick, concrete or other-, geometries-levelling, flatness and surface regularity-, stability and conservation status.

-The singular points, remits, and encounters.

-The anchor system: features and mode of placement.

-The appropriate conditions for the preparation of the adherent mixture and setting.

-The commissioning specifications.

CR1.2 The definition of the set to be placed is obtained from the different parts or elements, indicating which ones are serialized and which are singular, to obtain a previous general composition.

CR1.3 Representations and non-concordant measures or possible indefinitions that may exist, are identified and communicated to the direct superior for clarification and justification.

CR1.4 Parts or zones that, in one-off cases, require detailed interpretation, are studied using sketches, proposing solutions to the responsible technician.

CR1.5 Documentation for anchors and junctions is checked against information about the geometric position, depth, materials, and order of execution.

CR1.6 Surface finishes and remate operations that are required to perform "in situ" are completely defined, indicating the field of performance, system, intensity and any other parameters necessary for their performance. final in work.

CR1.7 The organization of material and human resources is determined from the execution orders, seeking to optimize the quality and performance in terms of:

-Organization of the jobs.

-The placement staff.

-The relationship to other trades.

-Available auxiliary media: cranes, scaffolding and others.

-The collection, distribution, and storage of the parts to be placed.

-The distribution and sequencing of tasks over time.

-The establishment of the control points: material verification, check of the reference points, verification of the work carried out, check of adjustment to the time limit set.

RP2: Prepare necessary equipment and working materials-machines, tools, tools, individual and collective protective equipment, auxiliary means; natural stone pieces-to achieve the required performance and quality, observing the established security measures, on the basis of the interpretation of the graphic and written information and taking into account the technical requirements laid down.

CR2.1 The machines, tools, tools, individual and collective protection equipment and auxiliary media that are selected are the appropriate ones for the activity to be developed.

CR2.2 Security measures are adopted, as specified in the plan according to the verbal and/or written order.

CR2.3 The maintenance and end-of-day operations are applied correctly to the different teams, following instructions and according to the specific instruction manuals.

CR2.4 Workspaces are kept clean and free of obstacles, to ensure safety and quality in jobs.

CR2.5 Stone leftovers, auxiliary materials, pallets, and packaging are removed and deposited in the areas or containers intended for that purpose.

CR2.6 The quantity and characteristics-shape, thicknesses and finishes-of the natural stone elements received in the works are checked that correspond to the stipulated in the technical documentation, verifying, prior to their reception in warehouse or placement, its perfect condition and communicate it to the responsible person.

CR2.7 The parts are identified, both in the work and in the delivery albarans, verifying their conformity with the established production criteria or using measurement or similar statistics.

CR2.8 The discharge of the stone elements is done without interrupting other trades, making sure that the material rests on sufficiently resistant zones for the collection.

RP3: Repose the necessary references and place the cerks to guide the placement of the stone elements, reproducing the geometry defined in the plans and respecting the tolerance allowed.

CR3.1 The plant repose is in line with the geometry and tolerance defined in the project plan or sketch of the work, marking on the clean surface, with an easily identifiable and sufficiently stable trace.

CR3.2 References and views are placed where appropriate, in sufficient number, properly aplomadas, received, with their faces squared and escantilled with respect to the reference level.

CR3.3 The reference bars or rods are positioned so that the levels of the anterns and lintels of the gaps are properly located to ensure the proper placement of the stone rows.

CR3.4 The cordels are drawn between the look-marks corresponding to the same spun, and present the required horizontality in the project or the quality plan.

CR3.5 The remits-moldings, sills, lintels, jambas, and others-whose placement precedes the lifting of the factories, are located correctly, and are aplomated, leveled and redrawn.

RP4: Adjust the natural stone elements received to achieve parts with the required characteristics and finishes, using manual and mechanical means, respecting the established technical specifications and the safety and environmental protection standards.

CR4.1 The precuts intended to protect the perpiano for transport are removed in work, by means of maces and chisels to obtain fully flat surfaces and unbroken edges.

CR4.2 The pieces are escaped into work, until they get a flat seat face with their edges seen in perfect condition.

CR4.3 Dimensional adjustment problems are resolved in pre-placement tasks, going through or compensating for those areas or pieces of stone that are required.

CR4.4 The required tilling operations in the corners and corner encounters are performed, to achieve uniformity with the rest of the work.

CR4.5 The appropriate pieces to coat the edges of the forged are so chosen that they can achieve a uniform finish with the rest of the floor.

CR4.6 The cuts and drills necessary to accommodate the metal elements of rigidization-rods and anchors-are made in the stone pieces that need it, so as to allow the housing of the metal elements of Secure and durable form.

CR 4.7 The waste generated in the adjustment work is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and the current regulations.

RP5: Uprising stone masonry factories, received in dry or with mortars, to obtain resistant walls or walls according to the requirements of the project and respecting the quality and safety measures set.

CR5.1 Ordinary masonry factories are raised, so that they present the largest size with regularity in the corners and jambas of the holes, being properly aligned and aplomados, minting and filling with ripios the gaps between the bulkhead, with the necessary lock and keys.

CR5.2 The concerted and carted masonry factories are performed in such a way that they present all of the bulkheads with the faces of the joint and the joint worked, being seated on flat and parallel faces.

CR5.3 The silt or masonry factories of irregular hilads are raised with the bulkhead in a sensibly prismatic manner, and in a manner that does not match more than three edges in the same vertex and the distance between the vertical joints of two consecutive rows, is not less than the specified length.

CR5.4 The two-sided factories that meet the defined quality controls are performed, so that they present the necessary lock and keys, and the required finish on each face.

CR5.5 The waste generated in the adjustment work is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and the current regulations.

RP6: Perform the placement of sillings and perpiano, for the formation of building construction elements, closures, and singular and remate elements, by means of dry bonding systems, with anchorages and/or with mortars or other Adhesives, respecting the established technical specifications and safety and environmental protection standards.

CR6.1 The reference perpianos required for wall start are placed at the established distances, duly leveled and aplomated, to ensure an adequate basis for the remaining elements.

CR6.2 Stone pieces are placed in compliance with the alignment, planning and levelling criteria.

CR6.3 The parts are placed with the set lock and gear, ensuring their stability and aesthetic finish, be it to bone, with mortars and/or anchorages.

CR6.4 The window and door gaps are joined by correct constructive solutions, as well as those made on the other parts of the work already built, or which will be executed, such as partitions or forged.

CR6.5 The necessary unanticipated anchorages in manufacturing are practiced on a work basis, as a solution to point placement problems, using the corresponding resins and metal elements.

CR6.6 Interim support and support elements of the stone parts are removed without altering the layout of the built part.

CR6.7 The drainage and ventilation elements of the chamber are provided, where appropriate, in the established locations, to ensure the absence of moisture in the interior of the construction.

CR6.8 The waste generated in the adjustment work is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and the current regulations.

RP7: Carry out arches, lintels, cornices, columns and other singular remits in masonry to obtain the holes, cloths and mouldings of the facade defined in the project, respecting the conditions of quality and safety set.

CR7.1 The cimbras are performed in accordance with the defined shape in the plane or sketch of the work and with sufficient resistance to support the weight of the element.

CR7.2 The cimbras and sopandas for the construction of the arches and lintels are duly supported, inside the hollow and at the indicated height.

CR7.3 The arc stone dosails are correctly aligned by the axis of their singing with the help of the cintrel.

CR7.4 The adovelated lintel that presents an odd number of pieces of stone, aligns correctly, according to the axis of the span and with the specified joints spacing.

CR7.5 Impostes, mouldings and cornices are performed respecting the geometry defined in the plane or the sketch of the work.

CR7.6 The windowsills, albarrels and factory-view rungs are performed, so that they reproduce the layout and inclination of the pieces specified in the plane or sketch of the work and their sores present a correct finish.

CR7.7 The waste generated in the adjustment work is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and the current regulations.

RP8: Carry out arches, lintels, cornices, columns and other singular relocations in the sill and perpiano to obtain the holes, cloths and mouldings of the facade defined in the project, respecting the conditions of quality and safety set.

CR8.1 The union drills between pieces of natural stone and the work are performed at the points established according to the project.

CR8.2 The rigidization metal elements are placed in the drills, applying the corresponding resins or threaded elements, to ensure the subsequent stability of the pieces.

CR8.3 The different parts are shaped, which are completely vertical, flat and stable.

CR8.4 The required interim proppations are performed, depending on the parts and the environment in which they are located.

CR8.5 Join joints are rekilled within established tolerances, to avoid discontinuities.

RP9: Remapping the work through the auxiliary works of joint treatments, adjustments and complementary tasks in general, to achieve a complete finish of the work, guaranteeing the functional and aesthetic requirements.

CR9.1 The rejointed products-pastes and mastic-are prepared and applied, as specified in the technical specifications.

CR9.2 The functional and decorative elements, such as ventilation grids, fastening anchors or ornaments, are placed with sufficient safety and with a trim according to the contour of the same.

CR9.3 The cleaning jobs required for the delivery of the work in the established conditions are carried out, as indicated.

CR9.4 The final finish of the work is checked by visual inspection corresponding to the project, communicating any failure to the corresponding person.

CR9.5 The waste generated in the adjustment work is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and the environmental regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing Elements. Tools and instruments for direct measurement for replanting. Pallets, levels, plumes, squads, and tape. Cordels and mints, hiladas and material for jigs. Chery tools: chisels, pointers, piquettes, pots, mugs, different hammers of quarry, wedges, goat's legs. Spatulas and rejointed elements: lillaguers, rejunttes, calibrated junkets and gages. Cimbras and sopandas. Cutting machines: grinding machines, cutting discs, polishing. Cutting tables. Means of support and transport. Auxiliary means: scaffolding, pulleys, mounting wedges. Personal and collective protective equipment. Stone in rama, ripios, mämstalls and sillarejos. Sillares. Perpiano.

Products and results:

Replanting of work. Resistant elements and factory closures view of masonry. Resistant elements and factory closures view of sisnery and perpiano. Rejoining and terminating the jobs.

Information used or generated:

Planes, sketches, technical prescriptions, measurement statistics. Safety and health study. Quality of Work Plan. Technical instructions of the manufacturers of the chemicals. Cutting planes (arcs, dinteles, cloths and singles). Verbal and written instructions from team leader. Final state sketch. Parts of work, parts of incidents, parts of order and receipt of materials.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PLACING UNIQUE ELEMENTS OF NATURAL STONE

Level: 2

Code: UC1376_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Determine the scope and organization of the work to carry out its execution within the prescribed period and with the required quality, based on the interpretation of the plans and other technical documentation, and/or collecting the top or responsible information.

CR1.1 Project documents: cutting and/or assembly plans and other available technical documentation are ordered and analyzed, detecting omissions and errors in the information necessary for the complete definition of:

-The characteristics of the parts to be placed: geometry, volume, weight, appearance.

-The characteristics of the support: materials-brick, concrete or other-geometry-levelling, planning and surface regularity-stability and conservation status.

-The singular points, remits, and encounters.

-The anchor system: features and mode of placement.

-The appropriate conditions for the preparation of the adherent mixture and setting.

-The commissioning specifications.

CR1.2 The definition of the set to be placed is obtained from the different parts or elements, indicating which ones are serialized and which are singular, to obtain a previous general composition.

CR1.3 Representations and non-concordant measures or possible indefinitions that may exist, are identified and communicated to the direct superior for clarification and justification.

CR1.4 Parts or zones that, in one-off cases, require detailed interpretation, are studied using sketches, proposing solutions to the responsible technician.

CR1.5 Documentation for anchors and junctions is checked against information about the geometric position, depth, materials, and order of execution.

CR1.6 Surface finishes and remate operations that are required to perform "in situ" are completely defined, indicating the field of performance, system, intensity and any other parameters necessary for their performance. final in work.

CR1.7 The organization of material and human resources is determined from the execution orders, seeking to optimize the quality and performance in terms of:

-Organization of the jobs.

-The placement staff.

-The relationship to other trades.

-Available auxiliary media: cranes, scaffolding and others.

-The collection, distribution, and storage of the parts to be placed.

-The distribution and sequencing of tasks over time.

-The establishment of the control points: material verification, check of the reference points, verification of the work carried out, check of adjustment to the time limit set.

RP2: Prepare the necessary work equipment-machines, tools, tools, individual and collective protective equipment and auxiliary means-to achieve the required performance and quality, observing safety measures set.

CR2.1 The machines, tools, tools, individual protection equipment and selected auxiliary means are suitable for the activity to be developed, to ensure the performance of the works with efficiency and safety.

CR2.2 The security measures adopted are those indicated in the documentation of the manufacturer of the machines, tools, tools, personal protective equipment and auxiliary means as well as those received by verbal commands and/or written, to ensure the performance of jobs safely.

CR2.3 Collective protection measures are provided in advance sufficient time for the execution of the work, and comply with the specifications of the safety plan, to ensure the performance of the work safely.

CR2.4 Workspaces are kept clean and free of obstacles, to ensure the performance of jobs effectively and safely.

CR2.5 The generated waste is dumped or accumulated in the spaces or containers destined for this purpose, respecting the established safety and environmental protection criteria.

RP 3: Perform the collection and transfer of natural stone parts and sets, to achieve the required performance and quality, observing established safety measures.

CR3.1 The loading and lifting capacity of the machines to be used is proven to be sufficient for the part or set of parts to be manipulated.

CR3.2 The slings, tweezers and other mooring or anchorage tools for handling natural stone parts are proven to be of sufficient capacity for the safe handling of the part or set of parts.

CR3.3 The calculation of the load capacity of the area where the collection is carried out is shown to be greater than the weight of the pieces to be collected.

CR3.4 The acopios are carried out respecting as far as possible the original packages, as close as possible to the point of use and respecting the rules of prevention of occupational risks, to carry out the works with effectiveness and security.

CR3.5 Moving parts out of their original packaging is done by taking the necessary precautions to ensure the stability and immobility of the load in the means of transport.

CR3.6 The protective elements, in the case of depositing parts out of their original packaging, are arranged at the support points, to avoid breaking the edges and corners.

CR3.7 The polished materials out of their packaging are arranged in such a way that the faces in contact, whether or not the two are polished or the two.

RP4: Repose the various elements or zones for subsequent placement, based on the previous references set by the superior technician, adjusting to the graphical documentation and indications of the optional ones.

CR4.1 The depth, level, and alignment reference lines are cut in the source reference, given from the elements or composition to be reposed.

CR4.2 The placement points of the different elements are noted, checking that their location does not conflict with the rest of the work.

CR4.3 The periodic checks of the reference lines are made to ensure that they do not vary their position, avoiding measurement errors with respect to them.

CR4.4 The measures are checked, at the time of placement and before final fixation, from the parts themselves, with respect to the reference lines.

CR4.5 The breaklines or slope change are reposed in true spatial position-level, lead, alignment, situation.

CR4.6 External references to natural stone elements or composition are properly signposted and are stable to prevent possible alteration.

CR4.7 The position that the pieces are occupying by the repose marks is checked to correspond to the final composition established and its functionality.

CR4.8 Possible deviations between the reality of the work and the projected are corrected or repaired to be appreciated as little as possible at the time of the placement of the pieces.

RP5: Make the cut-to-measure, mechanized and shaped, to obtain the unique elements that meet the necessary requirements for their placement, using the appropriate machines, tools and tools, following the technical specifications and/or repose in work and in compliance with applicable safety and environmental protection standards.

CR5.1 The singular elements-countertops, revolution pieces, carvings, etchings, mosaics and others-are determined to be machined, identifying the operations to be performed-cuts, drills, slotted, milling, polished, apomazados, Herring, textured, aged, emptied-depending on the technical specifications and/or the repose in the work.

CR5.2 Machinery or tools to be used-cutting machines, cutting threads, hydrocutting, pantographs, lathes, shearing, laser, sanders, bevelers, pulecants, drilling machines, and others-are determined according to the cutting or shaping work-size, drilling, sling, embossing, turning, or other-of the singular element to be performed.

CR5.3 The specific tools for machining-drill bits, strawberries, discs, threads, granalla, hand tools-are selected according to the work to be performed, checking their status periodically and replacing them if necessary.

CR5.4 The able solid is selected in the cut-to-measure for adjustments and steering changes in solid parts-balustrades, ladders and others-according to the characteristics specified in the project-color, shape, size, texture and material.

CR5.5 The work to be done is defined by drawing it on the stone, using previously elaborated templates, in order to adjust its measures to the intended.

CR5.6 The layout by means of templates, laser, measuring and checking tools, is adjusted to that specified in the drawings and sketches of execution, as well as to the reality of the work.

CR5.7 The elements to be inserted-sinks, sinks, grifairs, letters, lighting elements, ornaments, and others-are checked to have the specified encastre measurements.

CR5.8 The distribution of decorative elements-lines, curvature, angles, sizes, shapes-fits the specified.

CR5.9 Environmental protection measures are observed, especially in the issues of dust emission and noise production, water discharges and refrigeration.

RP6: Receive the pieces by means of adherent and/or metal anchorages to achieve the overall set solution established, depending on the technical information provided or orders of the direct responsible, solving the encounter with other constructive elements.

CR6.1 The anchors, adherents, and other materials used to perform the joints between the pieces are those prescribed in the technical documentation provided.

CR6.2 Delivery zones in stone parts-drills, slots, or the like-are checked to match in dimensions and position with what is intended for the chosen system of attachment.

CR6.3 Support is checked to meet the requirements for resistance, planning, and conservation status, communicating any deficiencies that might exist.

CR6.4 The pieces to be placed are protected, during the course of the work, in the face of possible impacts or aggressions that may deteriorate them.

CR6.5 Adherents are prepared and applied respecting the setting times, as indicated in the specific technical documentation of the manufacturer of each product, to ensure the correct and safe placement of the elements Natural stone singular.

CR6.6 The anchorages that need to be placed, as set out in the technical documentation, are fixed to the support and the pieces in stone, following the technical instructions of each anchorage system, in order to guarantee the correct and secure placement of the unique elements of natural stone.

CR6.7 The joint joints are cleaned and, where appropriate, are concealed with colors and textures similar to those of the pieces, and in the case where the waterproofing is necessary, the continuity of the treatment is checked.

CR6.8 The meeting zones with other materials or work already executed, are carried out as indicated by the responsible personnel or the documentation provided, respecting the spaces of the board and remate of the same.

CR6.9 The mechanical stability of the item or set is checked after the join operations are completed.

RP7: Prepare and execute the finishing tasks of the singular elements, to achieve a complete finish of the work, guaranteeing the functional and aesthetic requirements, according to the work instructions and the rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment in force.

CR7.1 The finishing operations of each singular element to be performed-parts adjustment, calibration, assembly, rejoining, sealing, tinting, patinating, polishing, finishing, cleaning, product application Surface treatment chemicals-are determined by following the technical specifications of the project and/or the instructions received.

CR7.2 The materials to be used in the finish-silicones, resins, reed mortars, colorants, glues, decoration elements, cleaning products-as well as their application and dosage, are prescribed in the technical specifications, to perform the work with the required quality.

CR7.3 The security measures applied in the singular elements-securing elements, gaps, anti-slip elements-conform to the execution project.

CR7.4 The quality of the finish is determined by detailed inspection, using quality control tools-tracers, glitter/luxometers, colorimeters, calibers, gages, and others.

CR7.5 The packaging used, as well as the product remains, are deposited in the appropriate containers for removal to a controlled or recycled landfill.

CR7.6 The singular elements are delivered clean from any remaining or residue of gripping materials, as well as from marks or placement indications, labeled, and others.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drawing Elements. Tools, tools and instruments for direct measurement for replanting: Levels, plumes, squadrons, metered tapes, Cordeles pallets and vision. Cutting machines. Drilling machines. Hand-winches. Grinders. Pulidoras, bevelers, pulecantos. Herrers. Amoladoras. Quarry and carving tools (pneumatic and manual). Cut, vinyl, abrasive plotters. Resins, dyes, chemicals. Immersion buckets for chemical solutions. Lifting, handling and transport equipment. Windy, forklift tweezers. Compressors. Vacuum equipment. Auxiliary means: scaffolding, pulleys, mounting wedges. Provisional installations. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Products and results:

Unique elements (bathroom, kitchen or furniture, bathroom tops, tables, fireplaces, solid stairs, balausres, columns, sculptures, fountains, gargoyles, shields, figures, logos, engravings, murals, mosaics, puzzles of cutting, urban furniture: benches, bollards, gardeners; funerary art: tombstones, pantoons, chapels and mausolines) placed in work with the required level of finish.

Information used or generated:

Drawings and sketches and other technical documentation. Templates. Written or oral work instructions. Technical manuals for equipment and machinery instructions. Product catalogues. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Quality standards for products. Delivery barns. Parts of work and part of incidents.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MOUNT TRANSVENTED FACADES

Level: 2

Code: UC1377_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the scope of the work to carry out its execution within the prescribed period and with the required quality, interpreting projects, cutting/modulation plans and assembly, work plans and other documentation The invention relates to a method for the production of a method for the production of a product, or for collecting the information from superior or responsible, identifying the elements of the transvented facade system-support-anchoring-coating and the construction specifications, and checking the characteristics of the system. support.

CR1.1 Project documents, and/or available cutting/modulation and assembly plans, are ordered and reviewed, detecting omissions and errors in the information necessary for their work to be completely defined, and/or recabandon the top or responsible:

-Geometry of the facade.

-Unique points, matches and meetings: start, hollows, coronation, installations.

-Coating materials.

-Type and elements of the anchorage subsystem: point systems-adjustable or non-adjustable specific anchorages-and systems with profile-fixing to the internal structure or enclosure, brackets, vertical elements and in their case horizontal of the supporting substructure, joints/hooks, special parts-.

-Registrability or non-coating.

-Isolation materials: type, attachment to support.

-Suitable conditions for the preparation of the mixture and the adhesive setting.

-Implementation specifications-supporting substructure and adjustable and non-adjustable point anchorages, joining of parts, execution of singular elements, placement of insulation.

CR1.2 The characteristics and properties of the support are identified from the drawings and/or specifications and other applicable technical documentation, or if necessary by performing an on-site examination, by specifying:

-Support elements: forging edges, portant closures, metal structure, or others.

-Nature of materials-factories, concrete, metal or others.

-Stability.

-Geometry-alignment of forged, levelling, planning and surface regularity.

-Compatibility of the anchor subsystem with the media.

CR1.3 The geometric characteristics of the facade, support, insulation, gaps, installations, elements of the anchoring subsystem, coating pieces and decorative motifs are identified from the project plans, Cutting and mounting plans and other applicable technical documentation.

CR1.4 The qualities of the elements of the anchoring subsystem, and parts of the coating-material, appearance and other-are determined from the drawings, the technical specifications of the project and other technical documentation applicable.

CR1.5 The organization of material and human resources is determined from the execution orders, seeking to optimize the quality and performance in terms of:

-Organization of the jobs-paraments to coat, parts placement order, and others-.

-Placement staff.

-Relation to other trades.

-Available auxiliary media: cranes, scaffolding and others.

-The collection, distribution, and storage of the elements of the anchoring subsystem and the pieces of coating and insulation.

-Distribution and sequencing of tasks over time.

-Setting control points: checking the material, checking the reference points, checking the work performed, checking the schedule.

CR1.6 Yields, deadlines, and interactions with other trades are concretized for each unit of work, being left over from the top or responsible.

RP2: Operate correctly with the necessary work equipment-machines, tools, tools, individual and collective protective equipment and auxiliary means-to achieve the required performance and quality, observing the established security measures and performing end-of-day operations.

CR2.1 The machines, tools, tools, individual protection equipment, and selected auxiliary media are suitable for the activity to be developed.

CR2.2 The security measures adopted are those indicated in the documentation of the manufacturer of the machines, tools, tools, personal protective equipment and auxiliary means, as well as those received by verbal commands and/or written.

CR2.3 The use and end-of-day maintenance operations are correctly applied to the various machines and machines used.

CR2.4 The disposal of waste-plastics, strips, own waste-is carried out by depositing the waste in the containers indicated for each type of waste.

RP3: Acondition the tajos in the assembly of transvented facades, to improve yields and avoid risks, pointing to areas of collection and optimizing routes.

CR 3.1 Workspaces are checked to be clean and free of obstacles.

CR3.2 Collective protection measures are proven to be sufficiently in advance for the execution of the work, allow for their development and meet the specifications of the safety plan.

CR3.3 The tajos are found to be sufficiently illuminated and are located in the vicinity of suitable, secure and easy-to-supply material storage areas.

CR3.4 The signage in the pit is found to be in the areas of possible risks, remaining operational the necessary time and being sufficiently visible, even at night.

CR3.5 Inadequate environmental conditions for the execution of assembly in safe conditions-exposure to wind, rain, lightning and other-are detected, proposing to stop work in the areas of risk and to warn the higher or responsible.

CR3.6 Contingencies detected or transmitted in the pit are resolved, or communicated to the superior or responsible, with the necessary readiness to enable their supervision and resolution, especially those that compromise security. of the workers, and the stability and safety of the scaffold or Cimbra: -defective moorings, loose or unassembled parts, absence of parts, manoeuvres of heavy machinery near the scaffolding or cimbra, works close to power lines, works at higher levels and others.

RP4: Repose references for the subsequent positioning of the elements of the anchoring subsystem-fixing elements, point anchors and/or supporting substructure of the coating-and the singular elements of the facade-window voids, mouldings, antepbeds, eaves and others-based on the previous references fixed by the competent technician and in accordance with the graphical documentation and indications of the optional ones.

CR4.1 The starting point or origin of measures for the placement of the anchorage subsystem of the facade is identified to be able to reframe the successive elements, from the planes and/or verbal instructions given in work by the responsible technician.

CR4.2 The main lines of reference-lead and level-are positioned with the definitive depth from the starting point, contemplating the deviations between the front plane and the plane of the support and the tolerances, so that they can be used to reframe the various elements of the mounting system.

CR4.3 The auxiliary lines for the measurement and position of the different elements of the anchorage subsystem of the facade are positioned perpendicularly to the front plane defined by the main lines, making the physical marks required on the support, and compensating for errors derived from the measurement drag.

CR4.4 The parking point of the laser markers, and other references for repose of the anchorage subsystem, are positioned and fixed with respect to the origin and its axles, and are checked periodically, ensuring that it does not altered its position, to avoid dragging errors.

CR4.5 The appropriate alignment of the location points is checked, after the repose, according to the set design, with special attention when it comes to the attachment/hook-anchor subsystems seen.

CR4.6 The repose respects the structural joints of the support and the lining itself, manifesting the gasket or previewing a solution that allows movement.

CR4.7 The complementary elements for the constructive solution of the singular points-gaskets, slugs, remits, sockets and others-are reposed according to the plans, the work executed and the specifications of the superior or responsible.

RP5: Fixing and installing the anchorage subsystem-supporting substructure and adjustable and non-adjustable point anchorages-to the factory, concrete or similar support, to proceed with the placement of the pieces of the coating, ensuring their stability and resilience, while respecting the prior review and complying with the established safety and quality measures.

CR5.1 The elements of the anchor subsystem are checked to conform to the requirements of the project and that any possible modification is always approved by the competent technician and the manufacturer of the system.

CR5.2 The adequacy of the support-brick, concrete, metal, or other-for the type of anchor subsystem to be used is verified, checking its planning, resistance and current status.

CR5.3 The fixing elements of the anchoring subsystem are received directly to the support, either to the structure or to the enclosures, taking into account the reposed references and avoiding to measure the depth directly to the support, following the system's own technical instructions.

CR5.4 The fixing of the anchorage to the factory of the punctual anchorages is correctly fitted, complying with the mechanical and position conditions, checking it expressly.

CR5.5 The anchors seen are regularly checked to be well aligned, according to the layout set.

CR5.6 The strength and quality of the fixings made to the support in the case of heavy coatings is guaranteed to be within the required minimum/maximum limits, by means of dynamometric or similar keys, in the previously defined control points.

CR5.7 The cutting of the elements of the anchor subsystem-the profiles-is performed, when necessary, by making maximum use of the material.

CR5.8 The installation of the supporting substructure on the brackets already placed, performed, plumbing and leveling the elements according to the characteristics and order of the system, following the technical instructions of the system, and in particular respecting the measures intended to absorb the expansion of the profile.

CR5.9 The mounting of the supporting substructure is checked to be successful and the knots are resistant, prior to the placement of the liner.

RP6: Place and fix insulation on panels to complete the thermal resistance of the enclosure, ensuring the absence of thermal bridges and the functionality of the camera and complying with safety and quality measures set.

CR6.1 The isolation panels to be placed are checked to be of the intended type as to material, thickness, join system at the edges, and other specifications.

CR6.2 The conditions of the support, as well as the environmental conditions, are checked or requested confirmation from the competent technicians, that they are suitable for the placement of the insulation, in terms of humidity, stability and other.

CR6.3 The insulation panels are fixed to the factory, concrete or similar support, according to the specifications of the project, ensuring their stability, minimizing the existence of thermal bridges, preventing the deterioration of the panels and refilling the perforations they have suffered.

CR6.4 The panels are positioned so that they are attached to each other, with continuity and without praise, and in the case of machiengaged or half-tail joints, duly coupled, and if appropriate, sealed according to the system.

CR6.5 Isolation panels are protected from moisture before, during and after placement, to prevent deterioration, storing them in appropriate locations prior to placement and by coating them with materials. impermeable, subsequently to their placement.

CR6.6 Tgarlic are protected against moisture during interruptions by coating them with waterproof materials.

CR6.7 Waste generated during isolation placement is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and environmental regulations.

RP7: Unir/hook the coating parts to the anchor subsystem-the supporting substructure and adjustable and non-adjustable point anchors-to complete the facade, adjusting its position until the design is obtained in the project and complying with the established safety and quality measures.

CR7.1 The useful section of the air chamber-between the insulation and the liner-is checked to be the one specified, verifying that the projected insulation is cured and its level is the definitive one.

CR7.2 The pieces of the coating are inspected visually, checking that there are no defects in the material that do not advise on the construction, as well as that the product range to be placed is in accordance with the specifications of the project.

CR7.3 The correspondence of the models served with the defendants is checked, in the products labeled, reading in the packages the codes indicated according to the quality of the material-series, model, commercial quality, tone, manufacturing format and in its case caliber-, verifying that the acopios are correct in number, and extreme the control to the special pieces.

CR7.4 Coating parts are verified to contain drills or slots sufficient for direct or indirect positioning by coupling to the part of the attachment/coupling elements, in accordance with the anchor system, and with holguras that allow to absorb the dilations or movements without subjecting the pieces to any unforeseen effort.

CR7.5 Coating parts are placed following a correlative order, depending on the front plane and the anchor system-left to right or bottom to top or others-by purchasing that they do not have any plan defects.

CR7.6 Component ratios and setting times for the chemical junctions of the anchors are respected, following the manufacturer's instructions, avoiding loading the parts until the anchors are resistant.

CR7.7 The pieces of the coating are positioned so that they are supported independently of the others-each piece does not support others or is supported by others-and they are separated in all its perimeter of the contiguous pieces and/or other constructive elements other than the anchorage, using prefabricated separators and removing them once the part is placed.

CR7.8 The parts are fitted with the necessary slurries for dilation with respect to the joints/hooks themselves, disposing of plastic casings or putty in the hooks necessary to prevent the entrance of water and avoid contact between the coating material and the anchorage material.

CR7.9 The joins of the coating parts to the anchor subsystem are checked to be successful and are resistant.

CR7.10 The dimensional deviations of the parts-orthogonality, length, width, state of edges and flatness-or of the machined ones that invalidate the placement of the part are detected, assessing the need for their replacement, or in the case of natural stone or artificial stone their treatment in workshop.

RP8: Perform singular elements to solve the discontinuities of the facade-holes, sockets, edges, and others-, ensuring the functionality of the facade-ventilation of the camera, absence of thermal bridges, impermeability-and compliance with established safety and quality measures.

CR8.1 The singular elements to be placed in encounters, matches and/or waits of windows, doors, arches and columns are identified in the plane and are checked in work, observing its position in facade and request required, as Apply in corner, socket, moldura, framed, checking the prescribed finish-I sing pilastra, inglete, straight, round singing, paloma chest-for each of them.

CR8.2 The various singular elements to be placed are received on the anchor subsystem, taking into account the specifications in the project.

CR8.3 The different parts are located so that they are completely flat in the plane-vertical, horizontal, or tilt-as set out in the project.

CR8.4 Unions between materials of different physical-mechanical characteristics-natural stone, ceramic, metal, glass, wood, plastics and others-are solved by applying the solution prescribed in the project -materials, methods and systems, joints, discontinuities, fillers, bridge breakage.

CR8.5 The elements that guarantee the tightness in front of the water inlet, and in their case those specified to prevent the spread of the fire, are identified, checking their placement in work.

CR8.6 The complementary elements for the constructive solution of the singular points-gaskets, bib, socket, socket and others-are placed where appropriate and according to the specifications of the superior responsible.

RP9: Conform the coating pieces-cut, drilled, slotted, chambered and others-for integration into the facade, achieving the required dimensions and finishes and complying with the safety and quality measures set.

CR9.1 Mechanizations that in exceptional cases need to be performed under the authorization and supervision by the competent technician.

CR9.2 Coating pieces are identified on the plane and in the works, checking their quality, homogeneity, dimensions and textures, to ensure the solution of the project.

CR9.3 The taking of measures and the realization of templates or models is done by contrasting the plans and the actual work gap, to ensure the correction in the works in terms of its measures.

CR9.4 The places or gaps for housing the joints/hooks in the liner are determined by taking the dimensions of the anchoring elements, such as diameter, length, thickness of one of the others, to incorporate into the machining and finally achieving the correct behavior between the anchor and the liner.

CR9.5 The shaping operations of the coating pieces-cut, drilling, slotted, chambered, textured-are performed using the machines and tools appropriate to the peculiarities of the material-petreous, ceramic, composites, wood derivatives, fibercement and others, and complying with established safety measures.

CR9.6 The pre-installation elements required to be applied in the coating pieces are correctly positioned in terms of their planning, -verticality, horizontality and inclination-, mechanically fixing the pressure requested or by the use of chemicals in the established proportions.

CR9.7 Waste generated during isolation placement is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and environmental regulations.

RP10: Perform complementary tasks-cleaning, sealing, treatment of joints and others-to achieve a complete job finish, ensuring functional and aesthetic requirements.

CR10.1 The pieces or areas to be treated are identified, on the plane and in the work, relating to the various treatments prescribed for each of them.

CR10.2 Cleaning products to be used are prepared in accordance with the technical requirements and are applied with the appropriate or previously established intensity.

CR10.3 Sealing cords are proven to have the necessary depth and throat to ensure their functionality and durability.

CR10.4 The application of the products is performed using the established security measures, both individually and collectively.

CR10.5 The functional and decorative elements (such as ventilation grids, attachment anchors, or ornaments) are positioned and received with sufficient security and with a trim according to their environment.

CR10.6 The top-of-the-top-of-the-side crowning top, the lower remate, and the joints are checked to allow the natural circulation of the air stream inside the chamber.

CR10.7 The final check of the jobs is performed in an orderly and systematic manner, verifying that there are no points or zones without the finished level set.

CR10.8 The waste generated during isolation placement is managed in accordance with the procedures established by the company and environmental regulations.

RP11: Run disassembly and/or rear assembly operations, to proceed to necessary repairs or modifications, ensuring the integrity of the parts and preventing the collapse of those that are impaired, complying with the the established safety and quality measures.

CR11.1 The parts to be replaced are previously identified in the plans and in the work, as well as the anchoring system with which they have been placed, checking the degree of conservation, the possible fissures and faults that may affect your disassembly.

CR11.2 The possible flaws not contemplated "a priori", are communicated to the corresponding responsible, for the taking of the appropriate decisions.

CR11.3 The parts to be replaced are manipulated and removed according to their weight, eccentricity, condition or fragility, using the means of support, elevation and transport provided, so that they do not affect their state and Case, which do not cause any new injuries-desportilles, disencajes-in the same or adjacent elements.

CR11.4 The parts are stacked securely, both for transport and for storage, and where appropriate, they are deposited in the relevant landfill.

CR11.5 The new parts are placed preserving the planning and the necessary aplomb, contemplating the space between joints and the mechanical safety of the same.

CR11.6 The measures necessary to perform the unanticipated singular pieces are collected, contemplating all the necessary characteristics for their manufacture-anchor zone, joint space, surface appearance and others.

Professional Context

Production media:

Useful, tools and instruments for direct measurement for replanting. Levels, plumes, squads, tape, cordels, and sights. Repose laser equipment. Marking elements. Masonry tools and tools: pallets, piquettes, plains, pallets and others. Tools and useful for quarrying: chisels, pointers, peaks, goat legs, pots, mugs, rubber hammers, miscellaneous hammers, wedges, gradins, bujards. Forming equipment: grinding machines, cutting discs, polishing, drilling machines, slotted machines. Screw holes. Metal connectors, bits. Flat and tube keys. Dynamometric keys. Specific elements of the anchorage subsystem: fixations, brackets, metal profiling, torneries, self-drilling screws, adjustable or non-adjustable anchorages, joints/hooks, plastic casings. Mortars and anchoring adhesives. Sealants, sealing guns and chemical anchorage. Spatulas, lillings, gages, separators and wedges. Windy. Natural stone, ceramic, wood, metal and other materials. Isolation panels. Items of auction: cuttings, grilles, bibs and others. Means of support, elevation and transport. Hand pallet trucks. Auxiliary means. Provisional installations. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Products and results:

Developments of the repose of the transvented facade. Insulation in placed panels. Anchoring system-coating placed in work. Remate elements placed. Rejoining and terminating the jobs.

Information used or generated:

Project technical documentation: Planes, specifications, and measurements, parts related to transvented facades. Technical documentation of the facade system. Book of the Building. Technical documentation generated during the work: drawings and drawings of assembly, cutting plans/modulation, prescriptions and other technical documentation, measurement statistics. Sketch and/or final status report. Safety and Health Plan and Quality of Work Plan: parts related to transvented facades. Technical instructions of the manufacturer of the anchorages subsystem. Verbal and written instructions from the facultative management, head of team and managers. Parts of work, parts of incidents, parts of order and receipt of materials.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: MAKE PASTES, MORTARS, ADHESIVES AND CONCRETES

Level: 1

Code: UC0869_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Operate correctly with the materials and work equipment (machines, tools, tools, and individual protection equipment) needed to achieve the required performance and quality, observing the established security and performing end-of-day operations.

CR1.1 The machines, tools, tools, and individual protection equipment that are selected are appropriate for the activity to be developed.

CR1.2 The environmental security and protection measures that are taken are those received by verbal and/or written orders.

CR1.3 End-of-day maintenance operations are applied correctly to the different work teams used.

CR1.4 The generated waste is dumped or accumulated in the spaces destined for this purpose, and respecting the established safety and environmental protection criteria.

RP2: Elaborate mortars and pastes of plaster, cement and lime, both with manual and mechanical means, to perform masonry and coating works, following the composition and dosage set and meeting the deadlines and required volumes.

CR2.1 The components used are those fixed in terms of types, sizes and forms of the arid, class of binder and class of additives.

CR2.2 The dosage of components and the volume of water provided are those specified to obtain the required consistency and strength conditions.

CR2.3 The machine-projection mixtures are dosed according to the characteristics of the machine and to the environmental conditions.

CR2.4 The specifications for the kneading, adjustability times and environmental conditions are respected.

CR2.5 The mixture being prepared, presents the due homogeneity and responds to the quantity demanded.

CR2.6 The mixture is delivered, within the specified time frame respecting the workability period.

RP3: Elaborate concretes with both manual and mechanical means to perform construction works, following the composition and dosage set and meeting the required deadlines and volumes.

CR3.1 The components used are those fixed in terms of types, sizes and forms of the arid, class of binder and class of additives.

CR3.2 The dosage of components and the volume of water provided are those specified to obtain the required consistency and strength conditions.

CR3.3 The specifications for the kneading, adjustability times and environmental conditions are respected.

CR3.4 The mixture being prepared presents the due homogeneity and responds to the quantity demanded.

CR3.5 The mixture is delivered within the specified time frame while respecting the workability period.

RP4: Prepare pre-fixed dosing mortars, both with manual and mechanical means, to perform masonry and coating work, observing the manufacturer's recommendations, the quality conditions indicated, and the established safety and environmental protection standards.

CR4.1 The products that are used, their quantities and their conservation status are adequate to obtain the established characteristics, and their storage and handling are carried out under the conditions of safety and health. indicated or recommended by the manufacturer.

CR4.2 The mortars and pastes for machine projection are dosed according to the characteristics of the same and the environmental conditions.

CR4.3 The specifications for the kneading, pre-reamed waiting times, adjustability times and environmental conditions are respected.

CR4.4 The mixture being prepared presents due homogeneity and responds to the volume demanded.

CR4.5 The mixture is delivered within the specified time frame while respecting the workability period.

RP5: Prepare adhesives and rejointed materials to perform coating work, using mechanical means, following the dosage and instructions set by the manufacturer and meeting the deadlines and volumes required.

CR5.1 The products that are used, their quantities and their conservation status are adequate to obtain the established characteristics, and their storage and handling are carried out under the conditions of safety and health. indicated or recommended by the manufacturer.

CR5.2 Cementitious Adhesives are mixed with the volume of water set, respecting the following conditions:

-The water used will be drinkable or, failing that, with no organic matter or other foreign materials.

-Dry product is always poured over water.

-The volume of water respects the ratio (litres per bag or kilograms) indicated by the manufacturer.

-In case of partial or total replacement of water by emulsions, the replacement ratio indicated by the manufacturer is respected.

The manufacturer's indications are respected in terms of maturation and shelf life.

CR5.3 Adhesives and reed materials of reaction resins are obtained by mixing the components and using the entirety of the contents of the respective containers.

CR5.4 Dispersion resins adhesives, marketed ready for use, are used after a brief mechanical agitation prior to use, and must be kept closed in their containers at the end of the day to allow its use in later applications.

CR5.5 The specifications for the kneading (useful, speed, time of agitation and pre-reamasado waiting time) and the environmental conditions are respected, obtaining the required consistency and wetting capacity.

CR5.6 The prepared mixture presents due homogeneity, with total absence of clumps and air bubbles in occlusion, responding to the quantity demanded.

CR5.7 The blend is delivered having respected its maturation period and within the product lifetime, established by the manufacturer based on environmental conditions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Revenant, mixer and mixer. Palettes, shovels, forklifts, gavetas, doors, cubes, cuvines, items, pastes. Agglomerates: lime, plaster and cement. Gravel. Sand. Water. Additives. Pre-dosed mixtures. Individual means of protection.

Products and results:

Pastes, mortars, adhesives, reed materials and concretes with application in: factories, coatings, sealing, reinforcement, bonding, waterproofing, rejoining, filling, leveling, anchoring and/or injections.

Information used or generated:

Working Parties, Incident Parts, Order Parts, and Material Receipt. Technical recommendations of product manufacturers. Verbal and written instructions from team leader. Machine operating manuals supplied by manufacturers.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: CONTROL AT BASIC LEVEL RISKS UNDER CONSTRUCTION

Level: 2

Code: UC1360_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Detect contingencies related to occupational risks in the environment, facilities and conditions of the assigned work/s, carrying out the required checks, in order to promote and control the safe development of the same, according to the Safety and Health Plan of the work and with the specific regulations for construction works.

CR1.1 The necessary information on working conditions and the design of collective protection means:

-Identifying in their case those responsible for the work, and those in charge, foremen, team leaders and preventive resources assigned to their own or related tajos.

-Recusing such information from the above, and if necessary by consulting the Work Safety and Health Plan or the Job Risk Assessment.

CR1.2 Working environments and transit zones are visually checked and/or asked for confirmation, both at the beginning of the work and periodically during the completion of the work, according to the instructions received, confirming that:

-They are clean and free of obstacles-such as stored materials, debris, or other elements outside of the work to be done.

-In the case of existing terrains or constructions, which are contained, stoned or stabilized.

-The surfaces on which you work or move are stable and resilient.

-They are sufficiently illuminated and ventilated.

-Material collection zones are appropriate and safe, and the acopies do not exceed the permissible overhead in their support plane or hinder transit.

CR1.3 Electrical power supply and delivery facilities are visually checked and, if necessary, requested for confirmation, both at the start of the work and periodically during the performance of the work, according to the with the instructions received, verifying that:

-The differential switches work correctly.

-Electrical connections are made by regulatory pins.

-Electrical pipelines are isolated, in good condition and, as far as possible, are aerial and do not go down the ground, especially in the humid areas.

CR1.4 Work is suspended under adverse weather conditions, where appropriate, the weighing of the products being collected or without definitive fixation, mainly those that are in height.

CR1.5 Is checked according to the instructions received, both at the beginning of the work and periodically during the performance of the same, that the signaling in the pit abides the areas of possible risks, remaining operational the necessary time and being sufficiently visible, even at night.

CR1.6 Auxiliary media installed by outside companies are checked according to the instructions received, visually and in their case asking for confirmation, verifying that:

-Corresponding in type and location with those provided in the Work Safety and Health Plan.

-Dispose mandatory usage and maintenance instructions.

-Dispose in your case from required inspections and authorizations.

CR1.7 Collective protection means installed by outside companies are checked according to the instructions received, visually and in your case asking for confirmation, verifying that:

-They are ready in advance enough to run the job.

-Your installation is performed in compliance with the manufacturer or installer instructions.

-Your elements have CE marking.

-Meet the specifications of the Work Safety and Health Plan.

CR1.8 It is proven that the provisional facilities for the workers correspond to those provided for in the Safety and Health Plan of the work.

CR1.9 The type of useful-pulley or roldana-or machine-machined, forklift and others-for the lifting of loads and their respective accessories-hooks, ropes, strobes, slings and others-is asked for confirmation that it is appropriate to the weights and dimensions of the elements to be hosed, and that their entrench is secure, allowing the corresponding operations.

CR1.10 The contingencies that are detected in the pit are resolved and in their case communicate to the person in charge with the necessary prompt to enable their supervision and resolution, avoiding the prolongation of the situations of risk.

RP2: Track and control basic preventive actions during the execution of the activities developed in the assigned work/s, in order to promote the safe development of the activities, according to the Safety and Health Plan of the work and with the specific regulations for construction works, checking the proper use of the equipment and means of work.

CR2.1 Workers directly in charge, it is checked that:

-They present a balanced behavior according to established guidelines, without anomalous behaviors at the time of the work.

-They have received specific and preventive vocational training, or have a professional qualification adjusted to the tasks to be developed.

CR2.2 The job risks associated with the activities to be developed in the tajos that you have assigned are identified and in your case detect:

-Consulting those responsible for the work and prevention services and if necessary the Safety and Health Plan of the work.

-In work that does not require a safety and health plan, detecting the risks of the pit in which it is going to work, associating the usual risks in this type of work to the sites, equipment and agents of the pit in concrete.

CR2.3 The situations of increased risk by job interference with those of other activities are detected and anticipated, collaborating with the responsible and the risk prevention services, checking the protection to third parties both within the work itself and in the media or the public road.

CR2.4 It is found that the operators and crews directly in charge of them have received instructions on their specific risks and the preventive measures to be taken in this case, and where appropriate, they are given clearly and concise.

CR2.5 Good practices are encouraged by checking that operatives develop their work:

-By avoiding observed incorrect postures, correcting and instructing them on appropriate positions to prevent injury.

-By avoiding unsafe acts, correcting them otherwise.

CR2.6 Individual protection equipment is checked to meet the following requirements:

-They are certificates.

-Match those specified in the Work Safety and Health Plan.

-They are in good conservation status and within the shelf life, requesting their immediate replacement.

-Workers carry them and operate with them correctly, instructing them in handling otherwise.

CR2.7 The auxiliary and collective protection means, it is proven that:

-They are adapted to the needs of the activity, allowing their execution according to the instructions of the manufacturer or installer and the Safety and Health Plan of the work.

-They are used, preserved, and maintained according to the manufacturer or installer's instructions.

-The workers respect the integrity and functionality of the workers, and request authorization to proceed to their transformation or to the removal of some element.

-They are reviewed after intensive use or request.

CR2.8 Vehicles and machines are checked to:

-They correspond to those foreseen in the Safety and Health Plan of the work.

-They are used and retained according to the manufacturer's instructions.

-They are in good regulatory compliance status.

-They are used by authorized and trained operatives for this purpose.

-They are used only in tasks for which they have been designed.

-The machines are properly installed and maintained, retaining the guards and the operator protection housings.

-Vehicles circulate on the intended tracks and are parked in the spaces intended for this purpose.

CR2.9 The waste generated in the pit is verified to be dumped or accumulated in the spaces destined for this purpose, respecting the established safety and environmental protection criteria.

CR2.10 The contingencies detected in the pit are resolved, and in their case they communicate with the necessary promptness to enable their supervision and resolution, avoiding the prolongation of the situations of risk.

RP3: Act in emergency and first aid cases, in order to minimize the damage and to quickly, efficiently and safely address the injured workers, communicating and coordinating with the established and responsible emergency services, and managing the first interventions to the effect.

CR3.1 The information channels for emergency and first aid actions are identified in advance, determining the means of contact with those responsible for the work, institutions or health professionals and public order, or any other that may be relevant.

CR3.2 The emergency means-kit, evacuation, extinction and others-are identified in advance, determining their position and checking that they are intended-in number, type and location-and are in good condition. operation.

CR3.3 The alarm voice is given in accordance with what is established, when you are aware of the emergency or incident, warning people at risk.

CR3.4 The actions on the risk-causing agent in emergency cases are limited to their signage, according to the established indications, except if it is considered necessary to intervene to avoid major evils.

CR3.5 The worker demarcates the scope of his or her obligations, during the emergency or incident, depending on the situation, acting promptly and applying the basic measures established, and in particular establishing contacts with those responsible for the work, and if necessary with medical or civil protection officers.

CR3.6 The orders of those responsible are complied with and executed during the emergency or incident situation.

CR3.7 The risks arising from the emergency or incident situation, when it has not been possible to contact those responsible-the work, medical or civil protection as appropriate-are identified, assessing their severity and by establishing both the actions to be developed in the field of their obligations and the order of priority.

CR3.8 In case of injuries and when no instructions have been received, the damage to them is identified by the type of accident that occurred, and the following principles are followed:

-Avoiding situations of nervousness or disorder that could aggravate the consequences of the incident.

-Avoiding the displacement of the injured except if necessary to avoid major evils.

-Avoiding position changes to the injured.

-By avoiding the extraction of embedded elements in deep wounds.

-By avoiding the separation of the clothes from the injured skin in case of severe burn.

-Resolving the electrocutions by disconnection of the current and in its case separating the injured by a useful insulator.

Professional context:

Production media:

Fire detection and extinction means: Detection and alarm equipment. Manual extinguishing means (fire extinguishers, fire hydrants equipped). Means of extinction. Means of evacuation: exits, doors, signs, emergency lighting. Means for action and first aid: individual protective equipment for emergency situations; first aid cabinet or kit; portable devices to provide oxygen; wash eyes; showers.

Products and results:

Tgarlic conditioning checks. Checks for the use and maintenance of: personal protective equipment (EPIs), collective protection equipment, auxiliary equipment, work facilities, machinery and vehicles. Response under instructions in case of emergencies, incidents/accidents and first aid. Monitoring and compliance with the Safety and Health Plan of the work.

Information used or generated:

Labor risk prevention regulations and documentation. Safety and health regulations at work. Industrial safety regulations and regulations in different areas. Reference documents (standards, guidelines of different bodies). Documentation related to the prevention of the company. Documentation related to existing equipment and facilities in the company. Documentation related to the activities and processes performed. Documentation related to the products or substances used. Documentation related to the notification and registration of damage to health. Safety and health plan at work. Risk assessments at the workplace. Verbal and written instructions of superior or responsible.

TRAINING MODULE 1: PLACEMENT OF MASONRY, SILTING AND PERPIANO

Level: 2

Code: MF1375_2

Associate to UC: Placing masonry, silting and perpiano

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the process of placing masonry, silting and perpiano, identifying typologies and describing materials, working methods and risks, and relating them to the overall process of a construction site.

CE1.1 Define, in a schematic and related way, a total process of work in a construction site in which the sequence of all tasks is contemplated.

CE1.2 Identify the general risks and security and protection measures that exist in construction sites.

CE1.3 List types of natural stone factories according to components, typology and functions.

CE1.4 Identify the various construction elements in natural stone involved in a construction, describing the main characteristics of each one.

CE1.5 Recognize the quality conditions that the various elements of natural stone must meet.

CE1.6 Describe the processes of transportation, unloading, and storage of natural stone parts.

CE1.7 Identify the various methods-mortars, adherent, bone, anchorages, and other-of placing in work of the pieces in thick natural stone thicknesses, describing the applications, characteristics and the process The operating system for each of them.

CE1.8 Describe components, grip and seat mixes indicated for a particular work of placing natural stone pieces, describing the latching, keys, remits, encounters and singular points.

CE1.9 Identify the health risks specific to the work of placing natural stone elements, relating them to the established safety standards: individual and collective protective equipment.

CE1.10 In a practical case, properly characterized by a detailed work in plane:

-Precise the sequence of jobs required to lift a certain natural stone factory.

C2: Interpret graphic and written information regarding the placement of masonry, silting, and perpiano.

CE2.1 Recognize different systems of representation-dihedral and perspectives-used in drawing up plans and sketches.

CE2.2 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Identify in the memories, particular conditions and additional documentation, the information regarding the placement and final treatment of the natural stone construction elements.

-Perform simple sketches and representations at different scales using the drawing tools.

-Successfully perform stencils for stone factories from flat specifications or drill drawings.

-Successfully perform proppants and arriostrations for the placement of the stone pieces from specifications of drawings or drawings of detail.

-Apply measurement, alignment, levelling and lead techniques to reframe the parts and work to be performed.

CE2.3 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Relate the written documentation with the chart, identifying the different parts and characteristics of the pieces, to a complete interpretation of the work to be done.

-Contrast the information received with the actual characteristics of the work by analyzing all the elements that integrate it.

-Propose, with the necessary sketches and explanations, the precise adjustments for the elaboration of the pieces adjusted to the characteristics of the work.

C3: Select and use machines, tools, tools and equipment for individual and collective protection, as well as auxiliary means, observing established safety conditions, achieving the indicated performance and performing maintenance and end-of-day operations.

CE3.1 Identify machines, tools and tools necessary for the placement of unique elements of natural stone, relating them to the various works and processes to be carried out.

CE3.2 Handle machines, tools, and tools with the required skill and precision in a given activity.

CE3.3 Describe and apply the storage, maintenance, and preservation operations of machines, tools, and useful employees.

CE3.4 Select, use, and properly maintain the required individual protective garments and equipment in each activity.

CE3.5 Identify function, composition and use-installation, testing, maintenance and withdrawal-of the collective protection means required in a given activity.

CE3.6 Identify function, composition, and utilization-installation, testing, maintenance, removal, and storage-of the auxiliary media required in a given activity.

CE3.7 Identify the general risks to the environment generated by these jobs-noise, dust, waste-relating them to the protective measures to be taken.

C4: Repose the various elements and sets of natural stone, as well as the areas in which they are to be placed, following the geometry indicated in plane and the tolerance margins established.

CE4.1 Select the tools and tools required for the repose.

CE4.2 Extract the information, related to geometry and tolerances, of a particular project or plan of work, preparing a simple sketch with the precise repose references and describing the way to transfer them references to support.

CE4.3 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Repose references on a given support on clean surface and stable trace, respecting the geometry and tolerance indicated in sketch or plane.

-Successfully locate the placement points-in corners, encounters, and at intervals that meet the maximum distancing-.

-Place to meet the requirements of aplomb, stability, alignment of their faces, escantillado with respect to the reference level and marking of levels of antepecho and dintel.

-Receive cercos, precerks, or other auxiliary elements whose placement precedes the lifting of factories by meeting the requirements of location, aplomb, levelling, careening, and trimming of the stringers to the defined cota.

C5: Adjust the pieces of masonry, silting and perpiano, using the appropriate tools and tools.

CE5.1 Describe the processes to be followed to stabilize a piece of stone before working on it.

CE5.2 List the tools and tools needed to perform the remate operations of a stone, relating them to the work to be done.

CE5.3 Describe the necessary operations so that, given two opposing seat faces, they can be parallel to each other and perpendicular to the discharge line of the efforts, indicating step by step the tools to use.

CE5.4 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Rebuild dimensional errors between multiple pieces, trying to fit each other or proposing to perform the least number of new parts possible.

-Indicate the procedure to be followed in order to perform a step in a parament for the placement of a square ventilation grid.

-Describe and perform the process to obtain a flat, perpendicular to the seat board face, indicating how the stone is marked.

-Given two perpianos of the same spun and between which there is a given separation, indicate the operations to obtain the part that goes between them taking into account the various joints.

-Describe and perform previous escape operations on each piece, to obtain a homogeneous and aligned final parament, once placed.

C6: Building natural stone masonry factories, starting with a particular repose and technical documentation, respecting safety regulations and ensuring quality at work.

CE6.1 Describe the conditions for the execution of ordinary, concerted, regular and silt-lined masonry factories, affecting quality and safety requirements.

CE6.2 In a properly characterized case of masonry factory construction:

-Prepare bulkhead from rough stone, responding to the required characteristics for the specified type of masonry and reserving those of greater size and regularity for corners and recesses of hollows.

-Lift stone factories with the specified dimensions and thicknesses, observing the specified conditions and tolerances for planning and aplomb.

-Perform encounters between items by getting the specified lock.

-Place loadings, prefab, or pieces, respecting the established requirements.

-Clean up the obtained paraments by removing possible mortar or other material debris from construction.

-Sequencing and correctly performing the required works to obtain a singular hole defined in the set plan, identifying and executing correctly each of the phases of the process: elaboration of cutting of cutting, repose, preparation of parts, clothing and assembly of auxiliary structure, construction, removal of auxiliary structure and cleaning.

-Sequencing and correctly performing the required works to obtain a singular remate defined in the set plan, identifying and executing correctly each of the phases of the process: Cutting, reposing, preparing parts, building and cleaning.

-Manage waste generated in accordance with environmental protection regulations.

C7: Apply different systems of placement of silting and perpiano, respecting the repose and the technical documentation, in conditions of safety and respecting the criteria of quality.

CE7.1 Describe the conditions of execution of the works of sisnery and perpiano, affecting the requirements of quality and safety.

CE7.2 List the steps to be taken to perform the various constructive typologies of walls, depending on their dimensions, observing the conditions and tolerances specified in an execution project.

CE7.3 In a practical case, properly characterized with placement of sapping or perpiano:

-Perform encounters between items by getting the specified lock.

-Properly clean the parts obtained by removing the mortar debris.

-Sequencing and correctly performing the required works to obtain a singular hole defined in the set plan, identifying and executing correctly each of the phases of the process: elaboration of cutting of cutting, repose, preparation of parts, clothing and assembly of auxiliary structure, construction, removal of auxiliary structure.

-Sequencing and correctly performing the required works to obtain a singular remate defined in the set plan, identifying and executing correctly each of the phases of the process: cutting, reposing, preparing parts, building.

-Specify the process for placement of anchors between perpianos.

-Apply the anchors to the established zones.

-Manage waste generated in accordance with environmental protection regulations.

C8: Carry out remate operations in stone factory jobs, including the treatment of gaskets, adjustments and complementary tasks in general, under security conditions and in compliance with environmental regulations.

CE8.1 Identify the various auxiliary and complementary elements-grids, sinks, metal remits, and others-as well as the necessary ones for insertion into the stone elements.

CE8.2 Identify and apply end-to-end treatment and boardroom treatment systems.

CE8.3 Describe the main defects that can be presented, relating them to the possible causes and their solutions.

CE8.4 In a properly characterized practical case of a factory in stone:

-Perform the necessary actions for the delivery of the jobs, cleaning the items placed and the environment, and collecting all the waste generated during the process.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C5 with respect to CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2; C7 with respect to CE7.3 and C8 with respect to CE8.4.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take responsibility for the developed work.

Self-evaluate the work done, taking the appropriate steps to correct the detected defects.

Perform the assigned tasks by paying special attention to the quality of the jobs performed.

Contents:

1. Graphical and written documentation interpretation

Projects: documentation. Systems of representation. Interpretation of drawings and sketches. Realization of sketches.

Interpretation of written technical documentation.

Interpretation of rules and specifications of particular requirements. Scales.

Handling drawing useful.

2. Natural stone masonry factories

Mamposteria: ordinary, concerted, of irregular hiladas and silt. Stone in rama, ripios, mämstalls and sillarejos. Lintels, jambas, and tether beds.

Plant and lump-in-plant replanting.

Relationships of factories and other work items.

Auxiliary elements: cercos, frames, loadings, templates, cimbras, hoons and sopandas. Systems by adherence: Morters and resins.

Anchor systems. Typology, layout and placement.

Equipment, tools and materials: useful for repose, for quarrying, for adjustment, for placement, for the treatment of joints, for the removal of works, for cleaning.

Auxiliary media: Lift and suspension systems: cranes, slings, wedges, etc.

Processes and conditions for the execution of stone factories: Supply. Preparation and wetting of parts. Repose in plant and standard. Dry cast. Placement. Gasket padding. Enjarje. Provisional arrival. Cleaning.

Quality processes and conditions in stone factories: Repose. Rigging. Planning. Crash. Hiladas horizontality. Thickness of joints. Aplomb of sores. Rejoined. Dilation joints. Enjarjes in encounters. Cleaning and appearance.

Construction of arcs, lintels, cornices, impostas, albards, sills, rungs, and other singular remits and moldings.

Security processes and conditions in stone factories. Personal and collective protective equipment. Protection of the environment.

3. Placement of sapping and perpiano

Sillar, perpiano.

Plant and lump-in-plant replanting.

Relationships of factories and other work items.

Auxiliary elements: cercos, frames, loadings, templates, cimbras, hoons and sopandas. Systems by adherence: Morters and resins.

Anchor systems. Typology, layout and placement.

Moisture Protections: Barriers on Starts and Surface Finishes.

Equipment, tools and materials: useful for repose, quarry, adjustment, placement. Auxiliary means: lifting and suspension systems: cranes, slings, wedges, etc.

Execution Processes and Conditions: Supply. Preparation and wetting of parts. Repose in plant and standard. Placement. Gasket padding. Enjarje. Provisional arrival. Cleaning.

Quality processes and conditions: Repose. Rigging. Planning. Crash. Hiladas horizontality. Thickness and finishing of joints. Aplomb of sores. Rejoined. Dilation joints. Enjarjes in encounters. Cleaning and appearance. Construction of arches, dainteles, cornices, impostas, alfters, sills, rungs and other unique moldings and moldings.

Security processes and conditions. Personal and collective protective equipment. Protection of the environment. Waste management.

4. Unique and finished works

Construction of arches, dainteles, cornices, impostas, alfters, sills, rungs, and other unique moldings and moldings.

Placement of balausres, handrails, rungs, ladders, columns and other constructive elements. Treatment of joints and surfaces. Sealing materials.

Resolution of meetings: with other materials, with other constructive elements and with other constructive typologies.

Auxiliary and complementary elements: grids, sinks, metal remits, and others. Moisture protections: barriers in starts and surface finishes. Cleanup operations.

Quality processes and conditions. Main defects and irregularities. Possible causes and solutions. Security processes and conditions. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Environmental protection. Waste management.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-150 m natural stone placement workshop².

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the placement of masonry, silting and perpiano, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PLACEMENT OF UNIQUE NATURAL STONE ELEMENTS

Level: 2

Code: MF1376_2

Associated with UC: Placing singular elements of natural stone

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Characterize the different types of singular elements in natural stone, pointing out the general process and conditions for their placement.

CE1.1 Classify the various materials in natural stone, pointing out the main characteristics of each one.

CE1.2 Classify the different types of singular elements in natural stone, indicating the characteristics of each:

-Constructive/decorative elements: countertops, fireplaces, shields, gargoyles, balustrades, balconadas, solid ladders, figures.

-Urban furniture: sources, banks, pedestals, gardeners.

-Funeral art: tombstones, pantoons, chapels and mausolees.

-Special pieces: mosaics, puzzles.

CE1.3 Recognize the quality conditions that the various elements of natural stone must meet, as well as defects that may determine the acceptance or non-suitability of the parts for placement.

CE1.4 Explain the process of placement of the various singular elements in stone, pointing out the main works or operations to be performed, as well as the sequence of the same.

CE1.5 Discompose the works to be performed in simpler activities until obtaining the material resources-equipment, tools, materials, auxiliary means of lifting and handling-and human-colocers and, if necessary, relationship to other trades-required for each of them.

CE1.6 Classifying the various materials and products used in the placement of the singular elements-mortars, adherents, metal anchors-indicating the incompatibilities with each other, not suitability for use.

CE1.7 Identify the different types of media, indicating the most common defects and pathologies.

C2: Interpret technical documentation relating to the work of placement of singular elements in natural stone, contrasting it with the reality of the work, to obtain a complete definition of the works to be carried out.

CE2.1 List the documents that make up an execution project, relating the written part to the chart.

CE2.2 Recognize different systems of representation-dihedral and perspectives-used in drawing up plans and sketches.

CE2.3 Identify in the construction and civil works projects, particular conditions and additional documentation, the information regarding the placement and final treatment of the unique elements of natural stone, detecting possible deficiencies or errors in the information provided.

CE2.4 Perform simple sketches and representations at different scales using drawing tools.

CE2.5 Successfully perform templates for singular stone elements from specifications of drawings or sketches of detail and/or after contrasting with the reality of the work.

CE2.6 In an example given in which a technical documentation, an alleged work and the corresponding verbal clarifications are provided:

-Associate the information received with the characteristics and particularities of the work to which it refers, or where appropriate, with a theoretical work from which all the necessary documentation is provided.

-Identify and associate the various elements and pieces that make up the set until you get an ordered relationship from them that allows you to identify any item or item.

-Indicate each of the materials and trades involved.

-Get the complete definition of each piece, -dimensions, finishes-.

-Group the parts and jobs until you get a complete estimate of the material and human resources.

-Confect a logical sequence of jobs.

-Set the individual and collective protection equipment that is required.

-Set an estimate of the necessary auxiliary media.

-Determine possible control points.

-Propose, with the necessary sketches and explanations, the precise adjustments for the elaboration of the pieces adjusted to the characteristics of the work.

-Propose a waste management plan.

C3: Identify, select and employ machines, tools, tools, and individual and collective protective equipment, as well as auxiliary means, observing established security conditions, to achieve performance indicated and performing maintenance and end-of-day operations.

CE3.1 Identify machines, tools and tools necessary for the placement of unique elements of natural stone, relating them to the various works and processes to be carried out.

CE3.2 Describe the storage, maintenance, and preservation operations of machines, tools, and useful employees.

CE3.3 Identify the required individual protective garments and equipment in each activity.

CE3.4 Identify function, composition, and use of the collective protection means required in a given activity.

CE3.5 Identify function, composition, and use of the auxiliary media required in a given activity.

CE3.6 Identify the general risks to the environment generated by this work (noise, dust, waste), relating to the protective measures to be taken.

CE3.7 In a practical case, properly characterized from a technical documentation, an alleged work and the corresponding verbal clarifications:

-Apply the storage, maintenance, and preservation operations of machines, tools, and useful employees.

-Handle machines, tools, and tools with the required skill and precision in a given activity.

-Select, use, and properly maintain the required individual protective garments and equipment in each activity.

-Install, check, maintain and remove the required collective protection means in a given activity.

-Install, check, maintain, remove, and store auxiliary media required in a given activity.

C4: Fulfill the established procedures for gathering, handling and moving parts and natural stone sets, observing the established security conditions.

CE4.1 Identify useful-slings, tweezers-employees for handling, lifting and moving parts of natural stone, selecting the most appropriate in each case.

CE4.2 Describe the established procedures for the construction of the building blocks in natural stone, indicating the safety measures to be taken to prevent damage to the parts, equipment and installations or in people.

CE4.3 Describe the established procedures for moving parts and assemblies, indicating the safety measures to be taken to prevent damage to parts, equipment and facilities or people.

CE4.4 In a practical case, duly characterized from a technical documentation, an alleged work and the corresponding verbal clarifications, coupling, transferring and storing the pieces safely and following the established procedures.

C5: Repose the various elements and sets of natural stone, as well as the areas in which they are to be placed, following the geometry indicated in plane and the tolerance margins established.

CE5.1 Describe the repose process for the placement of unique natural stone elements, impacting on critical points and common problems in these operations.

CE5.2 In a practical case, duly characterized from a technical documentation, an alleged work and the corresponding verbal clarifications:

-Select the tools and tools required for the repose.

-Extract information about geometry and tolerances.

-Draw simple sketches with precise repose references and describe how to transfer those references to the media.

-Repose references on a given support on clean surface and stable trace, respecting the geometry and tolerance indicated in sketch or plane.

-Successfully locate the placement points-in corners, encounters, and at intervals that meet the maximum distancing-.

-Place to meet the requirements of aplomb, stability, alignment of their faces, escantillado with respect to the reference level and marking of levels of antepecho and dintel.

-To receive cercos, precerks or other auxiliary elements whose placement precedes the placement of the singular elements, fulfilling the requirements of location, aplomb, levelling, careening and trimming of the stringers to the cota defined.

C6: Apply custom cutting operations, machining and shaping unique elements, using and operating the appropriate machines, tools and tools, relating them to technical specifications and/or repose in work.

CE6.1 Explain the operations of custom cutting, machining and shaping-drilling, groping, milling, polishing, apomazate, sanding, textured, aging, emptying and other-of singular elements, relating the phases of the process with the operations and means necessary for its performance.

CE6.2 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Operate with the machines or tools to be used according to the operations to be performed, complying with the security measures proper to the handling of each machine.

-Select and apply the specific tools for machining-drill bits, strawberries, discs, threads, granalla, hand tools-depending on the base materials and the work to be done.

-Make the layout by using templates, measurement and checking tools, laser and others, interpreting the drawings and running sketches.

-Check and perform the different types of encasres-inner, outer, upper, lower, and mixed-.

-Apply standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks, paying particular attention to corrective measures for dust, noise, discharge and sludge.

CE6.3 In a practical case, properly characterized by custom cutting for assemblies and steering changes in solid pieces, recognize the able solid, dimensioning it.

C7: Describe and apply the processes/techniques of placement of singular elements by means of adherents and anchors, relating the various materials and systems involved in the placement process and solving the encounter with the rest of the work, to achieve the required set solution.

CE7.1 Identify the various binding systems (adherents and/or anchors) used in the placement of singular elements, indicating the most common applications, the function of each of its parts and its advantages and disadvantages.

CE7.2 Distinguished the mixing components of the systems by adherence, their function, handling, employment, dosage and setting times and conditions.

CE7.3 Associate the union system with the mechanical efforts it has to transmit.

CE7.4 Identify based on the anchor system, the zone and geometry in which you should be housed in the stone.

CE7.5 Citate the basic requirements that a support must have in order to receive different stone elements, highlighting the most frequent errors and pathologies.

CE7.6 Describe the constructive process of placement of various elements: repose, lifting and suspension, preparation of mortars, placement of anchorages, etc. relating them to the auxiliary means and the necessary personnel.

CE7.7 Identify the most common health risks that may appear in each operation, indicating the security measures to be provided, both in relation to the material and the workers.

CE7.8 Relate the set to be placed with the rest of the work, indicating the systems and operations required to integrate it, both visually and functionally.

CE7.9 Locate the points and zones in which a possible treatment is foreseen, indicating the process to be followed for your application.

CE7.10 Citate the quality criteria that define a successful execution of the jobs by relating them to each part of the work.

CE7.11 Citage waste management procedures to be used.

C8: Apply the procedures necessary to perform the finishing tasks of the singular elements and distinguish the functional and aesthetic finishes according to the work instructions.

CE8.1 Identify the various finishing operations of the singular elements to be carried out in work-reassembled, polished, textured, cleaning, sealing, tinting, patinating, surface treatments-relating to the equipment, tools and materials to be used, as well as the rules on the prevention of occupational risks to be taken into account in each case.

CE8.2 In a practical case properly characterized from technical documentation and/or work instructions perform the finished work, with the required level of quality:

-Apply the prescribed dosage and time finishing products to the technical specifications.

-Apply the required security measures on each singular element, adjusted to the execution project.

-Determine the quality of finishing established in the project using tools and control tools.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 for CE4.4; C5 for CE5.2; C6 for CE6.2; C7 for CE7.11; C8 for CE8.2.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take responsibility for the developed work.

Self-evaluate the work done, taking the appropriate steps to correct the detected defects.

Perform the assigned tasks by paying special attention to the quality of the jobs performed.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of graphic and written documentation applied to the placement of singular elements of natural stone

Projects: documentation. Systems of representation. Interpretation of drawings and sketches. Realization of sketches.

Performing templates.

Interpretation of written technical documentation.

Interpretation of rules and specifications of particular requirements. Scales.

Handling drawing useful.

2. Custom cutting, machining and shaping of unique natural stone elements

Natural stone types: Properties and applications. Unique item types.

The Capable Solid.

The plot of parts. Custom cut.

Mechanics; drilling, scraping, milling, polishing, apomazate, sling, textured, aged, emptied. Equipment and tools: machine for cutting, polishing, sandering, beveling, polishing, grinder, drilling machines.

Security Measures. Personal protective equipment and means of collective protection. Environmental protection measures: noise, dust, waste.

3. Laying of unique elements of natural stone

Plantings in floor and flat. Support: features, resistance.

Systems by adherence: Morters and resins.

Anchor systems. Typology, layout and placement. Joint joints. Treatments.

Resolution of meetings: with other materials, with other constructive elements and with other constructive typologies.

Moisture Protections: Barriers in Starter Starts and Surface Finishes. Processes and conditions of execution.

Quality processes and conditions. Equipment, tools and materials.

Auxiliary media. Handling, lifting and transport systems: cranes, slings, wedges, etc. Security measures. Personal protective equipment and means of collective protection. Environmental protection measures: noise, dust, waste.

4. Finished in the work of unique elements of natural stone

Finishes. The quality of the finishes.

Treatment of joints and surfaces. Sealing materials. Polished, textured, chemical treatments, textured of mates.

Moisture Protections: Barriers in Starter Starts and Surface Finishes. The placement of accessory items.

Operations and cleaning products. Machines, equipment and products used.

Quality of the finish. Quality control: tools. Main defects and irregularities. Possible causes and solutions.

Waste Management.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-150 m natural stone placement workshop².

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the placement of unique elements of natural stone, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MOUNTING TRANSVENTED FACADES

Level: 2

Code: MF1377_2

Associated to UC: Montar Transvented Facades

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Define the general characteristics and conditions of the transvented facades, identifying the different types of components-support, anchorages or anchorages and coating subsystems-and identifying the actions and incompatibilities that are established between them.

CE1.1 Describe the constructive system of transvented facades, indicating their main characteristics and properties.

CE1.2 Recognize the different types of support-continuous: brick and concrete blocks and reinforced concrete, discontinuous: pillars, beams and forged fronts, and mixed-, pointing to their capacity in relation to the different anchorage systems.

CE1.3 Recognize the different types and coating materials, identifying the main characteristics of each one.

-Types: Panels, boards, plates, or platelets. Thicknesses and weights: standards, minimums and maximums.

-Natural Stone: main classes-granite, marble, slate and other-and main features: weights, mechanical properties, different finishes, surface-looking range.

-Ceramic materials. Main characteristics: weights, mechanical properties, different finishes, surface-looking range.

-Other materials: wood, metal, glass and others. Main characteristics: weights, mechanical properties, different finishes, surface-looking range.

CE1.4 Classifying the different anchorage subsystems-point and non-point anchorages, adjustable and non-adjustable, seen and hidden, retention and support/retention, and others-listing the main features of each type and relate to the different types of fixing elements, brackets, supporting substructure, joints/hooks and special parts.

CE1.5 Recognize the different types of conformation of the joints, pointing to their functionality and behavior.

CE1.6 Identify the different anchorages materials-aluminum alloys, stainless steel or other-as well as the various fixing and bonding products to the support and the coating-mortars, resins and others- properties and applications of each, as well as the interaction and possible incompatibilities between the different materials-anchoring, coating and supporting-.

CE1.7 To indicate the requests and actions affecting the transvented facades-gravitational, thermal, rheological, humidity, proximity of the sea, ice, wind, seismic movements, fire, possible impacts, pollution, degradation and others-pointing out the precautions to be observed in placing the system to prevent deformations and ensure their durability.

CE1.8 Relate the usual defects in the assembly of ventilated facades with its causes and effects, differentiating the problems and pathologies that are specific to the system or its placement, of those that are own of the work and due to project defects or improper execution.

CE1.9 Identify on various assumptions, the incompatibility or inadequate choice of materials-by a project defect or the actual reality of the work-, detailing the problems that may arise and the way minimize or avoid them, and if not, their possible treatment.

CE1.10 Describe the factors of technological and organizational innovation in the work of transvented facades in the construction sector, valuing its impact on the unit of competence associated with the training module.

C2: Analyze project documentation and work plans related to the work of placement of transvented facades, identifying the criteria and conditions of execution, quality and safety and making sketches simple.

CE2.1 To distinguish the types of technical documents of a work of masonry-basic project, project of execution, modified project, plan of work, complementary works of work among others-as well as its phases of elaboration.

CE2.2 In a practical case, a properly characterized work of masonry in which the documentation of the work is delivered:

-Extract the information contained in the received documents: project, plan of work: memory, plans, specifications, measurements and safety and health study.

-Relate the set plans with the details, as well as the different views and projections of the same constructive element.

-Draw simple cutting and repose sketches for the concretion of constructive elements.

C3: Operate with the machines useful tools and personal protective equipment associated with the work of mounting transvented facades, in accordance with their instructions for use and safety regulations.

CE3.1 Identify machines, tools, and tools necessary for the assembly of transvented facades.

CE3.2 Identify the occupational risks associated with the handling of equipment, tools and tools used for the assembly of transvented facades, assessing their severity and relating them to protective equipment appropriate individual for each case.

CE3.3 Describe the main storage, maintenance, and conservation operations of tools, tools, and individual protective equipment used in the assembly of transvented facades.

CE3.4 In a practical case, properly characterized in mounting a transvented facade:

-Operate the appropriate machines, tools, and tools to perform the facade assembly, according to the instructions received.

-Select and correctly use the individual protective garments and equipment required to perform the operations safely.

-Perform the operations of, maintaining, preserving, and storing the tools, tools, and individual protective equipment used.

C4: Recognize and apply the most frequent collective protection measures in the assembly of transvented facades, respecting safety and environmental regulations.

CE4.1 Identify the general occupational and environmental risks associated with the assembly of ventilated facades, assessing their severity and associating the prevention and collective protection measures related to these.

CE4.2 Identify the function, composition and use-installation, testing, maintenance, removal and storage-of the necessary collective protection means.

CE4.3 Describe the cleaning, storage, and maintenance operations of the media used.

CE4.4 Describe and apply the cleaning, storage, and maintenance operations of the media used. CE4.5 In a practical case, properly characterized in the assembly of a transvented facade:

-Select and apply the appropriate collective protection measures for execution safely.

-Apply appropriate environmental protection measures in accordance with environmental regulations.

-Perform the cleaning, maintenance, and storage operations of the media used.

C5: Apply measurement techniques, alignment, leveling and lead, to perform the repose of works of assembly of transvented facades, interpreting plans and other technical documentation of these works and respecting location, verticality and levelling criteria.

CE5.1 Identify the main techniques for reposing in the work of a transvented facade.

CE5.2 In a practical case, properly characterized in the construction of a transvented facade:

-Select and interpret the information required for your repose.

-Select and use the tools and tools required for the repose.

-Recognize the references of departure or origin of measures, placing them in their correct spatial position.

-Position the reference lines from the originals, respecting the position characteristics received.

-Positioning gaps-precerks, cercos, and other auxiliary elements-meeting location, verticality, and levelling requirements.

-periodically check the correct repose of the anchor elements by measuring them from the source reference lines.

-Use laser tracers and levelers, recognizing possible parking errors.

-Contrast the information received with the actual characteristics of the work by analyzing all the elements that integrate it, to identify the possible deviations in relation to the projected.

-Propose, using the necessary sketches and explanations, the precise adjustments to compensate for possible deviations detected.

-Identify the correct situation points for the repose references.

-Compare the instructions received with the characteristics, properties, and limitations of the anchorage system.

C6: Set and install the anchor subsystem in the assembly of transvented facades, following the manufacturer's technical instructions and interpreting technical documentation.

CE6.1 Recognize the characteristics of the support in an anchoring subsystem, in terms of geometry-levelling, planning and surface regularity-, resistance, capacity and conservation status, to achieve a appropriate attachment of the anchorage subsystem.

CE6.2 Describe the procedures for installing the fixing elements to the support, recognizing the quality and safety criteria, as well as the main problems and defects that may arise in their placement, their causes and effects.

CE6.3 Describe the main procedures for mounting the existing anchorage structures or substructures, distinguishing the quality and safety criteria, as well as the main problems and defects that may present in their placement, their causes and effects.

CE6.4 Recognize the different tightening pairs based on the clamping elements.

CE6.5 Citar the main mechanical means used for fixing and cutting profiles, as well as their criteria of use and the safety measures to be taken.

CE6.6 In a practical case, properly characterized as mounting of a transvented facade already reposed, and on the basis of drawings and technical instructions of the manufacturer of the anchorages:

-Check the anchors.

-Check the media.

-Place the fixing elements on the media following the repose references.

-Place the subsystem or anchor body on the fixing elements.

-Check the strength and quality of the fixings made.

C7: Place the insulation panels on transvented facades, to achieve the tightness of the work, solving the possible points of interference of the insulator with the rest of elements of the facade.

CE7.1 Identify the different types of insulation in panels, recognizing their specific uses.

CE7.2 Describe the procedures for placement and attachment of isolation to support, pointing out the conditions for proper application.

Ce7.3 Recognize errors in fixing the isolation panels, indicating their causes and consequences.

CE7.4 Identify thermal bridges, indicating their causes and consequences.

CE7.5 Recognize the correct union between panels that guarantees the tightness of the assembly.

CE7.6 Identify insulator interference points with the remaining facade elements, indicating the appropriate way to resolve them.

CE7.7 Identify the main waste generated during isolation placement operations and environmental protection measures to be adopted.

CE7.8 In a practical case, properly characterized as mounting of a transvented facade and given a work plan in technical instructions of the insulation manufacturer, placing the panels of isolation, maintaining the work's tightness and solving the possible points of interference of the insulator with the rest of the facade elements.

C8: Apply the appropriate techniques to attach and/or hook the coating parts to the anchor subsystem, following the technical instructions of the anchorage manufacturer and interpreting technical work documentation.

CE8.1 Recognize defects that prevent the use of different types of coating parts.

CE8.2 Recognize defects and taras in anchor points that prevent their use.

CE8.3 Describe the main attachment/coupling procedures of the coating parts to the substructures or body of the anchor, recognizing the main criteria of quality and safety, as well as the main problems and defects that may occur in their placement, their causes and effects.

CE8.4 Recognize the conditions required for the preparation of the adhesive mixture and setting.

CE8.5 Citar the safety measures and use of the mechanical means used for the placement of the coating.

CE8.6 In a practical case, properly characterized as mounting of a transvented facade in which the anchor subsystem is executed and based on the work plans and technical instructions of the manufacturer of the anchorages:

-Check the cladding parts.

-Check anchor points.

-Prepare the union chemicals according to the manufacturer's instructions.

-Join the coating parts to the anchor subsystem.

-Check the strength and quality of the joins made.

C9: Employ the appropriate techniques to place the various singular elements-encounters, auctions, waits-used in the discontinuities of a transvented facade-voids, sockets, edges and others-to ensure the functionality of the facades-ventilation, absence of thermal bridges, waterproofing-in conditions of work safety and environmental, and with the quality established.

CE9.1 Recognize the main unique elements existing in transvented facades.

CE9.2 In a practical case, properly characterized with mounting a transvented facade and starting from work plans:

-Recognize in the drawings the singular elements, interpreting them and identifying their position in the facade and the prescribed finish.

-Perform the placement of the singular elements on the anchor subsystem, according to the project specifications.

-Verify the location of the parts for total stability, as set out in the project.

-Apply the different systems and products for the binding of the different materials according to their physical-mechanical characteristics.

-Identify the elements that guarantee the tightness in front of the water inlet on the facade.

C10: Operate with the machines and tools used in the work to conform the coating elements and apply the different surface treatments-cutting, drilling, grit, graber, polishing, compressor and other-in accordance with the regulations on safety and environmental protection.

CE10.1 Identify the main works of shaping in the assembly of transvented facades, recognizing the quality criteria.

CE10.2 Recognize the rules for the prevention of occupational risks related to the use of machinery, facilities and auxiliary means necessary for the shaping of the elements of a transvented facade.

CE10.3 Identify the different products commonly used to perform surface treatments of the chemical type to the coating pieces in ventilated facades, relating them to the different methods of application.

CE10.4 Recognize the main environmental risks related to the use of natural stone finishing products.

CE10.5 In a practical case, properly characterized with mounting a transvented facade already executed and starting from work plans:

-Identify from the planes the pieces of coating to conform.

-Identify the locations or situation for the housing of the anchors on the liner.

-Perform the gaps with the required characteristics to achieve the correct anchorage of the anchor in the liner.

-Perform the necessary mechanizations in work, operating the necessary machines and tools according to the peculiarities of the material.

-Organize and coordinate the tasks that correspond to the correct operation of the machinery.

-Apply the rules for the prevention of occupational risks, in particular those relating to the correct use of machinery, facilities and auxiliary means.

-Apply environmental protection rules.

C11: Perform the sealing, remate, and cleaning operations on the various elements that constitute the ventilated facade system, for its definitive and complete remate.

CE11.1 Classify the various sealing and cleaning products according to their application, detailing their risks and the security measures to be taken into account in their application and handling and storage.

CE11.2 Describe the process to be followed to receive and seal the complementary and remate elements, such as ventilation grilles, fastening elements, functional elements and/or components on the transvented facade system Aesthetic, or similar, that either provisionally or definitively passes on to integrate it.

CE11.3 Describe a plan of action, where they appear, in sequence, all the steps to be followed as well as the products, machines, tools and tools necessary to carry out the complementary and remate works.

CE11.4 Enunciate the criteria of acceptance of the main interventions-sealing of joints and others.

CE11.5 In a practical case, it is properly characterized, based on drawings and technical instructions, and the object of which is to carry out the sealing, cleaning, treatment of joints and other treatments of the final finishing of the works.

-To differentiate, in the plane and on photos of the work, the points and critical zones that can present problems, pointing out their corresponding pathology.

-Develop an action plan by pointing to the order in which the various interventions will be performed.

-Prepare and operate the tools, tools, and products used for each job.

-Identify the existing risks inherent in the work itself in the work as well as the application of the various products.

-Perform the indicated gasket treatment.

-Place grids or other singular elements with the specified remate.

-Perform the facade cleanup.

-Check the final finishing level of all jobs.

C12: Perform the disassembly of the transvented system, for storage or transfer by properly handling the various parts and elements that integrate it.

CE12.1 Citar the safety criteria-physical-mechanical deterioration-which determine the need to replace coating parts and/or metal anchoring elements in an already constructed system.

CE12.2 Describe and apply the procedure to be followed for the safe realization of the parts removal and replacement work.

CE12.3 List the necessary machines, tools, tools and auxiliary means, both for disassembly, and for handling and subsequent assembly of the various fixing, anchoring and coating elements.

CE12.4 Identify the risks that exist in each part of the process, indicating the precautions to consider to minimize them.

CE12.5 Describe how you perform the manipulation of parts in which you need to intervene more than one operator.

CE12.6 Citar the handling and storage criteria to be contemplated, both for the anchoring elements, and for the coating pieces-eccentricity, weight, frailty-.

CE12.7 In a properly characterized practical case of transvented facade:

-To distinguish errors: from existing fastening, the inadequacy of some coating pieces-difference of color, appearance, texture, and others-defects of planning and aplomb and space between joints.

-Remove the coating parts to be determined, following the instructions and procedures laid down for handling, transport and storage.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.2; C3 for CE3.4; C4 for CE4.5; C5 for CE5.2; C6 for CE6.6; C7 for CE7.8; C7 for CE7.8; C8 for CE8.6; C9 for CE9.2; C10 for CE10.5; C11 for CE11.5; and C12 for CE12.7.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take responsibility for the developed work.

Self-evaluate the work done, taking the appropriate steps to correct the detected defects.

Perform the assigned tasks, paying particular attention to the quality of the work done and to collaborate in improving the quality processes of the company, providing its specific knowledge in terms of You are concerned with your job.

Contents:

1. Constructive system of transvented facades

Basic Concepts of construction: Structure, enclosure, insulation, coatings, installations in front. Mechanical solicitations. Support. Main types and materials. Features. Requirements. Coating: Main types and materials. Features. Anchorage systems. Classification. Point systems. Systems with profiling. Adjustable and non-adjustable anchorages. Features. System elements: fixings, brackets, supporting substructure, joints/hooks, special parts. Types, materials, characteristics and incompatibilities. Attachment and attachment products. Types, characteristics, incompatibilities. Together. Types, characteristics. Main defects and pathologies of the system support-anchor-coating. Causes. Effects. Factors of technological and organizational innovation in the work of facades: innovative materials, systems, techniques and innovative equipment.

2. Interpretation of technical documentation applied to transvented facades

Documentation: Project: memory, specifications, plans and measurements. Plan of work. Quality plan. Safety plan. Difference between sketches, schemes, drawings and drawings. Types of drawings: situation plans, general plans, detailed plans. Plants, poached, sections, perspectives. Scales. Symbology and coding. Tag out. Acutation. Orientation. Cutting leaves. Additional information. Technical instructions of the anchorages manufacturers.

3. Preparation of the work: equipment and garlic, safety measures applied to transvented facades

Equipment, tools and tools for the assembly of transvented facades: Types: main characteristics. Selection, checking and handling. Maintenance. Storage. Auxiliary means and temporary facilities. Use. Occupational and environmental risks. Prevention measures. Means of individual and collective protection: use, maintenance and storage. Organization of the pit: production objectives, relations with other elements and works, conditioning of the pit, distribution of resources, sequence of works, phases of the work.

4. Repose of transvented facades

Instruments and useful. Fixing of the starting references. Fixing the reference lines: Main lines: lead lines, level and depth. Auxiliary lines. Placement of teachers and sights. Fixing of holes and other singular points. Periodic checks. Deviations. Tolerances. Error adjustments and compensation.

5. Procedure for fixing the anchorage subsystem to support on transvented facades

Installing the fixing elements to support: point systems and with profiling. Operational process. Equipment, tools and materials. Safety standards. Checks. Quality criteria. Installation problems and defects: causes and effects. Mounting of the supporting substructure. Operational process. Equipment, tools and materials. Safety standards. Checks. Quality criteria. Installation problems and defects: causes and effects.

6. Coupling and coupling procedure of the anchoring subsystem to the cladding on transvented facades

Coating pieces. Pathologies. Causes of non-acceptance of parts.

Union of the coating. Operational process. Equipment, tools and materials. Mortars and adhesives:

types, preparation and setting.

Using auxiliary elements for the lifting and handling of the cladding parts.

Security rules. Checks. Quality criteria. Placement defects and problems: causes and effects.

Join joints.

7. Complementary work of forming and placing insulation in transvented facades

Shaping operations: types; equipment and tools used. Safety standards. Surface treatment: types, products used. Safety standards. Placement of insulation in panels. Types. Operational process. Equipment, tools and materials. Safety standards. Checks. Quality: problems and defects in placement: causes and effects.

8. Complementary work on the placement of singular elements, finishes and final finishing on transvented facades

Unique elements. Types. Features. Placement: operational process.

Supplementary and remate items: Types. Features. Placement: operational process. Sealing and treatment of joints. Requirements.

Cleaning. Products.

Manipulation and storage. Safety standards. Auctions.

Final Finish. Checks.

9. Replacing parts in transvented facades

Parts to be replaced. Pathologies: criteria of non-acceptance. Disassembly process: procedure, equipment and tools, auxiliary means of handling, lifting and transport, safety standards. Assembly process: procedure, equipment and tools, auxiliary means of handling, lifting and transport, safety standards.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-150 m natural stone placement workshop².

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of transvented facades, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4: PASTES, MORTARS, ADHESIVES AND CONCRETES

Level: 1

Code: MF0869_1

Associate to UC: Elaborate pastes, mortars, adhesives and concretes

Duration: 30 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the processes of making pastes, mortars and concretes, identifying the components, relating the different types of applications, and specifying working methods.

CE1.1 Describe the application field of a particular mixture.

CE1.2 correctly interpret the meaning of technical terms used in pastes, mortars, and concretes.

CE1.3 Recognize the type of a presented mixture, identifying the components that form it and describing its processing process.

CE1.4 Describe innovative materials and techniques in pastes, mortars and concretes, assessing their impact on the unit of competence associated with the training module.

C2: Operate with individual protective equipment, tools, tools and machines, respecting the instructions received regarding working methods, security conditions and end-of-day operations.

CE2.1 Identify machines, tools, and tools necessary for a given activity.

CE2.2 Handle machines, tools, and tools with the required skill and precision in a given activity.

CE2.3 Identify labor and environmental risks in pastes, mortars, and concretes, assessing their severity and associating prevention and protection measures related to these.

CE2.4 Select and correctly use the individual protective garments and equipment required for a given activity.

CE2.5 Describe and apply the storage, maintenance, and preservation of tools, tools, and individual protective equipment used.

C3: Prepare concretes, mortars and pastes following the elaboration instructions and observing the conditions of consistency and resistance indicated.

CE3.1 Set composition and dosage of a mixture determined by its conditions of strength, consistency, adherence and/or workability following indicated tables and abacos.

CE3.2 Precise kneading, reamassing, adjustability and ripening time, and useful life of a particular mixture.

CE3.3 Describe the effect of environmental conditions on the manufacture and properties of mixtures.

CE3.4 In a properly characterized practice, elaborate mixtures with the required homogeneity conditions, and adjusted to the indicated volume and time.

C4: Prepare adhesives and reed materials by following the elaboration instructions and observing the conditions of consistency and resistance indicated.

CE4.1 Establish the correction in the dosage of a mixture of cementitious adhesive for partial or total replacement of water by a given emulsion.

CE4.2 Precise kneading, reamassing, ripening time, and shelf-life conditions of a particular mixture.

CE4.3 In a properly characterized practical case, elaborate adhesives with the required homogeneity conditions, and adjusted to the volume and deadlines indicated.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C3 with respect to CE3.4 and C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Comply with the correct production rules.

Contents:

1. Mortars and pastes in masonry and coatings

Mortars and pastes made in the pit. Predosed mortars and pastes. Components: binders, additives, sands and water.

Dosage, consistency, plasticity and strength. Applications. Regulations and tests.

Quality stamps and homologous marks.

2. Concretes

Hormigones made in the pit and prepared.

Ant types: mass concretes, armed, intended and reinforced; high-strength, lightened and special concretes.

Components: binders, additives, gravel, sand and water. Reinforcement and reinforcement fibers.

Dosage: type, characteristic strength, consistency, maximum arid and ambient size. Applications.

Structural concrete and concrete concrete regulations. Tests.

3. Adhesives and rejointing materials

Cementitious Adhesives. Dispersion resin adhesives. Adhesives and reed materials of reaction resins.

Components: binders, additives, sands, water and emulsions. Dosage, consistency and plasticity. Applications.

Regulations and trials.

Quality stamps and homologous marks.

4. Manufacture of mortars, pastes, concretes, adhesives and rejointed materials

Processes and conditions for making pastes and mortars: identification and control of components, weight and volume dosage, dosage corrections; kneading with manual and mechanical means, and water supply; transport containers; environmental conditions for the manufacture of mortars and pastes.

Processes and conditions for the production of concretes: identification and control of components; weight and volume dosage, dosage corrections; kneading with manual and mechanical means, and water supply; transport containers; environmental conditions for the production of concrete.

Processes and conditions for the manufacture of adhesives and rejointed materials: identification and control of components; dosage corrections; kneading with manual and mechanical means; filling of transport containers; Environmental conditions for the manufacture of adhesives and rejointing materials.

Teams: types and functions (selection, checking and handling); personal protective equipment. Occupational and environmental risks; prevention measures.

Recent innovative materials, techniques, and equipment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-135 m²build techniques workshop.

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of pastes, mortars, adhesives and concretes, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 5: BASIC PREVENTION OF WORK RISKS UNDER CONSTRUCTION

Level: 2

Code: MF1360_2

Associated with UC: Control at basic level risks under construction

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the activities specific to health and safety in the work the basic normative framework that regulates it in the construction sector, valuing the importance that within them present the measures and techniques prevention of occupational risks and protection, as well as the need for preventive management.

CE1.1 Explain the meaning of the concept of health in areas of work, identifying the components it encompasses.

CE1.2 Define the meaning of occupational risk, differentiating this concept with the hazard, describing the scales with which they are valued.

CE1.3 Citar the differences between work accident and occupational disease.

CE1.4 Identify the differences between accident and incident of work, specifying the implications each type has in the field of prevention.

CE1.5 Precise differences between safety techniques and health techniques (industrial hygiene, ergonomics, work medicine, training and information), distinguishing the meaning of prevention and protection in the field of the first and comparing its importance.

CE1.6 To mention the functions and/or obligations of the following legally defined responsible: Promoter, Coordinator in the field of Safety and Health during the execution of the work, Facultative Direction, Contractor, Subcontractor and Stand-alone Worker.

CE1.7 Summarize the functions of the Prevention Services, specifying to whom the mandatory presence of preventive resources is applied in construction works and when such presence is necessary.

CE1.8 Define what risk prevention management is, identifying the internal management organs of the company and external to it.

CE1.9 Identify the rights of workers in the field of health and safety, specifying the content of protection rights, information, preventive training, consultation and participation.

CE1.10 Identify the obligations of health and safety workers.

C2: Define general occupational risks in working environments, as well as prevention systems, specifying the functions of occupational risk control and health control of the workers.

Ce2.1 Mention what is meant by environment and working conditions and the relationship they have with occupational risks.

CE2.2 Describe what is meant by work environment, listing:

-Its components (physical, chemical, and biological).

-The main variables that determine the physical environment of the work (temperature, humidity, ventilation, noise, lighting, vibrations, radiations and others) and the main risks associated with each one.

-The types of major pollutants that may appear in the chemical environment of the work (solid, liquid and gaseous) and the main risks associated with each one.

-The types of organisms that can contaminate the biological environment of the work and the main associated risks.

CE2.3 Describe what is meant by physical and mental workload, specifying the risks associated with an excess in them.

CE2.4 To indicate what is meant by job risk control, specifying when collective protection equipment should be used for such purposes and in which cases and conditions should be chosen by individual protective equipment.

C3: To differentiate the principles and criteria of action in the first interventions to be performed in situations of emergency in construction and first aid, valuing its importance and consequences.

CE3.1 Explain what emergency plans are, identifying:

-Common causes of emergency situations.

-Fire-fighting devices.

-Senalization of emergency paths and exits.

-Information on material and human resources (means of contact, addresses, plans and others) required in emergency cases.

-The importance of first interventions.

CE3.2 Specify the guidelines for action in emergency and first aid situations, explaining the consequences arising from them.

CE3.3 In a properly characterized case of an emergency with injuries in which first aid is needed:

-Indicate principles and criteria for action.

-Determine your own scope of action.

-Propose actions to minimize risks and care for the injured.

C4: Identify occupational hazards in construction sites, arguing the reasons for their frequency and the severity of their consequences, specifying basic prevention criteria and associated protective equipment.

CE4.1 Interpreting the frequency, severity and incidence rates of the particular occupational accidents in the construction sector, comparing the absolute and relative values of the statistics of the construction sector with those of the total of the sectors set.

CE4.2 Argument of the importance and frequency of accidents in the construction sector according to their way of occurrence, and ordering from greater to lesser its severity the ways to produce fatal and very serious accidents during the last period according to published statistics.

CE4.3 Specify the usual labor risks in construction sites, associating prevention and protection measures related to construction sites.

CE4.4 Identify the job risks characteristic of a given garlic, indicating other tajos with which it may be related (previous, subsequent and simultaneous) and assessing the effect that on the risks can have that relationship, especially concurrency.

CE4.5 Identify the characteristic labour risks of different types of given machines.

CE4.6 Identify the labor risks associated with certain common chemicals in construction sites.

CE4.7 Identify unsafe conditions and practices from images, videos, and/or written reports relating to the development of actual construction works.

CE4.8 Identify and describe the function of the elements (perimeter fencing, provisional installations, and others) of the works to be obtained in the implementation phase.

CE4.9 Identify and correctly interpret the signaling of works and machines, specifying where it should be positioned according to the Safety and Health Plans.

C5: Identify the requirements of the Safety and Health Plan of a work for different types of tajos, interpreting the measures to be applied from Safety and Health Plans and work plans.

CE5.1 Describe the object and content of a Health and Safety Plan, specifying:

-Who is required to develop a Health and Safety Plan.

-Who has the right to query it.

-Under which reasons you can modify.

CE5.2 In different case scenarios, specify the orders and measures that will be transmitted to the workers according to the health and safety plan.

CE5.3 Determine the provisional facilities, signage, auxiliary means, and collective means of protection required for the execution of a pit depending on a safety and health plan.

CE5.4 Describe the object and contents of the Incident Book.

C6: Valoring the importance and necessity of the use and maintenance of personal protective equipment (EPIs), in different situations, depending on the workers operating correctly with the same, according to the criteria specific.

CE6.1 Select and correctly use the individual protection equipment required for a given activity based on specific criteria.

CE6.2 Describe and/or apply the storage, maintenance, and conservation operations of individual protective equipment according to established criteria.

CE6.3 Rate if a given individual protection equipment is fit for use, according to the criteria set.

CE6.4 Explain the importance of workers ' obligations regarding the use, care, storage, and information of any defect, anomaly, or damage appreciated in the individual protective equipment.

CE6.5 Discriminate unsafe practices in relation to individual protective equipment from images, videos, and/or written reports relating to the development of actual construction works.

C7: Value the importance and need for the placement, installation and maintenance of collective protection equipment, depending on whether they are suitable for the work to be carried out.

CE7.1 In a properly characterized scenario of a pit or a work, propose the location of collective protection equipment.

CE7.2 Describe and in your case apply the storage, maintenance, and conservation operations of collective protection equipment.

CE7.3 Rate if a given collective protection team is fit for use according to the criteria set.

CE7.4 List workers ' obligations regarding the use, care, storage, and information of any defect, anomaly, or damage appreciated in the collective protective equipment.

CE7.5 Discrimination unsafe conditions and practices in relation to collective protective equipment from images, videos and/or written reports relating to the development of actual construction works.

C8: Define the importance and necessity of the use, placement, installation and maintenance of auxiliary media, assessing whether they are suitable for the work to be carried out and the workers operate correctly with them.

CE8.1 Precise the conditions that are required of those responsible for both management and execution in the assembly, disassembly or substantial modification of scaffolding.

CE8.2 Describe the conditions of installation and use that a scaffold must present to ensure its stability and prevent the fall of people and objects from it.

CE8.3 Citar the conditions of installation and use that must present a ladder of hand to ensure its stability and prevent the fall of persons and objects from the same.

CE8.4 Describe the permissible installation and utilization conditions of a given auxiliary media.

CE8.5 List workers ' obligations regarding the use, care, storage, and information of any defect, anomaly, or damage appreciated in a given auxiliary media.

CE8.6 Discrimination unsafe conditions and practices in relation to auxiliary media from images, videos and/or written reports relating to the development of actual construction works.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C7 with respect to CE7.1.

Other capabilities:

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, clear and precise manner.

Act quickly in problematic situations.

Contents:

1. Safety and health at work. General risks and their prevention

Work and health: definition and components of health; occupational risks, risk factors.

Damage from work: accidents at work and occupational diseases; incidents; other pathologies arising from work.

Security techniques: prevention and protection.

Health Techniques: Industrial Hygiene, Ergonomics, Work Medicine, Training and Information.

Basic regulatory framework for the prevention of occupational risks. Rights (protection, information, training in preventive matters, consultation and participation) and basic duties in this field.

General risks and their prevention: risks linked to safety conditions; risks related to the environment of work; workload and fatigue; elementary risk control systems; collective protection and individual.

Emergency and evacuation plans.

Health control of workers.

Basic elements of risk prevention management: public bodies related to health and safety at work; representation of workers; rights and obligations. Organization of preventive work: basic routines. Documentation: collection, processing, and archiving.

First aid: basic criteria for action.

2. Security under construction

Basic normative framework of safety under construction: responsible for safety in the works and functions (Promoter, Coordinator in the field of Safety and Health during the execution of the work, Optional Direction, Contractor, Subcontractor and Autonomous Worker).

Organization and integration of prevention in the enterprise: prevention services.

Common risks in the construction sector: accident forms, prevention and associated protection measures.

Prevention of risks in building tadles (description of work, auxiliary and machinery used, development stages, previous, subsequent and simultaneous tajos, characteristic risks and protective measures) in: tajos auxiliations; demolitions; land movements; foundations; concrete structures; metal structures; closures and partitions; covers; finishes; carpentry, locksmith and glassware; installations.

Risk prevention in urbanisation tajos: explanations; drains; firm; pedestrian areas; walls and defence works; bridges and walkways; urban services networks; signalling and beacon.

Prevention of own risks of underground, hydraulic and maritime works.

Unsafe conditions and practices in the construction sector.

Preventive importance of the implementation of works: perimeter valves; entry and exit doors and road and vehicle traffic routes; location and radius of action of cranes; connection and distribution networks; services affected; sanitary facilities; temporary facilities; workshops; building sites; signs of works and machines.

Personal protective equipment: placement; uses and obligations; maintenance.

Collective protection equipment: placement; uses and obligations; maintenance.

Auxiliary media: placement; uses and obligations; maintenance.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-135 m²build techniques workshop.

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the basic level control of risks under construction, which will be accredited by the following two forms:

-Academic training of higher or higher technical technicians, with the accreditation to perform the functions of Intermediate or Higher Level in the prevention of occupational risks that establishes the regulations for which it is approved the Prevention Services Regulation.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX CDXXVIII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: OPEN PIT EXCAVATION WITH EXPLOSIVES

General competition:

To conduct the open pit excavation for the extraction of mineral resources or for the construction of civil works, by means of drilling and blasting techniques, and by holding the land, according to the rules Prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection in force.

Competition Units:

UC1378_2: Perform open pit drilling

UC1379_2: Perform the stabilization of taludes in open-pit excavations.

UC1380_2: Collaborating on risk prevention in open pit excavations

UC0420_2: Perform Revenant Projections

UC0426_2: Perform open-pit blasting

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as an employed person in the area of production of large, medium and small enterprises, public or private, dedicated to open-pit excavations, with or without the use of Excavated materials. It performs activities of a technical nature, in the framework of the functions and objectives assigned by technicians of a higher level, of which it will receive general instructions and to which it will inform. The professional activities of workers from open or underground mining companies, as far as general safety standards and the specific rules of their job are concerned, are subject to the regulations of the Member States. Competent administration. The professional activities of mobile operators in open pit mining are subject to the regulations of the competent administration. The professional activity of carrying out blasting with explosives is subject to the regulations of the competent administration.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the extractive and construction industries, and mainly in the following productive activities: In extractive industries: Extraction of energy minerals (anthracite, hard coal, lignite and peat). Extraction of uranium ore and thorium. Extraction of metallic minerals. Extraction of non-metallic or energy minerals (pied; sands and clays, minerals for fertilizers and chemicals, salt and others). Under construction: Demolition and excavations. Unique works of civil engineering in surface and height. Other construction work. Construction and repair of railway tracks. Construction of roads, motorways, aerodromes and sports facilities. Hydraulic works. Other specialised works.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Mining in general.

Coal and other mineral starter miners.

Driver-operator of land movement mining machinery.

Mine Clearance.

Machine operator for mineral extraction, in general.

Operator of mine drilling machines.

Associated training: (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF1378_2: Open-pit drilling. (240 hours)

MF1379_2: Stabilization of taludes in open-pit excavations. (60 hours)

MF1380_2: Prevention of work risks in open pit excavations. (30 hours)

MF0420_2: Revenant Projection. (60 hours)

MF0426_2: Open-sky voles. (90 hours)

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare equipment, tools, tools, accessories, consumables and other necessary material, as well as individual and collective protective equipment for drilling, to perform the work safely and effectiveness, in accordance with work instructions and standards for the prevention of occupational risks.

CR1.1 Technical information-written or oral work instructions, drawings or sketches, topographic maps and data, operation manuals and equipment maintenance-is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the information required for full job definition.

CR1.2 The drilling scheme provided by the controller is interpreted, identifying location of the boreholes, depth, bore diameter and inclination thereof.

CR1.3 The individual protection equipment specific to the drilling and maintenance activities of the first level of the drilling equipment used, are suitable, are arranged and in perfect condition, making The manufacturer's manual on-point and maintenance as set out in the manufacturer's manuals, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or the condition of which the equipment is not adequate.

CR1.4 The collective protection equipment specific to drilling operations-signs and posters, protections, fire fighting and other-that are used, are the right ones, are ready and in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible for missing equipment or the state of operation of which is not appropriate.

CR1.5 The drilling equipment is prepared and checked, checking the perfect operation of all parts, following the instruction manuals provided by the manufacturer.

CR1.6 The auxiliary drilling equipment is monitored and prepared by checking its perfect state and proper operation.

CR1.7 The necessary tools, tools, and consumables are proven to be in perfect condition and packed for safe transport.

CR1.8 The equipment, tools and accessories are loaded and properly equipped in the corresponding vehicles, so that the transport is carried out with maximum safety and efficiency.

CR1.9 The accesses and zone where the drilling is to be carried out are recognized to appreciate and solve the difficulties that may arise in the transportation of the drilling equipment, auxiliary equipment and transit of personnel agreement with the internal security arrangements and following the work instructions.

CR1.10 The work area is reviewed to check for the existence of failed boreholes and boreholes used in a previous blast, in which case it communicates to the drilling officer and is expected to receive instructions in this respect.

RP2: Drillings with manual equipment, for blasting, bulking, drainage, land consolidation, anchorages and instrumentation, obtaining perforations with the diameter, length, direction and inclination established in the drilling scheme and work instructions.

CR2.1 The drill bit-integral or with its built-in punch-hole-is coupled to the drilling equipment and is suitable for the length of drilling and ground type, checking that the wear of the cutting element allows the drilling.

CR2.2 The compressed air hoses with their greaser, water hoses, and dust capture devices, if any, connect to the corresponding network and the drilling equipment, reaching the air and water with the pressure required.

CR2.3 The drilling equipment is mounted with its bit and is positioned at the point of drilling, drilling with the direction and inclination established and controlling that the drilling speed is suitable for the type of rock, successively using the appropriate string of sweeps to achieve the established bit depth.

CR2.4 The drilling equipment is mounted, with its bit, positioned with its push-column, well anchored, so as to avoid displacements, in the case of using pusher during drilling, and it is controlled that the speed Drilling is suitable for drilling, acting on the keys to the pusher and passing the water so that the drilling is effective and correct.

CR2.5 The bores are checked that they are perforated and free of obstructions, in number, diameter, direction, inclination, length and according to the drilling scheme and the work instructions.

CR2.6 The anomalies detected in drilling-holes, water, significant material changes-communicate and signal, following established procedures.

CR2.7 Performance is optimized during the production of drilling equipment, identifying possible causes of equipment delays or breakdowns.

CR2.8 Equipment, hoses, bars, and other material are removed from the work area safely after drilling is complete.

CR2.9 Drilling activities are performed, paying special attention to the possible fall of rocks and noise and dust levels.

RP3: Positioning and setting drill equipment with hammer to head or bottom, to subsequently proceed to drilling with efficiency and safety, following working instructions and procedures set.

CR3.1 The connection of the auxiliary elements is performed according to the procedure indicated, applying the appropriate security measures.

CR3.2 The drilling equipment is reviewed prior to commissioning, checking the status of the displacement elements, the presence of lubricant leaks, oils, refrigerants, and others, as set out in the operation of the equipment.

CR3.3 The drilling equipment is positioned and stabilized at the locations indicated for drilling, ensuring that the angle of attack is established and maintained for the entire length of the bore. CR3.4 The drilling equipment is launched according to the procedure established by the manufacturer.

RP4: Carry out the boreholes on the work front with hammer-to-head or bottom-hammer drilling equipment, to carry out blasting, drains, sustainment and auxiliary applications, achieving perforations with the diameter, length, direction and inclination in accordance with the drilling scheme and the working instructions.

CR4.1 The drilling is carried out at all times by controlling the thrust, the rotation speed, the percussion, the sweep of the drilling detritus and the correct operation of the dust sensors.

CR4.2 The elements of the drill string-bar, rod and sleeve-are added systematically, manually or automatically, to the total length of the bore, ensuring their proper coupling.

CR4.3 Special attention is given to drilling for the possible diversion and to the operations of the drill string, which could be motivated by lithological changes, presence of remaining in the field and others, marking those that may subsequently influence the completion of the blasting.

CR4.4 The drill string is removed by avoiding the hook, so that the bore is free when the operation completes.

CR4.5 The bores are perforated and free of obstructions and are checked to be in number, direction, inclination, section and length, according to the drilling scheme and the work instructions.

CR4.6 Micropile armor are introduced into the bore with the length defined in the sustainment project and according to the manufacturer's specifications.

CR4.7 The anomalies detected in the drilling-holes, water, significant material changes-communicate and signal, following the established procedures.

CR4.8 The performance of drilling equipment is optimized during production tasks, identifying possible causes of equipment delays or breakdowns.

CR4.9 Work parts are completed according to the established model and procedure.

RP5: Perform the machine's first-level maintenance operations as set out in the team maintenance manual to optimize the performance and life of the machine.

CR5.1 The instructions in the manufacturer's maintenance manual are interpreted and executed correctly, taking into account the operating hours of the equipment.

CR5.2 The machine is cleaned at the end of the workday and/or drilling, as set out in the manufacturer's maintenance manual.

CR5.3 The mechanical, electrical, oleohydraulic and pneumatic elements of the drilling and auxiliary equipment are reviewed periodically, identifying at all times possible breakdowns, and informing the technician of the maintenance.

CR5.4 Fuels, oils, fats, refrigerants, filters and other elements used in the first level maintenance are those advised by the manufacturer and applied correctly, using the protective equipment appropriate individual.

CR5.5 Maintenance and breakdown parts are developed, following established procedures, ensuring that they contain all the necessary information: maintenance operations performed and breakdowns detected, and transmit to the persons indicated in each case.

Professional context:

Production media:

Manual drilling equipment. Pneumatic and hydraulic drilling equipment with head and bottom hammer. Equipment for drilling and installation of protection umbrellas and various anchorages for the emboquille of tunnels. Auxiliary equipment. Drilling useful. Measuring equipment. Herramental varied. Communication systems. Security teams.

Products and results:

Ready and prepared drilling equipment. Prepared auxiliary equipment, tools and drilling tools. Measurement and signalling of the boreholes. Perforations with determined diameters, inclinations and depth.

Information used or generated:

Maps, flat. Written and oral work instructions. Manual handling and maintenance of machines and equipment. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Plan for the prevention of occupational risks and/or safety plan. Quality plan. Environmental impact study. Waste management plan. Daily parts of work. Parts of maintenance. Parts of breakdowns.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare individual protective equipment, safety equipment, and equipment, tools, and materials necessary to perform the maintenance work safely and effectively, in accordance with the instructions of work and standards for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR1.1 The specific individual protection equipment used in the support tasks is ready and in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible, those missing equipment or the state of operation is not the appropriate one.

CR1.2 The machines, tools, tools and materials necessary for the support are available and are in good condition, requesting the immediate responsible those equipment that are missing or whose state of operation is not the appropriate one.

CR1.3 First-level verification and maintenance operations of equipment and tools for sustainment-grease, oil levels and others-are performed according to the procedures established by the manufacturer in such a way that ensure its optimal operation.

CR1.4 The material needed for the execution of the work is foreseen, considering both the quantity and the quality of the material, proving that its resistance and specific characteristics meet the required conditions.

CR1.5 Drilling machines are chosen based on the type of support to be performed.

RP2: Perform the health and cleaning operations of the slope, to ensure its stability and the performance of the work safely, following the work instructions and the safety plan.

CR2.1 The health protection systems are visually inspected, verifying that they meet the requirements set out in the operating project and/or internal security arrangements.

CR2.2 The slope is visually inspected by checking its status: loose rocks, cracks, bores, or others.

CR2.3 The saneo operation is decided when failures are detected on the front, and taking into account the weather and visibility conditions-heavy rain, ice/thaw and others-as set out in the provisions internal security, informing the superior responsible, and signaling the zone according to established procedures.

CR2.4 The manual sanitise operation is carried out, if appropriate, from the ground, from the edge of the slope or on a lifting platform, in accordance with the specific safety standards set out in the internal provisions of the security, until the potential risks are eliminated, or if this is not possible, informing the superior person responsible for taking the appropriate actions.

CR2.5 In sanitising operations with a sanitising machine or excavator with an implement for the saneo, the operator of the machine is involved, indicating the operations to be performed, depending on the anomalies detected.

CR2.6 Work parts are made by collecting the detected incidents and the jobs performed.

RP3: Carry out the support of slopes with different types of bullion, anchorages and micropiles, to avoid landslides or landslides, according to the project of support and following the technical specifications of the attachment elements.

CR3.1 The bores to house the bullion, anchorages, or micropiles are checked to be drilled in the appropriate number, section, length, direction and inclination, according to the project of support.

CR3.2 Bullion foundation by cement slurry is carried out correctly by the firm fixation of the injection cannula and the rebode cannula, ensuring a minimum pressure to guarantee the total filling of the existing gap between borehole and bullion.

CR3.3 The fixing of bullion by resins or mortars is done by introducing the cartridges-resin and catalyst or wet mortar-into the borehole in sufficient number to ensure the total filling of the existing gap between the borehole and bulon, and subsequently introducing the bulon using the specific rotation equipment.

CR3.4 The support with cables is performed by introducing the anchor into the interior of the bore, injecting the bulb and performing the tensioning according to the support project, to subsequently cement the rest of the Borehole.

CR3.5 The rest of the fixing systems-point or match anchor bullion, bulk mortar, micropiles and others-are executed by following the sequence corresponding to the type of attachment element, following the specifications Each system's own techniques.

CR3.6 The quality of the sustainment is checked by subjecting the fastening elements to a traction test according to the sustainment project.

CR3.7 The auxiliary elements of support-meshes, plates, elastic elements, drainage tubes and others-are placed, following the project of support.

Professional context:

Production media:

Healing bar. Lifting platforms. Point-or-match anchoring bullion. Cables. Resins, cements and mortars. Rotation machine for the introduction of bullion with resin. Injection equipment. Traction cats. Dynamometer key. Meshes, plates and other supporting elements of support. Drainage tubes. Tools, tools and materials. Work equipment in height. Personal protective equipment. Collective protection equipment.

Products and results:

Taludes sanitized. Stabilisation of slopes. Installation of protective umbrellas and various anchorages.

Information used or generated:

Sustaining projects. Flat. Written and oral work instructions. Instruction manuals for machines and equipment (cleaning machines, lifting platforms). Technical manuals of the characteristics and applications of the anchorages and fixing elements. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Plan for the prevention of occupational risks and/or safety plan. Quality plan. Waste management plan. Daily parts of work. Parts of incidents.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare individual protective equipment and collective protection measures, to effectively and safely perform the work, in compliance with the rules on the prevention of occupational hazards for open-pit excavations.

CR1.1 The risks and general preventive measures set out in the company's prevention plans and internal security arrangements are identified and adopted in a systematic and rigorous manner.

CR1.2 The occupational risks in the open pit excavation are identified, communicating the variations or alterations to the person responsible, following the established procedures and safety provisions of the company.

CR1.3 The personal protective equipment to be used in the open pit excavations are the right ones, they are arranged in perfect condition and the immediate responsible is requested, those teams that are missing or whose state of operation is not the appropriate one.

CR1.4 The use and maintenance of individual protective equipment is performed, following the manufacturer's manual of use.

CR1.5 General collective protection measures-signalisations, balizations, protections, optical or acoustic notices to staff-established in the prevention plans and internal security arrangements, identify, and collaborate on their placement and maintenance, warning the person responsible for any detected failure.

CR1.6 Special works (which pose unique risks to the operator or to third parties) are identified by systematically adopting the procedure laid down, in each case, for execution.

CR1.7 The person responsible is informed of any danger situations and the performance procedures provided for in the security plan are applied.

RP2: Inspect the work area to ensure the performance of the work effectively and safely, following established procedures and safety and environmental protection standards.

CR2.1 The work zone is checked to be secure, properly signposted, without instable zones, or obstacles that pose a risk to the development of the different jobs.

CR2.2 The workbench is checked to be in order and clean of materials, equipment, tools, and tools.

CR2.3 Staff are notified of the start of the work to ensure that the operation does not carry any risk, and the presence of personnel in the risk area of the machine environment is prohibited.

CR2.4 The risks to the environment in open-pit excavations are identified, communicating them, if any, to the person responsible.

CR2.5 Waste, leftover consumables and their packaging, debris and sludge are removed from the working areas, depositing them in the established containers and/or the landfill, following the company's procedures and complying with the standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR2.6 Equipment, tools, tools, and materials are removed after the work has been completed, storing them in the established places, following the established instructions and procedures.

RP3: Identify established protocols and occupational risk prevention plan to act in cases of accidents, emergencies and need, quickly, effectively and safely.

CR3.1 The accident type identification is performed according to the established protocols.

CR3.2 The protection of the crashed and the isolation of the cause causing the accident is done immediately.

CR3.3 The notice and request for assistance is made as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan, ensuring, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the plan.

CR3.4 First aid is provided on the basis of the prescribed health recommendations for each case, and is involved in the evacuation of the injured person, according to the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.5 The different emergency situations and the actions to follow in each case are identified in the emergency plan.

CR3.6 You act quickly, effectively and safely, in cases of emergency, according to the protocols set out in the emergency plan.

CR3.7 Fast, effective, and safe action in cases of evacuation, according to the protocols established in the evacuation and emergency plan.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protective equipment: helmets, mask, gloves, boots with protection, hearing protection, safety glasses. Collective protection equipment: signs, beacon, communication systems. First aid equipment: kit, stretchers. Elements and means of evacuation. Elements and means of fighting fires. Waste containers.

Products and results:

Identified risks. Security measures taken. Individual protective equipment ready and ready. Collective protective equipment prepared and on point. Proper use of the equipment. Maintenance of equipment. First aid and evacuation in case of accident. Action in cases of emergency and evacuation according to plan.

Information used or generated:

Oral and written work instructions. Plan for the prevention of occupational risks. Document on safety and health. Safety and health study. Internal security arrangements. Emergency plan and evacuation.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Mobile elements are correctly placed and fixed to perform the move up to the job position.

CR1.2 The equipment is deployed and is stable in the projection position to prevent unwanted movements during the projection.

CR1.3 Electrical isolation control, in electrical projection machines, is checked to be within the safety limits for operation.

CR1.4 The machine is cleaned after the projection is finished, checking that the pipes are not obstructed.

CR1.5 Mobile elements are placed and set correctly for machine removal to a safe place.

CR1.6 The first level maintenance of the machine is done by following instructions from the manufacturer's manual.

CR2.1 The surface to be coated is checked to be properly regularized, sanitized and drained.

CR2.2 In the case of metal mesh placement, it is fixed to the edges of the excavation with the fitting and overlapping systems according to the work instructions.

CR2.3 The correct behaviour of the projected concrete is achieved by the homogeneous mixture of aggregates, cements, additives and water, in the proportions laid down in the instructions and working procedures, control by testing of samples or specimens.

CR2.4 The concretes are projected onto the walls of the holes excavated by uniform layers and thicknesses indicated in the sustainment project.

CR2.5 The projection of concretes in their versions via dry or wet route is carried out with special attention to the generation of dust and contact with chemicals.

Professional context:

Production media:

Concrete project machine. Personal protective equipment. Tools, tools and materials. Concretes and mortars, cements, aggregates, fibres and additives. Metal meshes and fixing elements.

Products and results:

Projected concrete for the holding of voids and ground consolidation.

Information used or generated:

Technical manuals for the operation of concrete/mortar projection equipment. Technical manuals with the characteristics and applications of the main concretes and cements. Rules for the prevention of occupational risks applicable to the management of these equipment. Work and incident parts.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare individual protective equipment, safety equipment, machines, tools, and materials needed to efficiently and safely perform open-pit blasting, according to work instructions and the rules on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment in force.

CR1.1 The individual protective equipment to be used in the blasting is arranged and in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or the state of operation of the equipment.

CR1.2 The machines, tools, tools and materials needed for blasting (explosor, ohmeter, atacators, punches, connectors, and others) are arranged and in good condition, requesting the immediate responsible missing or whose operating status is not appropriate.

CR1.3 First-level verification and maintenance operations of equipment, machines and blasting tools are performed in accordance with the procedures laid down by the manufacturer, in order to ensure optimum performance operation.

RP2: Confirm that the status of the workplace is within the limits and safety conditions, to execute the open skies safely and effectively, in accordance with the current regulations.

CR2.1 In electrical appliances, it is proven that there are no storms in the vicinity that can cause uncontrolled blasting of the blast.

CR2.2 The requirements of the approved project and those laid down in the current regulations are respected, and in the case of special blasting, the corresponding specific requirements will also be taken into account.

CR2.3 Exploitation and workbank alludes are proven to be safe, to identify the risk of possible rock flows or other materials.

CR2.4 The work front is reviewed to check for the existence of failed borehole and barrel funds used in a previous blast, in which case it is prohibited to recharge explosives according to the regulations. in effect.

CR2.5 In the bores to be loaded and fired, the presence of cracks, coke, water or obstructions is checked to take the necessary steps.

CR2.6 The workbench is in order and clean of materials, equipment, tools, and tools.

CR2.7 Staff are notified of the work at the start of the blast, informing them of their location, time of shooting, type of signage.

RP3: Transport, manipulate and store the different explosives, initiation systems and accessories, within the enclosure of the holding, in accordance with the current regulations.

CR3.1 The vehicles and containers used for the transport, within the holding, are checked to be authorized.

CR3.2 The transport schedule does not match the main input and output relays of personnel.

CR3.3 Explosives and initiators are stored in authorized depots and polyvorins, following approved technical standards.

CR3.4 Explosives and initiation systems are proven to be disposed and in good condition for use, according to their approvals, specifications and work instructions.

CR3.5 Explosives and initiation systems are distributed to their places of use separately in their home packages or authorized vehicles.

CR3.6 Explosives and initiation systems are transported and distributed with special attention to avoid collisions of transport vehicles, impacts and electrical contacts, which may cause their explosion. uncontrolled.

CR3.7 Explosive manipulation is performed by avoiding direct contacts and inhalations of vapors that may cause physiological damage.

RP4: Carry out the loading and retacate of the boreholes using the appropriate means and procedures so that the open-sky blasting is prepared for the connection of the initiators, following the shooting plane and the instructions and in accordance with current security regulations.

CR4.1 In both electrical and non-electrical initiation systems, the bait-bait is prepared immediately prior to loading, in accordance with the working instructions and regulations in force.

CR4.2 The bulk explosive charge is performed with approved or certified compliant equipment, following the blasting project and in accordance with applicable regulations in each case.

CR4.3 Loading and retching is performed by avoiding violent actions on the explosive and initiation systems, and paying special attention to punctures with the ends of the wires, cracks or cuts in the detonating cord or Explosive cartridges, chemical contacts and inhalation of explosives vapours.

CR4.4 The bores are perfectly challenged, with the right materials in each case according to the working instructions and regulations in force.

CR4.5 The work is at all times duly monitored or signposted with the access ban.

CR4.6 The explosive and excess load accessories are removed from the front following applicable regulations.

CR4.7 The packaging and packaging of the explosive are removed from the blast site, thus preventing the spread around the vicinity.

RP5: Distribute and/or connect the initiators according to the shooting scheme designed for open-pit blasting, following the work instructions, and in accordance with current safety regulations.

CR5.1 Initiators are distributed according to the output design of the blast, making this distribution the responsible person, downloading static electricity in case of using electric detonators.

CR5.2 In electric power lines the firing line, exclusive to the firing, is checked to be electromagnetically installed and insulated, consisting of homologous cables, with the appropriate electrical resistance and short circuit in its ends until the moment of the shooting.

CR5.3 The initiation systems connect with each other, in each case, according to the working instructions and regulations in force.

CR5.4 The initiation systems are perfectly connected to the firing line, so that the explosion is guaranteed to be transmitted to the explosive charge.

CR5.5 In the electrical power the handles of the explator are at all times in the power of the gunner or the head of the blasting.

CR5.6 In the wick, the cutting of the slow wick and the crimping of the wick to the detonator is verified in accordance with the current safety regulations in the handling of explosives.

RP6: To fire the explosive charge according to the current safety regulations for open skies, so that it can be performed safely for the staff and for the installations.

CR6.1 The shot is fired from the protected zone, except for the mecha.

CR6.2 The shooting and surrounding area is reviewed and signposted, delimiting the perimeter, checking the absence of personnel and that the staff is in place of safety, in accordance with applicable regulations.

CR6.3 In electrical lines, the firing line has continuity and its electrical resistance is checked, by the ohmeter and from the protected zone, which is within the appropriate values for firing effectively and security.

CR6.4 In electrical lines, in case of any abnormality, the firing line is short-circuited, visually reviewed and electrically checked, always from the protected zone.

CR6.5 The firing line is connected to the initiator device in the protected zone and is fired, checking by means of listening that the paste has been carried out, and in case of detecting any abnormality will proceed according to the rules in force in these cases.

CR6.6 With wick, this has the right length to allow the worker to reach the place where they will be saved with sufficient time.

CR6.7 In the wick with wick, the barrels are fired, up to a maximum number of six, controlling the shot through listening and not allowing the passage to the farm in half an hour if you are not sure about the detonation of all.

CR6.8 Access to the front, once the blasting is done, is done prior to the authorization of the responsible person or technician.

RP7: Perform the destruction of explosives and initiation systems in bad or expired, in accordance with the procedures established for each type of explosive and the Internal Security Provisions, for all the operation is performed effectively and safely for the staff, facilities, and work environment.

CR7.1 The expiration date and possible status of explosive deterioration and initiation systems are checked.

CR7.2 The destruction zone is checked to meet the conditions set out in the Internal Security Provisions, especially those concerning the revision, signaling, perimeter delimitation, and absence of personnel.

CE7.3 The destruction is performed taking into account the nature of the various types of explosives and initiation systems, following the work instructions and the Internal Security Provisions.

CE7.4 The destruction of explosives is carried out with attention to its possible effects on the environment: Pollution of aquifers, fires, fumes, gases and noise.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protective equipment, security equipment. Ohm. Explosors. Cables. Detonators. Explosive charge equipment. Explosives. Initiation systems. Tools, tools, accessories and materials. Means of transport.

Products and results:

Broken and disaggregated rocks. Explosives and initiation systems in bad condition destroyed.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Technical manuals for the operation of equipment (mechanical loading machine, ohmeter, explosor, detectors). Technical manuals with the characteristics and applications of the different types of explosives, initiation systems and accessories. Shooting planes. Rules for the Prevention of Occupational Risks. Regulation of explosives. Basic standards for mining safety and technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Parts of work and part of incidents. Minutes of use of explosives. Explosive-use record-book.

TRAINING MODULE 1: OPEN PIT DRILLING

Level: 2

Code: MF1378_2

Associated with UC: Perform Open-Sky Drilling

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE1.1 Identify different types of terrain, recognizing their geomechanical characteristics and drillability.

CE1.2 Identify the anomalies that may appear in the drilling: water, water, material changes, indicating the procedure to follow (signaling and communication)

CE1.3 Distinguished the various drilling systems: hammer in head or bottom, pointing out its main applications, advantages and limitations.

CE1.4 Describe the main types of drilling equipment used in open pit excavations: manual drillers and drilling equipment.

CE1.5 Identify specific risks in drilling operations in open pit excavations, as well as in equipment maintenance operations, relating to preventive measures to be taken.

CE1.6 Recognize the characteristics of the barrel funds by pointing out the measures to be taken in accordance with the current regulations.

CE1.7 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in open-pit drilling activities, associating them with corresponding risks.

CE1.8 Explain the correct use and maintenance of specific individual protective equipment to be used in drilling and/or maintenance operations, in accordance with the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE1.9 Identify the collective security means of the open-pit drilling operations: signs, balizations, protections, dust collection, acoustic and optical signals, and others, relating to the risks involved.

CE1.10 In a well-characterized scenario of drilling:

CE1.11 In a properly characterized practical case of maintenance of the mechanized drilling equipment:

CE2.1 Interpreting drawings, schemas, and topographical data.

CE2.2 Explain a drill scheme in general.

CE2.3 Explain a drilling scheme for open-pit blasting.

CE2.4 In a perfectly characterized scenario: set the location, diameter, direction, and length of drilling.

CE3.1 Describe the various manual boring types used in open pit excavations, pointing out the main features, components, applications and operating principles of each.

CE3.2 Identify the types of sweeps by distinguishing the characteristics and applications of each one to select the most appropriate according to the characteristics of the drilling.

CE3.3 Recognize the wear status of the barrels, to determine the need to replace them.

CE3.4 Describe the procedure to be followed to operate the manual drill: connection to the supply networks and coupling to the pushers, if any.

CE3.5 Set the characteristics to gather the positioning and orientation of the equipment according to the characteristics of the drilling.

CE3.6 Describe the procedure for operating the manual drilling equipment, according to the manufacturer's manual and adopting the safety measures to be adopted (noise, dust and other)

CE3.7 Indicate the parameters to be controlled: push, speed, water flow, possible deviations and strapping, to achieve optimal drilling performance and avoid breakdowns.

CE3.8 Describe end-of-day operations.

CE3.9 In a practical scenario, properly characterized by manual drilling:

CE4.1 Describe the different types of drilling equipment used in open pit excavations: pointing out the main features, components, applications and operating principles of each of them.

CE4.2 Distinguished the drilling and varillage mouths, to select the most suitable depending on the characteristics of the perforation and state of wear.

CE4.3 Name the tools, materials, and tools necessary to perform the drilling jobs by indicating their function in the execution of the jobs.

CE4.4 List the components of the drilling equipment (undercarriage, translation engines, control panel, slide, engine of rotation and forward of the hammer and others), describing the basic functions and characteristics of the each of them.

CE4.5 Identify controls, systems and elements of displacement and handling on the drilling equipment, as well as fuel and other indicators included in the control board of the machine.

CE4.6 Describe the various checks to be carried out before the drilling is carried out, (see if there are deterioration in the machine structure, leakage, condition and pressure of the tires, oil levels, fuel, refrigerant), identifying possible anomalies and the corresponding performance procedure, especially in case of breakdowns, which involve paralysing the machine (signalling of the situation of the damaged machine).

CE4.7 Describe the power grids (electricity, water, compressed air), recognizing the correct connection, as well as the actions to follow in case of breakdowns or failures in the supply.

CE4.8 Describe the procedure to be followed to perform the displacement, positioning, and stabilization of the drilling equipment, indicating the parameters to be controlled on the machine during these operations.

CE4.9 Describe the conditions under which drilling equipment, its means and auxiliary materials are to be transported, indicating the form of loading, clamping and unloading of equipment in the transport unit.

CE4.10 In a properly characterized scenario of drilling equipment preparation and transportation:

CE5.1 List the elements of the drill string, indicating those that correspond to equipment with head or bottom hammer and the various systems of change of varillage (manual or automatic.)

CE5.2 Describe the procedure to start and operate the drilling equipment, indicating the parameters to be controlled at all times (angle of attack, drilling speed, thrust, water flow, sweep of detritus) Machine operation indicators (pressures, flow rates, voltages, pairs) to obtain a drilling with the depth, direction, diameter desired, obtaining optimum performance and avoiding deviation of the bores, tranches and breakdowns of the equipment.

CE5.3 List the operations to be performed once the length of the drilling has been reached (stop the push, blow the bore, systematic removal of varillage, remove the equipment, signal and plug the drilling).

CE5.4 Describe the actions to be performed at the end of the day: parking, disconnection, cleaning, checking, signaling.

CE5.5 In a properly characterized scenario of drilling with hammer-to-head or bottom-hammer equipment:

CE6.1 Describe the technical characteristics of the machines, identifying the main components and the mechanical, electrical, oleohydraulic and pneumatic elements.

CE6.2 Interpret the instructions in the maintenance manual, identifying the first-level maintenance operations of your competence, indicating which ones should be performed on a stop and/or disconnected machine.

CE6.3 Interpreter the fuel indicators, battery charge level, filters, oil and coolant levels, grease points, and others included in the machine maintenance manual.

CE6.4 Describe the procedure to be followed to make the machine grease, distinguishing if the grease operation is manual, automatic, or centralized.

CE6.5 Distinguished the types of oils (lubricants and hydraulics) and fats to use, indicating the properties and functions.

CE6.6 Identify the most frequent breakdowns, their causes and procedure of action in each case, pointing out those anomalies that, affecting the safe driving or handling and/or that can cause the arrest or deterioration of the drill, must be communicated for immediate repair.

CE6.7 Describe the drilling team cleanup process.

CE6.8 In a properly characterized practice of first-level maintenance of the drill:

CE6.9 In a scenario where the drillmaker charges failures:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.10 and CE1.11; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.9; C4 with respect to CE4.10; C5 for CE5.5; C6 for CE6.8 and CE6.9.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of certain contingencies related to your work.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Control the development and quality of jobs.

Organize the job to streamline production.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

1. General principles of open pit drilling

Types of land. Types of rocks. Geomechanical characteristics. Geological features.

Drillability. Physical properties of rocks.

Physical magnitudes: Pressure, flow, forces, and pairs. Resistance to the cut.

Drilling Failures: Holes, water, and significant terrain changes.

Planes. Schemes. Interpretation.

topographical data. Repose.

Drilling Schemes. Drilling schemes for blasting.

2. Open-pit drilling techniques: principles, risks and safety measures

Open-pit excavation techniques by drilling and blasting.

Drilling systems: percussion, rotation, and rotocpercussion.

Rotoppercussion classes. Drilling equipment with head and bottom hammer.

4. Manual drilling

Types of manual drillers. Features. Components. Applications.

Operation. Manufacturer's operating manuals.

Preparation of the perforator. Checks. Connections. Signs.

Selecting drill elements based on the jobs to be performed. Wears. Substitution.

Pushers. Sliders.

Set up.

Positioning, orientation, inclination.

Drilling. Parameters to be controlled.

Drilling Failures: Holes, water, and significant terrain changes.

Sweep cleaning.

Signaling and plugging of drilling.

End-of-day operations.

5. Prior work, transport and displacement of open-pit drilling equipment

Open-pit drilling equipment. Types. Features. Components. Applications. Operating principles.

Team review. Possible anomalies. Rules for action. Signage.

Selecting drill elements based on the jobs to be performed.

Preparing tools, tools, and materials.

Connecting the computer to the power networks.

Transportation of drilling equipment. Loading, holding and unloading in the transport unit. Operating procedure.

Types of displacement systems: on wheels, caterpillars, skates.

Team offset. Operating procedure.

Positioning in the workplace. Stabilization.

6. Operation of the open-pit drilling equipment

Advance and drilling components: slide, rotation motor, hammer advance engine, Control Panel. Controls. Indicators: pressures, flows, stresses, pairs.

Set up.

Emboquille.

Drilling. Parameters to be controlled: speed, angle, thrust, water flow, sweep of detritus, Atranques. Operating procedure.

Drilling Failures: Holes, water, and significant terrain changes.

End of drilling cycle: Sweeping sweep. Removal of the varillage. Removal of equipment. Signaling and drilling of the perforation.

End-of-day operations. Park, disconnect, clean, and signal.

7. Maintenance of mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic equipment.

Basic mechanics: concepts, definitions, and units. Power, torque, moments. Mechanisms for transmitting movement: gears and couplings.

Hydraulic principles. Basic components: hydraulic pumps, tanks, filters, hydraulic valves, hydraulic cylinders. Characteristics and advantages of hydraulic systems. Hydraulic fluids.

Principles of pneumatics. Basic components: compressors, valves, accessories and line greasers.

Fundamentals of electricity: basic concepts and definitions. Basic electrical circuit: battery, corkcorrient key start motor, switches, circuit breakers, wiring, generator, control instruments.

Lubrication fundamentals. Friction, surface state. Types of oils and fats.

8. First level maintenance of open pit drilling equipment

Maintenance manuals. Maintenance operations of the operator. Operations on a stop and/or disconnected machine.

Analysis of leaks and leaks. Wear and tear.

Verification of levels. Refilling of deposits.

Filters: cleanup and change.

Grease.

Cleaning of equipment and components.

Translation system. Tensioning of caterpillars. Tire review.

Major breakdowns. Causes. Procedure for action. Repairs.

Machine stop for breakdowns. Signage. Communication.

Maintenance Tabs.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of open pit drilling, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Employ the appropriate personal protective equipment for support, identifying the different risks of the job.

CE1.1 Describe the specific risks of sustaining by relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 List prevention measures for the most specific risks of holding with anchorages: falling rocks, noise, and contacts with chemicals in your case.

CE1.3 Identify individual protective equipment to be used in support operations based on risks.

CE1.4 Explain the correct use and maintenance of the individual protective equipment to be used in the holding operations, according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

C2: Perform the removal of loose and unstable materials and the shaping of the surface of previously excavated taludos, identifying the risks of instability and the procedures to be followed in each case.

CE2.1 Describe the behaviour of slopes in open-pit excavations, depending on the type of terrain (rock-soils) and the methods of excavation used: mechanically or by different types of blasting (production and contour.)

CE2.2 Recognize the functionality of different types of support and their configuration in your work environment.

CE2.3 Visually recognize the risks of instability of slopes by landslides, breakages, landslides, dumps, and water storage.

CE2.4 Describe the established work procedures for performing the taludes sanitise operation.

CE2.5 Describe the process of using the sanitized equipment, according to the manufacturer's operating manual.

CE2.6 Describe the first-level maintenance operations of the sanitized equipment to ensure smooth operation during the healing and to avoid breakdowns.

CE2.7 Define the characteristics of the failed bores, pointing out the measures to be taken in accordance with the current regulations.

CE2.8 Define the characteristics of the barrel funds, indicating the measures to be taken in accordance with the current regulations.

CE2.9 In a properly characterized practice of healing from a slope in an open pit excavation:

C3: Carry out the support with different types of bullion, anchorages and micropiles, according to the technical specifications of each system.

CE3.1 Interpret the plans of the sustainment project, identifying the types of bullion, anchorages, or other fixing systems to be used and their location.

CE3.2 Distinguished the types of anchorages used in the holding activities, according to their way of action (assets and liabilities) and their mechanism of action (by friction or adherence).

CE3.3 Relate the main types of anchor with their applications based on the nature of the terrain, identifying their technical characteristics, parts and functionality.

CE3.4 Distinguished the types of resin cartridges or mortar components for fixing split-anchor bullion, interpreting their technical specifications.

CE3.5 Describe bullion introduction and fixation operations, relating their different types to the different fixing systems, either manually or mechanized.

CE3.6 Describe the operation of the introduction and fixing of cables and other anchorages, relating their different types to the different fixing systems.

CE3.7 Interpret the specifications of the manufacturers for the fixing of bullion and anchorages with mortars, identifying the appropriate proportions of the components and the processing time and setting.

CE3.8 Explain the taludes reinforcement system by micropilings in loose terrain, describing the drilling, armed, and casing systems used in their execution.

CE3.9 Distinguished the types of meshes, plates, and other elements of voltages used in the sustainment of soil and altered rocks.

CE3.10 In a perfectly practical scenario of holding a slope in an open pit excavation and starting from a project of support:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.9; C3 with respect to CE3.10

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations. Respect the company's internal rules and procedures.

Habit to the business rhythm of the company. Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of certain contingencies related to your work. To assess compliance with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks.

Control the development and quality of jobs.

Organize the job to streamline production.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of the stabilization of taludes in open pit excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL RISKS IN OPEN-PIT EXCAVATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF1380_2

UC Associate: Collaborating on Risk Prevention in Open Sky Excavations

Duration: 30 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe work activities and environment conditions in open pit excavations, to identify risks and security measures to be taken.

CE1.1 Define the main characteristics of works in open-pit excavations, linking them to the main purposes of excavation-mining or construction and civil work-and their permanent character or temporary.

CE1.2 Describe working conditions in an open-pit environment-noises, dust, and others-.

CE1.3 Describe the work processes in open pit excavations, linking the main activities-drilling, blasting, loading and transport-with different techniques and procedures, equipment and machinery used in each of these activities.

CE1.4 Identify infrastructures-access, transit and other-general facilities and services-electricity, compressed air, water and drainage-existing in open-pit excavations, pointing out the purpose and general characteristics of each.

CE1.5 Describe the behaviour of the land in open-pit excavations, depending on the different types and conditions of the land, identifying the characteristics of the slopes to be safe, as well as the causes of rock flows and other factors that may cause instability.

CE1.6 Recognize the different types of ground stabilization in open pit excavations, their purpose and their configuration in the working environment.

CE1.7 Identify the criteria for proper maintenance and cleanup of the workbench, to ensure the security, operability, and efficiency of the jobs.

C2: Describe the risks and general security measures to be taken in open-pit excavations, identifying collective protections and individual protective equipment to be used in general.

CE2.1 Interpret work risk prevention plans and internal security arrangements, identifying information regarding risks and prevention and security measures of application to your work.

CE2.2 Identify the general risks in open-pit excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE2.3 Describe the different forms of dust generation, their harmful effects, and the preventive measures to be taken, as well as the different systems used to neutralize the dust.

CE2.4 Describe the different forms of noise generation, their harmful effects, and the preventive measures to be taken.

CE2.5 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in open-pit excavations, associating them with corresponding risks.

CE2.6 Explain the correct use and maintenance of the individual protective equipment to be used in all open pit excavations, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE2.7 List collective protection means generally used in open-pit excavations (signalisations, balizations, protections, acoustic and optical signals), associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE2.8 Recognize and rigorously respect normalized safety signals.

CE2.9 In a properly characterized scenario:

C3: Apply established procedures for accident, emergency and evacuation cases for open pit excavations in the plans for occupational risk prevention and evacuation and emergency.

CE3.1 Recognize the most common accidents in open pit excavations.

CE3.2 Describe the procedure to be followed in accident cases: warnings, accident protection measures, signs, and others.

CE3.3 Apply first aid techniques and evacuation of the crashed.

CE3.4 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE3.5 Identify fire prevention and fire control systems at the facility.

CE3.6 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan in the case of the required material resources.

CE3.7 In a properly characterized scenario of accident:

CE3.8 In a properly characterized case of emergency:

CE3.9 In a properly characterized case of evacuation:

C4: Recognize the various waste generated in the open-pit excavations, identifying their corresponding containers and storage sites.

CE4.1 Classify the different types of waste generated in the excavations, especially distinguishing the toxic and dangerous ones, and pointing out the harmful effects to the environment.

CE4.2 Recognize the safety signs of packaging for which there is a potential risk to people or the environment-flammable, toxic, explosive or other materials.

CE4.3 Select the appropriate individual protective equipment for the generated waste.

CE4.4 Identify the containers, places, and conditions of storage and recycling of the various waste generated in the excavations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.9 and C3 with respect to 3.7, CE3.8 and CE3.9.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

1. Working environment in open pit excavations

Open Pit Excavation. Different applications: mining, construction and civil work.

Environment conditions for open pit excavations.

Different types of terrain. General characteristics and behaviour of different types of terrain.

Execution of the open pit excavation. Production process. Phases. Main activities: drilling and blasting, loading and transport, stabilisation. Techniques and procedures. Main equipment and machinery.

Infrastructures: accesses, transits.

Facilities and services: electricity, compressed air, water and drainage.

Stability of the excavated grounds

Terrain behavior excavated based on the type and state of the terrain.

Types of stabilization and configuration in the workbench.

Heal with manual tools.

2. Prevention of occupational risks in open-pit excavations

Noises. Generation. General characteristics. Physiological damage. Measurement. Preventive measures.

Special jobs. Specific security rules.

Emergency and evacuation situations. Emergency plans. Equipment and accessories to be used. Performances to follow. First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the prevention of occupational risks in open pit excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Perform the necessary operations to prepare the projection equipment in its working position and its subsequent removal, making the necessary checks to execute the projection effectively and safely.

CE1.1 Identify the different projection equipment and their components.

CE1.2 Explain the operation of the teams according to their technical documentation.

CE1.3 Define the placement and placement conditions of the equipment, in accordance with the working instructions and manual of operation.

CE1.4 Recognize the availability of water and energy networks and installation connections.

CE1.5 Citar the rules on checking and reading electrical insulation control of electrical equipment.

CE1.6 Describe the placement and fixation operations of the mobile elements of the machine for shipment according to the manufacturer's manual.

CE1.7 Describe the first-level cleaning and maintenance operations of the projection machine, according to the manufacturer's manual.

C2: Project concretes, according to the specifications of each product, so that an effective projection and a correct finish are achieved.

CE2.1 Recognize if the surface to be coated is regularized, sanitized, and drained for the correct application of the projection.

CE2.2 Describe the operations required to place the metal mesh on the edges of the gap, according to the overlapping and fastening elements.

CE2.3 Describe prevention measures to the most specific risks of concrete projection: dust generation and contact with chemicals.

CE2.4 In a perfectly characterized scenario:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 relative to CE2.4

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

Characteristics of the projectable concretes. Components of concrete and mixture: cements, aggregates, fibres and additives.

Ant projection systems: dry track and wet path. Established work procedures.

Equipment, accessories, and tools used:

Projection machine, compressor, pump.

First-level maintenance of the different computers.

Operating manual for the different teams.

Surface conditions to be coated.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the concrete projection, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 5: OPEN-PIT BLASTING

Level: 2

Code: MF0426_2

Associated with UC: Perform Open Skies

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Use the appropriate individual protective equipment for open-pit blasting, depending on the different risks of the job.

CE1.1 Describe the specific risks of open-pit blasting by relating them to corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Identify individual protective equipment to be used in open-pit blasting operations based on risks.

CE1.3 Explain the correct operation of the individual protective equipment to be used in open-pit blasting operations, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

C2: Apply established procedures to confirm that the safety conditions of the work are within the limits allowed to perform the open-pit blasting with safety and effectiveness according to the rules in force.

CE2.1 In the case of special blasting, list the specific requirements regarding the safety of the work.

CE2.2 Define the characteristics of the failed bores and barrel funds by pointing out the measures to be taken in accordance with the current regulations.

CE2.3 Identify the tools and describe the procedures for checking the cleaning of the boreholes, recognition of cracks and cavities, and the presence of water.

CE2.4 In a perfectly identified scenario:

C3: Distinguished the different types of explosives and initiation systems used in open-pit blasting, relating them to the different blasting classes and the different applications, and indicating the conditions General for handling, as provided for in the current regulations.

CE3.1 Recognize the different types of explosives and initiation systems authorized according to the current regulations for open-pit blasting, identifying the different types and groups, their characteristics and applications.

CE3.2 Select the different types of explosives and initiation systems depending on the type and class of blasting, according to the current regulations.

CE3.3 Interpret the instructions of the shooting plane to choose the type of explosive, initiation and quantity systems.

C4: Apply established procedures for transporting, handling and storing explosives, initiation systems and accessories, in accordance with current regulations.

CE4.1 Identify the explosives and initiation systems to be used, checking that they are in good conservation status and not expiring, as set out in the current regulations.

CE4.2 Identify the equipment and tools necessary to perform the operations of cleaning the barrels, preparation of the bait-bait, loading of the barrels, connection of the explosives and the systems of initiation and the retacate.

CE4.3 Identify the vehicles or vessels authorized to carry out the transport of explosives and accessories in the premises of the holding.

CE4.4 Citar safety standards and procedures to be followed in the storage of explosives and initiation systems in tanks and polvorines, in accordance with current regulations.

CE4.5 Citar safety standards and procedures to be followed in the transport of explosives and initiation systems, in accordance with the current regulations.

CE4.6 List the most specific health risk prevention measures in the handling of explosive: chemical contacts and inhalation of explosives vapors.

CE4.7 In a perfectly characterized scenario:

C5: Apply the procedures established in the open skies to install the firing line in the electric power lines, check their continuity and electrical insulation in accordance with the current regulations.

CE5.1 Distinguished and approved cables to install the firing line.

CE5.2 Citar the safety standards established in the current regulations to perform the installation of the line of fire.

CE5.3 Calculate the theoretical electrical resistance of the firing line and the firing circuit.

CE5.4 Employ the ohmeter to measure the electrical resistance of the circuit.

CE5.5 Verify the isolation and continuity of the firing line, contrasting the electrical resistance measured with the ohmeter with the calculated theoretical, according to the current regulations.

CE5.6 Describe operations to leave the firing line isolated and in short circuit, according to the current regulations.

CE5.7 Identify the prevention measures applicable to the risks most specific to the installation and testing of the firing line: punctures with the ends of the cables and possible electrical contacts.

CE5.8 In a perfectly characterized scenario:

C6: Apply the established procedures to perform, in open-pit blasting, the preparation of the bait-bait, loading, retacate and connections of the initiation systems following the safety standards in effect.

CE6.1 Interpret the instructions in the shooting plane to proceed to the load.

CE6.2 Describe the procedure for preparing the bait-bait for the various initiation systems according to the current regulations.

CE6.3 Describe the procedure for the introduction of the bait-bait and explosive charge in the borehole, in the order established for the different types and classes of blasting, according to the current regulations.

CE6.4 Describe the procedure for the use of the explosive bulk loading machine according to the manufacturer's operating manual and current regulations.

CE6.5 Describe the procedures and rules for the execution of the reachate of the bores for the different kinds of blasting, according to the current regulations.

CE6.6 Describe the connection procedures between the different initiation systems, for different types of blasting, according to the current regulations.

CE6.7 List prevention measures applicable to the most specific risks in the preparation of the bait-bait, loading and retching of the barrels: chemical contacts and inhalation of explosives vapours and punctures with the ends of the cables of the electrical detonators.

CE6.8 In a perfectly characterized scenario:

C7: Apply established procedures to fire open-pit blasting under security conditions, in accordance with current regulations.

CE7.1 Describe the connection procedures between the different initiation systems and the firing line, for different types of blasting, according to the current regulations.

CE7.2 In electrical lines, contrast from the shelter that the firing line has continuity and its electrical resistance, measured with the ohmeter, is within the appropriate theoretical values to effect the firing effectively and security.

CE7.3 Citar safety standards on review, signalling, delimitation of the perimeter in its case, and absence of personnel in the area of firing and influence, for different kinds of blasting, according to the regulations in effect.

CE7.4 Identify the appropriate exploser apparatus to the blasting initiation system, in each case, and to the blasting assembly.

CE7.5 Describe the firing procedure, for different initiation systems according to the current regulations.

CE7.6 List prevention measures applicable to the most specific risks in the firing: vibrations, projections of rocks caused by the explosive wave, generation of gases and noise.

CE7.7 In a perfectly characterized scenario:

C8: Apply the various procedures to destroy explosives and initiation systems following internal security arrangements.

CE8.1 Identify signs of deterioration of explosives and initiation systems, and expiration dates in accordance with current regulations.

CE8.2 Describe the systems used for destruction: by combustion, by explosion and by chemical dissolution.

CE8.3 Describe destruction systems and procedures for industrial explosives.

CE8.4 Describe destruction systems and procedures for initiation systems.

CE8.5 Interpret the internal security arrangements to identify the different actions to follow, especially those that define the security distances for the operational personnel, movement of persons, places Housing and infrastructure.

CE8.6 List the environmental prevention and protection measures applicable to the most specific risks in the destruction of explosives: chemical contamination of springs and aquifers, fires and emission of smoke, noise and gases.

CE8.7 In a scenario of simulating an explosive destruction:

C9: Apply the different methods set to remove failed bores, in accordance with current regulations.

CE9.1 Identify the characteristics of failed bores.

CE9.2 List security and signaling measures to be taken in the presence of failed sweeps in accordance with current regulations.

CE9.3 Describe the different methods used in the removal of failed barrels according to the current regulations.

CE9.4 List the prevention measures applicable to the most specific risks in the elimination of failed bores: vibrations, projections of rocks caused by the explosive wave, generation of gases and noise.

CE9.5 In a scenario of simulation of removing failed bores:

CE10.1 Discriminate the sources of information, as well as the technical-professional relationships that are established in companies.

CE10.2 Recognize and respect the company's internal procedures and standards, identifying the responsibilities inherent in your job.

CE10.3 Organize and coordinate, at your level and in the field of your competencies, your work and, where appropriate, that of your helpers.

CE10.4 Take responsibility for the proper control, handling, and maintenance of the equipment and tools you handle.

CE10.5 Responsible for the correct execution of your work and that of your assistants, if any, demonstrating the ability to self-evaluate objectively and following established criteria the work done.

CE10.6 Value the measures of prevention of occupational risks, taking responsibility for the adoption of the corresponding safety measures.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.4; C6 for CE6.8; C7 for CE7.7; C10 for CE10.2, 10.3, 10.4 10.5 and 10.6.

Contents:

General risks and preventive measures for the job of gunner: risks in handling, in transport and storage, and in loading, shooting and destruction. Equipment used according to the risks in the blasting. Operating manual for each individual protective equipment.

Risks and safety conditions in open skies. General risks and preventive measures associated with rock detachment. Meteorology. Proximity to active electrical and radio frequency lines and infrastructures. Proximity to other "non-active" electrical energy elements (tracks, pipes and others).

Prescriptions for special blasting: Large blasting. Demolitions. Blasting with peculiar risks. Next to electrical installations. Next to wave emission. Next to urban cores.

Environmental protection measures: Waste management and disposable materials. Blasting products: projections of rocks, gases, noises, vibrations, dust. Products of the destruction of explosives: chemical pollution, fires, smoke.

Definition and General Characteristics of Explosives: Explosive Power. Power breaker. Detonation speed. Density of embodying. Water resistance. We smoke. Sensitivity: to the detonator, to the explosive wave, to the shock and to the friction. Chemical stability.

Industrial explosives. Dynamites: gums and pulverines. Anfos. Hydrogels. Emulsions. Heavy Anfo. Security explosives. Mine gunpowder.

Non-electrical initiation systems: Non-electrical deters and transmission tube. Wick and detonators. Detonating cord. Microgrid relays. Multipliers.

Electrical Initiation Systems:

Electric drivers. Electrical circuits for blasting. Line of shooting: landline and mobile line.

Electrical Detonators: Description. Power. Electrical characteristics. Classification.

Calculation of the electrical resistance of the firing line and the complete circuit with electrical detonators. Failures.

Stream derivatives: throw line and connections. Electromagnetic effects and strange currents.

Electronic initiation systems:

Electronic Detonators: Description. Features. Classification

blasting equipment and programming

Accessories, equipment, and tools: Connections and insulators. Ohm. Explosors for electric blasting. Transmission tube initiator and approved mechero. Stilettos, tongs, atacators, duct tape, blade, spoon. Omega tubes and fins shutter. Connection tubes. Bulk loading machine. Clay tacos, salt.

Transportation and storage of explosives and initiation systems: Authorized vehicles. Deposits and polvorines. Storage rules. Distribution of explosives: Envases or backpacks and distribution rules.

4. Preparation of the bait-bait, loading, retacling and firing

Procedures for preparing the bait-bait: Mecha. Non-electric detonator. Electrical detonator.

Non-electrical detonator with transmitter tube.

Other forms of blasting transmission: Cordon detonator. Explosive. Detonator. Microgrid relay. Multiplier.

Procedures for the loading of explosives. Embodied and in bulk. Card-bait in bottom or in head and loading of cartridges or bulk. The load is spaced with detonating cord throughout the bore and with more than one bait-bait. Bulk explosive charge with machine.

Procedures for making connections between explosives and initiation systems. Electric and non-electric detonator. Detonating cord. Transmitter tube: in bundles and with cord master line. Transmitter tube with individual connector. Microgrid relay. Wick.

Procedures for performing the retacate.

Check the firing line and firing: Measurement of resistors in electric lines: ohm. Verification procedures for electrical and non-electric power plants. Firing apparatus: explosor, approved mechero and transmission tube initiator.

Open-pit Volatures: Explosives work. Line of least resistance. Characteristics of the rock. Characteristics of the explosive. Breakage angle. Bank blasting. Background load. Column load. Flouts in ditch. Contour blasting. Prevoles. Taqueo. Shooting plane for open skies. Specific security rules.

Special Volings: Large blasting. Demolitions. Blasting with peculiar risks. Volors close to electrical installations. Volances close to wave emission. Volings close to buildings.

6. Removal of failed barrages and explosive destruction in poor condition

Failed bars: actions and methods of removal.

Sweeper and signaling funds.

Explosives in bad condition and expiration.

Methods of destruction. Combustion. Explosion: in the air, confinement in borehole, under sand, under water. Chemical dissolution.

Security Distances: inhabited areas or communication paths. Protected area of staff. Destruction of the different industrial explosives and initiation systems. Groping of thick stones.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to blasting with explosives, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX CDXXIX

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MECHANIZED UNDERGROUND EXCAVATION OF SELECTIVE START

Professional Family: Extractive Industries

Level: 2

Code: IEX429_2

Level: 2

Code: UC1382_2

Level: 2

Code: UC1383_2

Level: 2

Code: UC864_2

FORMATIVE MODULE 1: DIGGING WITH MINATOR

Level: 2

Code: MF1381_2

Associated with UC: Perform excavation with minator

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Use individual and collective protection equipment specific to minator advancement, identifying the different types of workplace hazards.

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of digging with minator, relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Identify specific individual protective equipment to be used in minator excavation operations based on risks.

CE1.3 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual protective equipment to be used in excavation operations, according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE1.4 Describe collective protection equipment-signs, fire fighting-, relating to the corresponding risks.

CE1.5 Recognize the environmental risks that can be caused by minator operations, pointing out the environmental protection measures to be taken in each case.

CE1.6 In a properly characterized case of digging with a minator:

C2: Describe the mechanized excavation with minator, characterizing the types of equipment and the particular conditions of use in the starting of ore for its use or debris.

CE2.1 Distinguished the different types of minators to be used according to the front characteristics.

CE2.2 Describe the minator by relating its features, operation, capabilities and limitations, its main components.

CE2.3 Identify auxiliary equipment (water, electricity), used in excavating with minator, describing their safety devices.

CE2.4 Describe the armored carriers, identifying their types, characteristics, operation, and capabilities.

CE2.5 Explain the different ways to attack the front depending on the nature and structure of the rock solid, and according to the cutting systems, optimizing the operation of the minator.

CE2.6 Recognize the different types of pics and their fixing system, recognizing their correct state of wear, as well as the need for replacement.

C3: Perform the minator's commissioning and positioning operations, in accordance with the team's operating instructions and respecting safety regulations.

CE3.1 Explain the operations to be performed for the minator's startup, identifying its order of realization.

CE3.2 Describe the operations to be performed for the positioning and anchoring of the minator, identifying its order of realization.

CE3.3 Explain the minator boot operations, identifying the parameters to be controlled.

CE3.4 Describe security measures related to the commissioning and positioning operations of the minator.

CE3.5 In a properly characterized case of digging with a minator:

C4: Operate the minator to rub the front of a gallery, sublevel, or camera, applying the sustainment, according to the team's operating instructions.

CE4.1 Describe the procedures for operating the minator and the hydraulic and electrical control parameters, according to the manufacturer's operating manual.

CE4.2 Explain the sequence of operations to be performed: start-up, positioning, anchoring, starting, loading and evacuation of ore or debris, removal of the front and parking, clearly indicating the criteria of efficiency and security in each of these operations.

CE4.3 Determine the sequence to be followed for loading and evacuating the started material, so that the conveyors work without jams or interruptions.

CE4.4 Define the minator operating procedures as auxiliary equipment for the placement of the sustainment.

CE4.5 In a properly characterized case of digging with a minator, in which it is already positioned or started:

C5: Apply the minator's first-level maintenance operations as set out in the machine maintenance manual, and according to internal security arrangements.

CE5.1 Interpret the maintenance manual instructions, first-level maintenance checks and operations that correspond to the operator, pointing to the situation in which the machine must be found for the performance of the different operations.

CE5.2 Identify fuel indicators, filters, oil and coolant levels, grease points, and others included in the machine maintenance manual on the minator.

CE5.3 Describe the procedure to be followed to make the machine grease, distinguishing types of grease and grease systems from the minator.

CE5.4 Recognize the different types of oils, indicating the properties, classification, application-motor oil, transmissions, brakes, direction and hydraulic system-and functions -lubricating or operating systems-.

CE5.5 Describe the review and replacement of pics procedure.

CE5.6 Specify the procedure for reviewing and replacing the wear and tear system wear and tear elements.

CE5.7 Recognize the operations to be followed to make the change or replacement of fungible elements: filters, lamps, fuses, straps, whips, actuators, and others.

CE5.8 Characterize the system of displacement of the minators, relating their components to the main anomalies and faults of these.

CE5.9 Describe the process of cleaning the minator and cleaning certain components.

CE5.10 List the main breakdowns, their causes and consequences, as well as the procedure of action in each case, pointing out those anomalies that, affecting the safe driving or handling and/or that can cause the arrest or deterioration of equipment, must be communicated for immediate repair,

CE5.11 Explain stop and parking procedures, signage, and minator trailer.

CE5.12 Interpret and fill in the first level maintenance tab of a miner.

CE5.13 In a properly characterized, first-level maintenance case of the minator:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.5 and C5 for C5.13.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Perform the job with responsibility.

Respond with autonomy to the contingencies of the activity.

Integrate into your organization's organization, adapting to your relationship system.

Perform the communication activities for your job in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the company.

Contents:

Basic applicable mining security rules.

Risks and preventive measures for the minator operator job position.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Equipment security devices. Machine protections. Risk zone of the machine environment. Signage.

Environmental protection measures in excavation with minator:

Applicable environmental pollution prevention rules.

Systems and equipment for measuring, collecting, and removing dust.

Environmental conditions in excavation with minator:

Notions of secondary ventilation. Application to forward with minator.

Types of harmful and dangerous gases. Application to forward case with minator.

Gas Measurement Procedures: Origin and Localization.

Continuous gas measurement.

Operation of remote environmental control stations.

Minators ' cutting tools and accessories.

Auxiliary equipment: water, electricity.

Armored carriers. Types. Features. Mode of operation.

Terrain behavior when opening holes.

Support and configuration types in the workbench.

Saneo techniques: tools used.

3. Minator operation: commissioning and positioning

Computer operating manual.

Positioning and anchoring. Operating procedure.

Set up. Operating procedure.

Minors ' operating parameters: control and regulation.

Characteristic movements of the minator. Empty tests.

4. Minator operation: ore start and tailings

Cutting head. Movements. Handling.

Attack of the front. Different types of rock.

Offsets.

Load of the material.

Evacuation of the material. Jams.

Finishing the work surface.

Operating placement of support tools.

Placement of the sustainment.

Withdrawal from the front.

Parking and stop.

Security rules.

Operation of the mechanical, electrical and oleohydraulic organs of the continuous minator and armored carrier.

Top-level maintenance operations of the armored minator and carrier.

Maintenance of security systems and auxiliary equipment.

Maintenance of cutting elements: pics and cutting heads.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of the excavation with minator, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Employ individual and collective protection equipment specific to advancing with the brush or brush, identifying the different types of workplace hazards.

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of digging with the brush or brush, relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Recognize specific individual protective equipment to be used in excavation operations with the brush or brush based on the risks.

CE1.3 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual protective equipment, according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE1.4 To differentiate collective protection equipment-signs, protections, and others-by relating them to the corresponding risks.

CE1.5 Recognize environmental risks that may result from operations with the brush or brush, pointing to environmental protection measures to be taken in each case.

CE1.6 In a practical case, properly characterized by digging with the brush or brush:

CE1.7 Describe the different systems used to neutralize the dust.

CE1.8 Citar rules on checking the isolation control of electrical equipment.

CE1.9 List the communication systems of the pit and verify its operation.

C2: Argument of mechanized excavation with grinders and brushes, characterizing the types of equipment and the particular conditions of their use in the starting of ore and debris.

CE2.1 Distinguished the different types of brushes and brushes to be used according to the characteristics of the front.

CE2.2 Describe the rubs and brushes relating to their characteristics, operation, applications, capabilities and limitations, their main components, as well as the auxiliary equipment-water, air, electricity-and devices security.

CE2.3 Distinguished the types of armored carriers used in excavations with little inclination.

CE2.4 Classify the different types of cutting elements-pics-depending on the characteristics of the materials to be excavated, recognizing their wear and tear, as well as the need for replacement.

C3: Operate the roller or brush to start the ore front according to the operating instructions of the equipment.

CE3.1 Describe the operating procedures of the brushes and brushes and the hydraulic and electrical parameters, according to the manufacturer's operating manual.

CE3.2 Explain the sequence of operations to be performed: preparation of the niche or execution of wedges, commissioning, operation and alignment, clearly pointing out the criteria of efficacy and safety in each of these operations.

CE3.3 Describe the acting procedure in case of overflows or conveyor jams.

CE3.4 Determine the appropriate distance from the conveyor to the front, depending on the characteristics of the equipment and the hydraulic pusher, to run the assembly once the street is excavated.

CE3.5 Recognize the communication procedures with the operator of the winches to convey instructions about the operation with the roller.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario, properly characterized by operation with the roller:

CE3.7 In a properly characterized practical scenario of operation with the brush:

C4: Apply the support techniques to protect the grazed zone and work safely at the start of the next leg.

CE4.1 Describe the operations required for the execution of the niches to install the engines and reducers of the cutting equipment.

CE4.2 Determine the dimensions and fortification type of the niches.

CE4.3 Interpret internal security provisions regarding the ventilation of overlays and niches.

CE4.4 Handle the pickling hammer, connecting it to the power grid, to perform the necessary excavation for the equipment site.

CE4.5 List the fortification systems of the excavated hole.

CE4.6 Describe the procedures for retrieving the support elements for recolocation on the front or advancing the self-displaceable elements.

CE4.7 In a practical case, properly characterized, after operation with the brush or brush, advance the support stacks.

C5: Apply the first-level maintenance operations of brushes and brushes, as set out in the machine maintenance manual, and according to internal security arrangements.

CE5.1 Interpret the maintenance manual instructions, first-level maintenance checks and operations that correspond to the operator, pointing to the situation in which the machine must be found for the performance of the different operations.

CE5.2 Describe the procedure to be followed to make the machine grease, distinguishing types of grease and grease systems from the roller or brush.

CE5.3 Citar the Pics review and replacement procedure.

CE5.4 Describe the operations to be followed to make the change or replacement of fungible elements: filters, lamps, fuses, straps, whips, actuators, and others.

CE5.5 Characterize the roller or brush displacement system, with skates (on the layer wall) or on panzer, recognizing the damage to the shooting and feeding systems.

CE5.6 Describe the process of cleaning the roller or brush and cleaning certain components

CE5.7 List the main breakdowns, their causes and consequences, as well as the procedure of action in each case, pointing out those anomalies that, affecting the safe driving or handling and/or that can cause the arrest or deterioration of the equipment, must be communicated for immediate repair.

CE5.8 Explain stop and parking procedures, signage, and trailer or brush trailer.

CE5.9 Interpret and fill in the first level maintenance tab of a brush or brush.

CE5.10 In a properly characterized case of first level maintenance of the minator:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.6 and CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.7; C5 with respect to CE5.10.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Perform the job with responsibility.

Respond with autonomy to the contingencies of the activity.

Integrate into your organization's organization, adapting to your relationship system.

Perform the communication activities for your job in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the company.

Contents:

More significant risks in working with grinders and brushes: Crashing, trapping, breaking, or beating chains.

Security and risk prevention measures.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Machine protections. Risk zone of the machine environment. Signage.

Environmental protection measures in excavations with the brush or brush:

Dust Fetch Equipment.

Basic applicable mining security rules.

Applicable environmental pollution prevention rules.

Rozadora. Types and characteristics. Mode of use.

Brushes. Types and characteristics. Mode of use.

Computer operating manual and operating procedure.

Positioning and anchoring.

Regulation of the operating parameters.

Equipment and accessories for the equipment. Cutting elements.

Remote Control Consoles.

Push and timonage of the brush conveyor.

Auxiliary media: cabestrants, anchors, and others.

3. Support activities in excavations with brush and brush

Terrain behavior in the face of opening holes. Types of garlic support and configuration in the workbench.

Preparation of niches. Use of the hammer hammer.

Using auto-scrollable mammosts, racks, and stacks.

Communication devices and startup alarms.

Emergency stop.

Operation of mechanical, electrical and oleohydraulic organs of equipment.

Top level maintenance of the pickhammer.

Top-level maintenance of the roller.

First-level maintenance of the brush.

First-level maintenance of the armored carriers.

Top-level maintenance of support equipment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of the excavation with the brush or the brush, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3: LOAD WITH INTERIOR LOADER SHOVEL OR ESCAPER

Level: 2

Code: MF1383_2

Associated with UC: Perform load with interior loader or escaper

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Use individual and collective protection equipment specific to loading with interior loader or scraper, identifying the different types of workplace hazards.

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of loading with loading shovel or scraper-collisions with other equipment or work environment elements, presence of staff in the area of influence and others-relating to the appropriate preventive measures.

CE1.2 Recognize individual protective equipment to be used in load operations based on risks.

CE1.3 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual protective equipment according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE1.4 Verify security and signaling instrumentation to detect possible operating failures.

CE1.5 Identify collective protection equipment-signs, gas purification, fire fighting, and others-relating to the corresponding risks.

CE1.6 Recognize the environmental risks that can be caused by loader or scraper operations, pointing out the environmental protection measures to be taken in each case

CE1.7 In a properly characterized case of load with interior loader shovel:

CE1.8 Describe the operation of exhaust gas purification systems and immediate measures to be taken in case of failures.

CE1.9 Describe the different systems used to neutralize the dust.

CE1.10 Identify the security warning systems of the loader blades.

C2: Describe the interior loading process with interior loader shovel, pointing to different types of equipment, as well as the operational process to follow.

CE2.1 Characterizing the different types of load blades for work inside, distinguishing the propulsion systems: pneumatic, electro-hydraulic or internal combustion engine, as well as the different systems of displacement: on track, on chains or on wheels.

CE2.2 Describe the loader blade, relating its features, operation, applications, capabilities and limitations, its main components, auxiliary equipment-water, air, electricity-and security devices.

CE2.3 Distinguished the appropriate tajos for the use of interior loader blades, as well as the type of spoon to be used according to the nature and fragmentation of the material to be loaded.

CE2.4 Determine the conditions of the work in which it is convenient to use the type of remote control instead of the machine type.

CE2.5 Determine the necessary conditions to be met in the load in terms of visibility, presence of gases and risk of landslides.

C3: Operate the interior loader blades to load, transport, and unload the ore and the debris following the operating instructions of the equipment.

CE3.1 Explain the sequence of operations to be performed-connections, commissioning, positioning, loading, transport and unloading, stopping and parking-clearly pointing out the criteria of effectiveness and safety in each of the these operations.

CE3.2 Determine the maximum size of the material to be loaded based on the capacity of the spoon for the load to be performed safely, and explain the methods to reduce the size of the large sections, either manually or with other means.

CE3.3 Describe the procedures for carrying out the load as regards the angle of attack, thrust and precision of the movement.

CE3.4 Identify controls, control and handling systems, as well as consumption, temperature, pressure, and other indicators on the machine control board.

CE3.5 Check the good operating parameters of the loader blade and put it in service order (engine heating, checking engine oil and transmission levels, heating system oil) hydraulic, test of brakes, tires, chains or tracks, lights, indicators, fire extinguishers, acoustic and optical signals and alarms) to ensure the safety and performance of the operation and to avoid damaging the machine.

CE3.6 Check, in vacuum, the response to controls, performing the characteristic movements of the unit and driving the machine to the workplace.

CE3.7 Check the system for focusing on the path offset systems.

CE3.8 Citar the optimal driving conditions of the low-profile loader blade (on wheels), in terms of state of transit and access, signaling and presence of personnel in the vicinity, to perform the operation in optimal security conditions.

CE3.9 Explain the optimal operating conditions of the low-profile loaders (on wheels), in terms of engine speed, changes and speed reductions, use of different braking systems, address systems and others.

CE3.10 Describe the procedures for downloading in terms of positioning and accuracy of movements.

CE3.11 In a properly characterized scenario:

C4: Apply the top-level maintenance operations of the loader blade as set out in the machine maintenance manual, and according to internal security arrangements.

CE4.1 Interpret the maintenance manual instructions, first-level maintenance checks and operations that correspond to the operator, pointing to the situation in which the machine must be found for the performance of the different operations.

CE4.2 Interpreting the loader shovel the fuel indicators, battery charge level, filters, oil and coolant levels, grease points, and others included in the machine maintenance manual.

CE4.3 Describe the procedure to be followed to make the machine grease, naming the various types of grease and grease systems.

CE4.4 Distinguished types of oils, indicating the properties, classification, application (motor oil, transmissions, brakes, direction and hydraulic system) and functions (lubricating or operating systems).

CE4.5 Distinguished types of refrigerants using the loader shovel (water, additives, glycol), indicating the basic characteristics and where each is used.

CE4.6 Specify the verifications and maintenance operations to be performed on different displacement systems (wheels, tracks, or caterpillars).

CE4.7 Describe the review and replacement operations of the wear elements: blade blades and teeth.

CE4.8 Explain the operations to be followed to make the change or replacement of fungible elements: filters, lamps, fuses, straps, whips, actuators, and others.

CE4.9 Detailed the process of cleaning the loading and cleaning shovel of certain components.

CE4.10 List the main breakdowns, their causes and consequences, as well as the procedure of action in each case, pointing out those anomalies that, affecting the safe driving or handling and/or that can cause the Stop or deterioration of the loader blade, must be communicated for immediate repair.

CE4.11 Explain stop and parking procedures, signage, and minator trailer.

CE4.12 Interpret and fill in the preventive and corrective maintenance tab of a dumper or tipper,

CE4.13 In a properly characterized scenario of first-level maintenance of the dumper or tipper:

C5: Load the ore or the debris with escaper, following directions and according to the team instruction manual.

CE5.1 Describe the scraper, relating its characteristics, operation, applications, capabilities and limitations, its main components, as well as the auxiliary equipment (water, air, electricity) and devices security.

CE5.2 Explain the sequence of operations to be performed, clearly pointing out the criteria of effectiveness and security in each of these operations.

CE5.3 Recognize the conditions of the holding in which the use of the escaper is advisable.

CE5.4 Describe the procedure for placing the forward pulley and realization, if any, of the drill for attachment.

CE5.5 Citar the procedure for fixing and anchoring the engine equipment and/or cable storage drums.

CE5.6 Set top-level maintenance operations of the cabestrant, cable, and wear elements of the spoon, according to the manufacturer's operating manuals.

CE5.7 In a properly characterized scenario:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.7; C3 with respect to CE3.11; C4 with respect to CE4.12; C5 with respect to CE5.7.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Perform the job with responsibility.

Respond with autonomy to the contingencies of the activity.

Integrate into your organization's organization, adapting to your relationship system.

Perform the communication activities for your job in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the company.

Contents:

Loader machines. Types.

Technical characteristics of the machines. Capacity, weight, dimensions and power. Capabilities and limitations. Basic principles of operation. Applications.

Hydraulic and pneumatic systems: power, control and control circuits.

Cabin: identification and description of controls, control instruments, alarm panels.

Power and transmission train.

Displacement Systems: Tyres: types, features, functionality, and limitations of use. Inflation pressure. Caterpillars: chains, tiles, bullion. Paths.

Auxiliary equipment for the loading blades. Cawos. Types. Wear elements: blades and teeth.

2. Previous tasks and start up of the interior loader blade

Team instructions manual.

Operating procedure.

Pilots and indicators. Lighting and signalling system.

Security teams. Reversing alarm.

Functions of controls and controls.

Drive movement capabilities.

Pre-work tasks with interior loader shovel: level checks. Usual operating parameters.

Start of the engine.

Process after engine startup: put into service. Checking for empty moves.

3. Operation of the interior loader shovel: loading and unloading

Different types of load. Specific densities and weights.

Capabilities. Maximum sizes.

Load. Loading zones: requirements. Team positioning.

Download. Download types, conditions, and security requirements for each. Discharge in transport vehicles, fixed transport and landfill facilities.

Shift, stop, and parking. Security rules for each operation.

End-of-day operations. Extended stops.

Breakdowns involving stops. Rules for action. Signage.

Control with machine control or remote control.

4. Interior loader shovel: other complementary operations

Transportation of materials with wheel blades. Usage limitations.

Transient. Signs and rules of movement. Security distances.

Complementary digging and scraping operations with the loader shovel.

Auxiliary operations to support.

Auxiliary operations in the installation and maintenance of infrastructures.

5. First level maintenance techniques of the interior loader blade

Operation of mechanical, electrical, oleohydraulic and pneumatic equipment of equipment.

Manufacturer Maintenance Manuals.

Maintenance of the loader blades.

Machine-to-stop and/or disconnected operations.

Identification of leaks and leaks. Wear and tear.

Wear elements: teeth, blades. Substitution.

Filters and other fungible elements: cleaning and replacing.

Verification of levels. Refilling of deposits.

Grease.

Cleaning of equipment and components.

Tires: revision and inflation.

crawler: Review and Maintenance.

Track systems: review and maintenance.

Major breakdowns. Causes and consequences. Procedure for action.

Machine stop for breakdowns. Signage. Communication.

Maintenance Tabs.

6. Loading with escaper

escaper. Types, features and mode of operation.

Components. Driving group. Storage drums. Spoons. Guide pulleys.

Mechanical cables. Types. Attachment.

Operating procedure: connection, commissioning, loading, and unloading.

Procedures to be followed in case of traffic jams in the material evacuation.

Characteristic risks in the work with escraper: chazo shocks, cable traps. Cable breaks. Security measures. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Maintenance and replacement of cables.

Characteristic risks in the work with loaders: Attractions by or between objects, dumps, collisions, tramples or strokes with vehicles, scopes, shocks with elements and installations in the work area. Galibos. Electrical risks. Security measures. Collective security means. Security devices. Machine protections. Risk zone of the machine environment. Work area signage.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Environmental protection measures. Waste: collection and storage.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to carrying out the load with an interior loader or a scraper, which shall be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Level: 2

Code: MF864_2

Associated with UC: Preventing risks in underground excavations

C1: Describe work activities and environment conditions in underground excavations, to identify risks and safety measures to be taken.

CE1.1 Define the main characteristics of the work in underground excavations, relating them to the main purposes of the excavation (mining or civil work) and its temporary or permanent character.

CE1.2 Describe the unique working conditions in an underground environment (schedules, confinement, lighting, hazardous atmospheres, noise).

CE1.3 Describe the work processes in underground excavations relating the main activities (start, load and transport, support) with the different techniques and procedures, equipment and machinery used in each of these activities.

CE1.4 Identify infrastructures (accesses, transits, wells, fireplaces) general facilities and services (electricity, transport, ventilation, compressed air water and drainage) existing in underground excavations, pointing to the general purpose and characteristics of each.

C2: Apply established procedures to confirm that the safety conditions of the work (gases, sustainment and others) comply with the established safety standards.

CE2.7 Identify the criteria for proper maintenance and cleanup of the workbench, to ensure the security, operability, and efficiency of the jobs.

C3: Describe the risks and general security measures to be taken in underground excavations, identifying collective protections and individual protective equipment to be used in general.

CE3.1 Interpret plans for prevention of work risks and internal security arrangements, identifying information regarding risks and prevention and security measures of application to your work.

CE3.2 Identify the general risks in underground excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE3.5 Identify fire prevention and fire control systems at the facility.

CE3.6 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in underground excavations, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE3.7 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual protective equipment to be used in all underground excavations, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE3.8 List collective protection means generally used in underground excavations (signposts, balizations, protections, acoustic and optical signals), associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE3.9 Recognize and rigorously respect normalized safety signals.

CE3.10 In a properly characterized scenario:

C4: Apply established procedures for accident, emergency and evacuation cases for underground excavations in occupational risk prevention plans.

CE4.6 In a properly characterized scenario of accident:

CE4.7 In a properly characterized case of emergency:

CE4.8 In a properly characterized case of evacuation:

C5: Recognize the various wastes generated in the underground excavations, identifying their corresponding containers and storage sites.

CE5.1 Classify the different types of waste generated in the excavations, especially distinguishing the toxic and dangerous ones, and pointing out the harmful effects to the environment.

Ce5.2 Recognize the safety signs of packaging for products that present a potential risk to people or the environment (flammable, toxic, explosive, or other materials).

CE5.3 Select the appropriate individual protective equipment for the generated waste.

CE5.4 Identify the containers, places, and conditions of storage and recycling of the various waste generated in the excavations.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Underground excavations. Different applications: mining and construction and civil work.

Underground hole environment conditions: confinement, stability, lighting, ventilation, dust, noise, temperature, humidity, water.

Different types of terrain. General characteristics and behaviour of different types of terrain.

Execution of the underground excavation. Production process. Phases. Main activities: Start, load and transport, support. Techniques and procedures. Main equipment and machinery.

Infrastructures: accesses, transits, wells, fireplaces.

Facilities and services: electricity, transportation, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage.

Environmental conditions in underground excavations: Primary and secondary ventilation (concepts, equipment, distances to the front). Types of gases (physico-chemical characteristics. Physiological damage. Origin and location). Detection. Preventive measures. Detectors used: operation and measurement procedures. General rules on ventilation. Specific regulations on ventilation in work at risk of explosion.

Hole Stability Excavated: The behavior of the excavated hole depending on the type and state of the terrain. Support and configuration types in the workbench.

General safety and environmental risks and conditions: Main general risks and preventive measures in the environment of an underground excavation (falls to the same and different levels, falling objects, trapping and cutting, Diseases of sleep and others). Powder. Generation. General characteristics. Physiological damage. Detection. Measures to combat dust. Noises. Generation. General characteristics. Physiological damage. Measurement. Preventive measures. Risk of floods of water and floods. Fight against fires. Special works. Specific safety standards. Personal protective equipment. Manual of use and maintenance. Means of collective protection.

Environmental protection measures. Identification of waste. Tags: signage. Collection of waste and disposable materials. Storage.

First aid. Evacuation of accidents.

Major risks of collective or catastrophic accident and preventive measures to be taken.

Risk of fire. Types of fire. Effects. Means of fighting fires.

Emergency and evacuation situations. Emergency plans: Equipment and accessories to be used. Performances to follow. Infrastructure, facilities and services. Primary ventilation. Personal protective equipment. Means of collective protection.

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-Confined space simulating underground voids, with semi-circular and rectangular sections 9 to 15 m², with rock-front or simulated concrete. (Singular space not necessarily located in the training center).

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to risk prevention in underground excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Technical Engineer or others of higher level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX CDXXX

Perform mechanized excavation of small section underground spaces by using drilling and reaming equipment, directed drilling or micromelators, extracting the resulting material, as work preparatory work for the extraction of mineral resources or for the construction of underground civil works, in accordance with safety and environmental protection regulations.

UC1384_2: Perform underground spaces with drilling and reaming equipment: Raise Boring.

UC1385_2: Perform underground spaces with targeted drill equipment.

UC1386_2: Perform underground spaces with microtuners.

UC0858_1: Prevent risks in underground and open pit excavations.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as self-employed or employed in the area of production of large, medium and small enterprises, public or private, dedicated to the mechanized underground excavation, with whether or not to take advantage of excavated materials. It performs activities of a technical nature, in the framework of the functions and objectives assigned by technicians of a higher level, of which it will receive general instructions and to which it will inform. The professional activities of workers from open or underground mining companies, as far as general safety standards and the specific rules of their job are concerned, are subject to the regulations of the Member States. Competent administration.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the extractive and construction industries, and mainly in the following productive activities: extraction of energy minerals (anthracite, hard coal, lignite and peat). Extraction of uranium ore and thorium. Extraction of metallic minerals. Extraction of non-metallic or energy minerals (limestone, gypsum and creta, sands and clays, minerals for fertilizers and chemicals, salt and others). Unique works of underground civil engineering (construction of tunnels for roads, railways, metro, power stations). Underground excavations for the construction of supply networks (gas, oil, water and others, including sinkhole networks). Underground excavations for the construction of electrical mains, communications and others.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Mining, in general, in small section excavations.

Mining preparation and conservation of galleries in small section excavations.

Sute miner in small section excavations.

Machine operator for mineral extraction, in general.

Operator of drilling and reaming equipment (Raise and other).

Operator of targeted teams.

Microtuner operator.

Associated training: (420 hours)

Training Modules

MF1384_2: Digging with drilling and reaming equipment: Raise Boring. (90 hours)

MF1385_2: Excavation with targeted drilling equipment. (90 hours)

MF1386_2: Digging with microtuners. (210 hours)

MF0858_1: Risk prevention in underground and open pit excavations. (30 hours)

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Technical information-written or oral work instructions, drawings or sketches, maps, operation manuals and equipment maintenance-is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the information required for the full definition of the jobs.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the operation with drilling and reaming equipment, is arranged in perfect condition, making use and maintenance, as set out in the manuals of the manufacturer, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or whose state of operation is not foreseen

CR1.3 The collective protection teams specific to operations with drilling and reaming equipment-signs and posters, fire fighting, and others-are the right ones, they are in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible, those missing equipment or whose operational status is not intended.

CR1.4 Excavation equipment is visually reviewed, checking the order and cleaning of equipment.

CR1.5 The electrical isolation is checked to be within the security limits for operation.

CR1.6 The connection of the water to the corresponding network and the equipment is made, checking that it comes with the appropriate pressure.

CR2.1 The positioning of the drilling and reaming equipment is performed, leaving the equipment with the orientation indicated to drill in horizontal, vertical or inclined, as set out in the technical instructions.

CR2.2 The thrust equipment is anchored on the reinforced concrete slab, previously constructed in the input zone, so that it resists compression, traction and torsion efforts, following the instructions received.

CR2.3 Tricones are selected based on the characteristics of the terrain, checking their wear status.

CR2.4 The drilling of the pilot drill is performed, controlling the drilling parameters-speed and thrust-depending on the nature of the terrain, and the orientation of the drilling is established.

CR2.5 The orientation of the excavation, in horizontal perforations that require great precision, is regulated and controlled by the use of navigation devices DDS -Directional Drilling System-.

CR2.6 The pilot drill is performed in compliance with safety and environmental protection regulations.

CR3.1 The escariat head is coupled to the equipment to get the required section, following the established procedures.

CR3.2 The push against the ground-traction or compression-and the speed of the reaming head is proven to be those intended for the characteristics of the terrain.

CR3.3 The cutters are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be excavated, controlling their state of wear

CR3.4 The different systems for the evacuation of debris or detritus, depending on the horizontal and vertical drilling, with or without sludge, are regulated according to the nature of the materials started, avoiding at all times possible jams in the evacuation line, controlling the correct operation of debris in each case.

CR3.5 The performance of the excavation equipment is optimized during production tasks, identifying possible causes of delays or breakdowns in the equipment.

CR3.6 Work parts are completed according to the model and procedure set.

CR3.7 The pilot drill is performed in compliance with safety and environmental protection regulations.

CR4.1 The machine is immobilized, to perform maintenance tasks.

CR4.2 Hydraulic circuits are inspected, replenishing the volumes required for the proper operation of the assembly.

CR4.3 The leaks in the different systems are detected by meticulous inspection, replacing the damaged components.

CR4.4 The status of the cutting elements is periodically reviewed, replacing the broken or worn out, following the instructions received and taking care of the equipment manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CR4.5 The cleaning or replacement of pumping pipes, if necessary, is performed strictly in compliance with the specific safety measures.

CR4.6 The cleaning of the excavation equipment is done on a daily basis and following the procedures established by the company.

CR4.7 The disassembly of the machine for general review and tuning for the next work is done after the excavation is completed, following the established procedure and the manufacturer's indications.

CR4.8 The daily maintenance tasks are coordinated with the digging tasks, in order to optimize the operation.

Professional context:

Production media:

Drilling and reaming equipment. Comprehensive execution well drilling equipment. Scariers. Tricones. Sets of cutting elements. Mains power, water and compressed air. Tools, tools, materials and accessories. Personal protective equipment, safety equipment. Signalling systems.

Products and results:

State of the drilling and reaming equipment, individual and collective protection and tool and proven useful. Pilot drill done. Underground spaces such as galleries, wells, fireplaces and dug-out ducts. Maintenance of the drilling equipment made. Rock excavation performed safely.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Instruction manuals for equipment and machines. Operating instructions according to the rock solid and its state. Geometric data: topographic and galibi. Geological and hydrogeological data. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Safety plan. Quality plan. Waste management plan.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Technical information (oral or written work instructions, drawings or sketches, maps, operation manuals and equipment maintenance) is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the information required for the full definition of the jobs.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the operation with drilling and reaming equipment are provided, they are arranged in perfect condition, making their application to point, use and maintenance as established in the the manufacturer's manuals, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or the state of operation of the equipment.

CR1.3 The collective protection equipment specific to operations with drilling and reaming equipment (signs and posters, fire fighting and others) that are used, are the right ones, are ready and in perfect state, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or the state of operation of the equipment.

CR1.4 Excavation equipment is visually reviewed, checking the order and cleaning of equipment.

CR1.5 The electrical isolation is checked to be within the security limits for operation.

CR1.6 The connection of the water to the corresponding network and the equipment is made, checking that it comes with the appropriate pressure.

CR1.7 The auxiliary equipment (water-drive pumps, mud-sludging pumps from the decanting tanks) is checked to ensure proper operation.

CR2.1 The equipment is deployed and stabilized in the attack zone of the excavation, following the initial direction according to the established layout.

CR2.2 Drilling equipment is launched, verifying and checking the proper functioning of its parts, to avoid outages or delays in drilling execution

CR2.3 The thrust and forward speed of the lance is proven to be suitable for the characteristics of the material to be drilled, controlling the pumping of water and/or bentonite at the front and regulating its pressure.

CR2.4 The drill of the drill is recorded and the preset path is controlled, by the positional rotation of the lance and the pressure in the injection of water or bentonite passing through it.

CR2.5 Tracking tracking is verified from the command post, using the monitoring system that incorporates the equipment.

CR2.6 The lance is replaced, once the drilling is complete, by a coupling piece, which allows for the recovery of the varillage and its replacement by the final pipe.

CR3.1 The planned reamer to perform the widening of the pilot drilling, as well as the possible rotation employment, is decided according to the characteristics of the terrain to be traversed.

CR3.2 The spear is separated from the end of the drill string once it has peeked out by the outlet, following the manufacturer's instructions.

CR3.3 The reamer is attached to the drill string and subsequently coupled to the final pipe, by a turnkey that prevents its rotation.

CR3.4 The drill string is recovered using the slider carriage slide, stopping when the rod attachment is at the level of the decoupling key, for disassembly and removal of the carriage.

CR3.5 The produced detritus are controlled that are dragged by the drilling water for decantation.

CR4.1 The machine is immobilized, to perform maintenance tasks.

CR4.2 Hydraulic circuits are inspected, replenishing the volumes required for the proper operation of the assembly.

CR4.3 The leaks in the different systems are detected by meticulous inspection, replacing the damaged components.

CR4.4 The status of the cutting elements is periodically reviewed, replacing the broken or worn out, following the instructions received and taking care of the equipment manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CR4.5 The cleaning or replacement of the pumping system, if necessary, is performed strictly in compliance with the specific security measures.

CR4.6 The cleaning of the excavation equipment is done on a daily basis and following the procedures established by the company.

CR4.7 The equipment, together with the string and the auxiliary elements, is collected after the work has been completed, leaving it ready for shipment, following the established procedure and the manufacturer's instructions.

CR4.8 Maintenance is performed in compliance with safety and environmental protection regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Targeted drilling equipment. Direct insertion thrust equipment. Scariers. Drill string. Pipes. Sets of cutting elements. Electricity and water supply networks. Decantation deposits. Tools, tools, materials and accessories. Personal protective equipment, safety equipment. Signalling systems.

Products and results:

State of the directed drilling, individual and collective protection equipment and tool and proven useful. Pilot drill done. Underground spaces of small section. First level maintenance of the directed drilling equipment. Excavation performed safely.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Equipment and machine operating manuals. Operating instructions according to the type of terrain and its status. Topographical data. Information on services and obstacles in the area of action and possible risks to third parties arising from the action. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Internal security arrangements. Safety plan. Quality plan. Waste management plan.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Technical information-written or oral work instructions, drawings or sketches, maps, operation manuals and equipment maintenance-is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the information required for the full definition of the jobs.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the operations with microunits are the intended ones, they are arranged in perfect condition, making their application to point, use and maintenance as established in the manuals of the manufacturer, requesting the immediate responsible for the missing equipment or the state of operation of the equipment.

CR1.3 The collective protection equipment specific to the excavation operations with microtuner-signs and posters, fire fighting and others-are in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible those equipment that are missing or whose operating status is not intended.

CR1.4 Rock excavation equipment is visually reviewed, checking the order and cleaning of equipment.

CR1.5 The push station is verified to be anchored and oriented to start digging.

CR1.6 The water and electricity connections to the corresponding network are made according to the technical and safety requirements, and in the soil machines the pumping and decanting circuit is also checked.

CR1.7 The pipes for the microtunel coating are inspected and arranged so that they can be transported by lifting equipment from the collection zone to their location in front of the push station.

CR1.8 The placement of auxiliary equipment and facilities is close and signposted, in operations that are initiated from outside, in accordance with established safety standards.

CR2.1 The positioning and alignment of the excavation equipment is verified, in each advance cycle, by the control equipment of the machine itself.

CR2.2 The thrust and speed of the cutting head is proven to be suitable for the characteristics of the ripped material, avoiding, in the case of soil excavation, surface seats by pumping bentonite to the front and the regulation of the working pressure.

CR2.3 The intermediate thrust stations are located according to the length of the tunnel and its layout, so that the force of thrust exerted is sufficient to overcome the friction of the pipe against the ground, to adapt to the Curvature designed and allows for excavation on the front.

CR2.4 The debris evacuation system is determined according to the quality of the ground to be excavated-pumped in the case of floors and by wagon in the case of open front-, controlling the correct operation of debris in each case.

CR2.5 The state of the cutting elements is controlled that is appropriate to the characteristics of the rock and the performance of the advance, replacing them according to their wear.

CR2.6 The work of the excavation team during production work is optimized, identifying possible causes of low performance, delays or breakdowns in the equipment.

CR2.7 The intermediate thrust stations are dismantled by successive thrusts, leaving the shell lost in the concrete pipe transfer and recovering the hydraulic cylinders for an upcoming work.

CR2.8 The bentonite of the liner is replaced by injected cement slurry, after the excavation is completed, using the appropriate equipment and following the intended procedure.

CR2.9 Work parts are completed according to the model and procedure set.

CR3.1 The machine is checked to be immobilized, to perform maintenance tasks, as well as the push station.

CR3.2 Hydraulic circuits are inspected, replenishing the volumes required for the proper operation of the assembly.

CR3.3 The leaks in the different systems are detected, through meticulous inspection, by replacing the damaged components.

CR3.4 The cleaning or replacement of pumping pipes, if necessary, is performed strictly in compliance with the specific security measures.

CR3.5 The cleaning of the excavation equipment is done on a daily basis, with special emphasis on the system of debris.

CR3.6 The disassembly of the machine for general review and tuning for the next work is done after the pipe hinch is completed, following the established procedure and the manufacturer's indications.

CR3.7 Daily maintenance work is coordinated with the excavation of the micro tunnel to optimize the work cycle and reduce the risk of machine trapping.

CR3.8 Maintenance is performed in compliance with safety and environmental protection regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Products and results:

Information used or generated:

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Professional risks are identified and adopted the security measures established in each case, following the instructions received and established in the company's security procedures and arrangements.

CR1.2 General collective prevention measures (signals, plant and machinery protections, optical or acoustic warnings to staff) are rigorously recognized and respected at all times.

CR1.3 The signposts and balizations are placed following the operator's instructions, and are collaborated on their maintenance, communicating any detected anomalies to the responsible personnel.

CR1.4 The individual protective equipment to be used is prepared and arranged, in accordance with the instructions received and following internal security arrangements.

CR1.5 The use and maintenance of individual protective equipment is performed by following the manufacturer's manual of use.

CR1.6 The responsible person is informed and the established procedures and internal security arrangements are applied to any work situations.

CR2.1 The status of the workplace and its sustainment are visually checked, identifying the risk of possible landslides of rocks or other materials, following established instructions and procedures.

CR2.2 The working environment is kept in order and clean of waste and materials that may impair the performance of the work, warning the technician responsible for any anomaly or doubt of action that may present.

CR2.3 Waste, leftover consumables and their packaging, debris and sludge are removed from the working areas, depositing them in the established containers and/or the landfill, following the company's procedures and complying with the standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR2.4 Jobs, once completed, remove tools, tools, and materials, storing them at established locations, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The accident severity identification is performed as set out in the job risk prevention plan.

CR3.2 The protection of the crashed and the isolation of the cause causing the accident is done immediately.

CR3.3 The notice and request for assistance is made as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan, ensuring, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the plan.

CR3.4 First aid is provided on the basis of the prescribed health recommendations for each case, and is involved in the evacuation of the injured person, according to the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.5 You act quickly, efficiently and safely, according to the protocols set out in the emergency plan.

CR3.6 Fast, effective, and safe action is done, according to the protocols established in the self-protection/emergency plan in emergency cases.

Professional context:

Production media:

Products and results:

Information used or generated:

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of digging with drilling and reaming equipment, relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Recognize specific individual protective equipment to be used in excavation operations with drilling and reaming equipment, depending on the risks.

CE1.3 Identify collective protection equipment-signs, gas purification, fire fighting-relating to the corresponding risks.

CE1.4 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual and collective protective equipment, according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE1.5 Recognize the environmental risks that operations can cause with drilling and reaming equipment, pointing to environmental protection measures to be taken in each case

CE1.6 In a properly characterized case of digging with drilling and reaming equipment:

CE2.1 Distinguished the different drilling and reaming equipment, identifying their characteristics, applications, components, capabilities and limitations.

CE2.2 Explain the various drilling and reaming procedures: vertical-ascending, descending-and horizontal.

CE2.3 Relate the type of drilling and reaming operations, with the characteristics of the terrain and the purpose of the excavation.

CE2.4 Distinguished the types of drill elements-triconos-or scymen-cutters-recognizing their wear status.

CE2.5 Identify the various debris and detritus evacuation systems in horizontal and vertical excavations, with or without the use of drilling sludge.

CE3.1 Explain the procedures for positioning, anchoring, fixing, and general connections of the equipment, depending on the desired direction of drilling.

CE3.2 Describe the operating procedures for drilling, pointing out the sequence of operations to be performed and the criteria of efficiency and safety in each of the operations: control of direction, speed and thrust, thus as a input and recovery of the varillage.

CE3.3 Explain the use of the DDS-Directional Drilling System drilling equipment, for the realization of high precision horizontal perforations.

CE3.4 Identify the operating procedure for the assembly and/or replacement of the reaming head, following the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE3.5 Describe the operating procedures for the reaming, pointing out the sequence of operations to be performed and the criteria of effectiveness and safety in each of the operations: speed control and thrust.

CE3.6 Recognize the main causes of debris evacuation systems and detritus, pointing out the process to be performed in each case.

CE3.7 In a properly characterized practical case of drilling and reaming:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.6.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to their activity.

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment while respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Drilling and reaming equipment: general characteristics and conditions

Digging techniques with drilling and reaming equipment: in ascending and descending vertical, in inclined and horizontal.

Method of drilling wells, collieries and fireplaces by pilot survey and upstream casting (Raise Boring).

Methods used according to the characteristics of the rocks.

Drilling and reaming equipment: Types. Features. Components. Mode of operation.

Cutting systems: cutting tools.

Evacuation systems of the started material.

Auxiliary equipment: air, water, electricity.

Team choice criteria: Geomechanical conditions.

2. Operation of drilling and reaming equipment: drilling

Positioning and anchoring of the equipment. Guidance.

Pilot probes.

Tricons: types. Wear and replace.

Drilling. Control and control of the drilling parameters: rotation speed and thrust.

Guided. Control of drill orientation.

DDS navigation devices.

3. Operation of drilling and reaming equipment: reescing

Escariat.

scaring head. Types. Assembly. Wears. Maintenance and replacement.

cutters: types. Wear control. Factors that influence the wear and tear of the replacement cutting elements.

Regulation of equipment operating parameters: voltage and speed of rotation.

Debris or detritus evacuation systems: types. Control of the process of debris. Jams.

Risks and preventive measures for the operator job of drilling and reaming equipment.

Basic applicable security rules.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Machine protections. Risk zone of the machine environment. Work area signage.

Environmental protection measures in drilling: applicable environmental pollution prevention standards. Dust collection and disposal equipment.

Teams instruction manuals. Interpretation.

First-level maintenance of the equipment.

Assembly of the teams. General connections. Disassembly of the equipment.

Parts of work. Parts of maintenance and breakdowns

Training context parameters

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of underground spaces with drilling and reaming equipment: Raise Boring, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: DIGGING WITH TARGETED DRILLING EQUIPMENT

Level: 2

Code: MF1385_2

Associate to UC: Perform underground spaces with targeted drill equipment

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE2.1 Distinguished the different targeted drill teams, identifying their features, applications, components, capabilities, and limitations.

CE2.2 Explain the targeted drilling procedure, relating it to the terrain characteristics and purpose of drilling.

CE2.3 Recognize the types of drill elements, recognizing their wear status.

CE2.4 Identify the sludge contribution and recovery system and the separation of the detritus, describing how it works.

CE3.1 Explain the positioning procedures, general connections, and commissioning of the equipment.

CE3.2 Describe the operating procedures for drilling, pointing out the sequence of operations to be performed and the criteria of efficiency and safety in each of the operations: control of direction, speed and thrust, thus as a contribution and recovery of sludge and of the varillage.

CE3.3 Indicate the procedure to precisely orient the direction of the drilling, by turning the spear and the water pressure or bentonite.

CE3.4 Formulate procedures to control the direction of drilling, using the monitoring system that incorporates the equipment.

CE3.5 Explain the operating procedure to widen the initial drilling through the rear reaming, pointing out the sequence of operations to be performed and the efficiency and safety criteria in each of the operations: choice and assembly of the reamer, speed and traction control.

CE3.6 Describe the procedure to remove the initial lance and pipes and their replacement by the final pipe.

CE3.7 In a well-practiced scenario of drilling and reaming: Identify the characteristics of the terrain:

CE4.1 Identify the top-level maintenance operations of the drill equipment that is directed according to the manufacturer's manual.

CE4.2 Describe the main hydraulic circuits of the targeted drilling equipment, identifying the review and maintenance operations to be performed.

CE4.3 Describe water circuits for cooling and pumping of excavation material, identifying the review and maintenance operations to be performed.

CE4.4 Explain the procedures for changing lances and worn scariers, depending on the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE4.5 Describe team mount and disassembly operations, including tuning for the next job.

CE4.6 In a properly characterized case of excavation with targeted drilling equipment:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.6.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to their activity.

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment while respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Targeted drilling equipment: general characteristics and conditions

Excavation techniques with targeted drilling equipment.

Top applications.

Characteristics of the terrain.

Targeted drill equipment: Types. Features. Components. Mode of operation.

Useful and drill accessories.

sludge input and recovery system.

Auxiliary equipment: air, water, electricity.

2. Operation of the targeted drilling equipment: drilling

Positioning the team.

Tuning to the computer.

Targeted Drilling. Speed and push control.

Input of water and additives (bentonite and others). Pressure control.

Address control. Guidance systems.

Input and recovery of varillage.

Control of the wear of the cutting tools. Substitution.

Evacuation of detritus.

3. Operation of the directed drilling equipment: expansion of the initial drilling

Pilot drilling program by reaming.

The scaring head. Selection. Assembly. Rotation of the head.

Control of the process of reaming: speed and thrust.

Control of the wear and tear of the useful. Substitution.

Recovery of initial sarts.

Placement of the final pipeline.

4. Safety and environmental conditions in excavations with targeted drilling equipment

Risks and preventive measures for the targeted drill equipment operator job position.

Basic applicable security rules.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Machine protections. Risk zone of the machine environment. Work area signage.

Environmental protection measures in drilling: applicable environmental pollution prevention standards.

Teams instruction manuals. Interpretation.

First-level maintenance of the equipment.

Assembly of the teams. General connections. Disassembly of the equipment.

Parts of work. Parts of maintenance and breakdowns.

Training context parameters

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of underground spaces with targeted drilling equipment, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: DIGGING WITH MICROMACHINES

Level: 2

Code: MF1386_2

Associated with UC: Perform underground spaces with microtuners

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Make the preparation of the individual protection equipment specific to the advancement with micromelators, identifying the different types of risks of the job.

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of digging with micromelators, relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Recognize individual protective equipment to be used in excavating operations with micro-machines depending on the risks.

CE1.3 Establish the correct operation and maintenance of individual and collective protective equipment to be used in excavating operations with micromachines, according to the manual of the manufacturer.

CE1.4 In a properly characterized case of digging with micro-machines:

CE2.1 Distinguished the different equipment of microtuners, identifying their characteristics, applications, components, capabilities and limitations.

CE2.2 Recognize its operation according to the operating instructions of each team.

CE2.3 Describe the advancement system based on the characteristics of the ground to be excavated, identifying the conditions that justify the need for the use of intermediate thrust stations.

CE2.4 Characterize the different debris evacuation systems of the micromelators, relating them to the type of material to be extracted, pointing out the differences between soil and rock.

CE2.5 Identify the types of cutting elements, recognizing their wear status.

C3: Analyze and operate micromelators for the realization of small section excavations, in accordance with the team's operating instructions.

CE3.1 Explain the established procedures for connecting and placing the various elements of the excavation system with micro-machines, to be performed when starting and finishing the work on the work front.

CE3.2 Distinguished the different positioning and alignment systems of the microtuners, identifying their operating system.

CE3.3 Describe the operating procedures of the microtuners, pointing out the sequence of operations to be performed and the criteria of effectiveness and security in each of the operations.

CE3.4 Explain the process of controlling the stability of the front in the excavating machines in soils by employing effective bentonite pressures.

CE3.5 Describe the work process using intermediate push stations, indicating the procedure for placement and operation modes.

CE3.6 Indicate the process of control of the flow of the system of debris, recognizing the main causes of jam, and the process to be carried out in this case.

CE3.7 Explain the cement slurry injection procedure in the pipes to the conclusion of the excavation to achieve the set stabilization.

CE3.8 Describe the work process to be done for the dismantling of equipment at the conclusion of the excavation.

CE3.9 In a properly characterized case of excavating with micro-assembly:

C4: Rate the conditions for the realization of the first level maintenance of the micromelators and their disassembly, following the maintenance manual.

CE4.1 Identify the first level maintenance operations of the micromelators according to the manufacturer's manual.

CE4.2 Describe the main hydraulic circuits of the tunneling equipment, identifying the review and maintenance operations to be performed.

CE4.3 Recognize water circuits for the cooling and pumping of excavation material, identifying the review and maintenance operations to be performed.

CE4.4 List the disassembly and maintenance operations after the excavation is completed, including the tuning for the next job.

CE4.5 In a practical case, properly characterized by digging with a microunit:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C3 with respect to CE3.9; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to their activity.

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment while respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Micromelators: general characteristics and conditions

Digging techniques with micromelators.

Micromelators. Types. Features. Mode of operation.

Work systems: full section attack.

Team choice criteria: Geomechanical conditions.

Useful and accessories. Cutting elements.

Factors that influence the wear and tear of cutting elements.

Auxiliary equipment: air, water, electricity.

Evacuation systems of the excavated material.

3. Positioning of micro-machines and intermediate stations

Mount the main thrust station

Positioning and alignment of the microunit.

Connection of the work circuits.

Installing push-in stations.

.

4. Operation of micro-machines

Computer operating manual.

Push hydraulic circuit pressure.

Control of the spin speed of the cutting head.

Control of the flow of the debris circuit.

Control of the alignment.

Injection of cement slurry into transits.

5. First-level maintenance and disassembly

Maintenance of the hydraulic system.

Maintenance of the Digging Equipment Cooling and Pumping System

Changing the cutting elements.

Cleaning operations.

Microunit disassembly procedure.

Risks and preventive measures for the microunit operator job position.

Risks in excavations with micromelators. Applicable basic safety standards.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Risk zone of the machine environment. Work area signage.

Types of gases and their harmful effects. Continuous gas measurement.

Environmental protection measures in excavating with micro-machines: Waste management and disposable materials.

Environmental control in excavations with micromelators. Operation of remote environmental control stations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of underground spaces with microtuners, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: RISK PREVENTION IN UNDERGROUND AND OPEN PIT EXCAVATIONS

Level: 1

Code: MF0858_1

Associated with UC: Preventing risks in underground and open pit excavations

Duration: 30 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE1.1 Define the main characteristics of the works in open and underground excavations, relating them to the main purposes of the excavation (mining, construction and civil work) and their permanent character or temporary.

CE1.2 Describe particular working conditions in an underground or open-pit environment (confinement, lighting, hazardous atmospheres, noise, dust).

CE1.3 Describe the work processes in underground and open pit excavations relating the main activities (start, load and transport, support) with the different techniques and procedures, equipment and machinery used in each of these activities.

CE1.4 Identify infrastructures (accesses, transits, wells, tracks) general facilities and services (electricity, transport, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage), existing in the open pit excavations and underground pointing to the general purpose and characteristics of each.

CE1.5 Identify the criteria for proper maintenance and cleanup of the workbench, to ensure the security, operability, and efficiency of the jobs.

CE2.1 Identify the general risks in open pit excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE2.2 Identify the general risks in underground excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE2.3 Recognizes the different types of stabilization and sustainment of the excavated sites, their purpose and configuration in the work environment, identifying the characteristics they must have to be safe, as well as the possible rock flows.

CE2.4 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in underground and open pit excavations, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE2.5 Explain the use and maintenance of individual and collective protective equipment to be used in the auxiliary operations of open and underground excavation, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE2.6 List mandatory collective protection means in underground and open-pit excavations, associating them with the relevant risks.

CE2.7 Recognize and rigorously respect normalized safety signals.

CE2.8 In a properly characterized case of excavation:

-cite possible risks.

-Identify preventive measures to be taken.

-Name the various individual protection equipment required.

-Recognize the various collective protection equipment required.

-Select the appropriate individual protective equipment.

-Successfully use and maintain individual protection equipment.

-Select and place the signage, protections, and other collective prevention measures.

CE3.1 Recognize the severity of the accident as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan.

CE3.2 Describe the procedure to be followed in accident cases: warnings, accident protection measures, signs.

CE3.3 Apply first aid techniques and evacuation of the crashed.

CE3.4 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE3.5 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan in the case of the required material resources.

CE3.6 In a properly characterized scenario of accident:

CE3.7 In a properly characterized case of emergency:

CE3.8 In a properly characterized case of evacuation:

CE4.1 Classify the different types of waste generated in the excavations, especially distinguishing the toxic and dangerous ones, and pointing out the harmful effects to the environment.

Ce4.2 Recognize the safety signs of packaging for products that present a potential risk to people or the environment (flammable, toxic, explosive, or other materials).

CE4.3 Select the appropriate individual protective equipment for the generated waste.

CE4.4 Identify the containers, places, and conditions of storage and recycling of the various waste generated in the excavations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.6, CE3.7 and CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

1. Prevention of occupational hazards in open-pit and underground excavations.

Digging into the open and underground sky. Different applications: mining, construction and civil work. Environment conditions of the open-pit excavations.

Environment conditions in underground excavations.

Productive process in open pit and underground excavations. Phases. Main activities: Start, load and transport, support. Main equipment and machinery.

Facilities and services: electricity, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage.

Major general risks and preventive measures in the environment of an open pit excavation. Security measures. Means of collective protection. Personal protective equipment. Manual of use and maintenance.

Stability of the excavated land.

Support and configuration types in the workbench. Landslides. Causes.

Heal with manual tools.

Emergency and evacuation situations. Emergency plans. Equipment and accessories to be used. Performances to follow.

Accidents. Procedure to follow. First aid.

Environmental protection measures. Identification of waste. Tags: signage. Collection of waste and disposable materials. Storage.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the prevention of occupational risks in underground or open pit excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Academic training of Technical Engineer or others of higher level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience: a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX CDXXXI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: ASSEMBLY AND MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE OF SEMI-MOVABLE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT IN EXCAVATIONS AND PLANTS

Professional Family: Extractive Industries

General competition:

Perform the assembly and maintenance of the various installations and equipment that operate in a static situation and move autonomously to change positions, in underground or open-pit excavations, with or without not of the excavated materials, as well as in plants of treatment and benefit of minerals and rocks and plants of natural stone processing.

UC0116_2: Mount and maintain machinery and mechanical equipment.

UC1387_2: Mount and maintain general services facilities in excavations and plants.

UC1388_2: Mount and maintain semi-movable machines and equipment in underground and open-pit excavations.

UC1389_2: Mount and maintain conveyor belts and armored carriers.

UC1390_2: Mount and maintain pneumatic and hydraulic bulk transport systems and equipment.

UC1319_1: Perform basic cutting, shaping and welding operations in mechanical assembly and maintenance processes.

UC0858_1: Prevent risks in underground and open pit excavations.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as an employed person in the area of maintenance of large, medium and small enterprises, public or private, dedicated to the underground and open pit excavation, with use or not of the excavated materials, as well as in plants of treatment, concentration and benefit of minerals and rocks, and of elaboration of the natural stone. The professional activities of workers from open or underground mining companies, as far as general safety standards and the specific rules of their job are concerned, are subject to the regulations of the Member States. Competent administration.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the extractive and construction industries, and mainly in the following productive activities: Extraction of energy minerals-anthracite, hard coal, lignite and peat-, extraction of uranium ores and thorium, Extraction of metallic minerals, Extraction of non-metallic and energy minerals-stone for construction, limestone, plaster and creta; sands and clays, minerals for fertilizers and chemicals, salt and other-. Stone industry. Drilling and drilling. Demolition and excavations. Great land movements. Unique works of civil engineering in surface and height. Unique underground civil engineering works-construction of tunnels for roads, railways, subways and supply networks: gas, oil, water and others, including sinkhole networks.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Electromechanical Mines.

Mechanical Officer.

MF0116_2: Assembly and mechanical maintenance. (270 hours)

MF1387_2: Installation and maintenance of general services facilities in excavations and plants. (90 hours)

MF1388_2: Assembly and maintenance of semi-movable machines and equipment in underground and open pit excavations. (120 hours)

MF1389_2: Assembly and maintenance of conveyor belts and armored carriers. (60 hours)

MF1390_2: Assembly and maintenance of pneumatic and hydraulic bulk transport systems and equipment. (60 hours)

MF1319_1: Basic cutting, shaping and welding operations in mechanical assembly and maintenance processes. (90 hours)

MF0858_1: Risk prevention in underground and open pit excavations. (30 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MOUNTING AND MAINTAINING MACHINERY AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

Level: 2

Code: UC0116_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

Professional context:

Production media:

Measurement Instruments: Metric Tape. Rules. King's feet. Micrometric screws. Calibers. Mechanical and digital comparators. Pneumatic amplification comparators. Goniometers. Vibrometer. Manometers. Pyrometers. Flow meters. Effort controllers. Counters. Instruments of verification: Marbles. Verification rules. Bubble levels. Prisms. Verification cylinders. Compasses. Squads. Templates. Seaweed. Fixed calibers. Threads of threads. Adjustable calibers with comparator. Alexometers. The invention relates to a device for the use of said device. Test kits. Machines, tools and tools: Taladrators. Milling machine. Welding equipment. Draught presses. Useful extractors. Oil baths. Hand tools. Pneumatic and electrical tool. Cutting saws. Rothadoras. Curvacators. Grinding machines. Blowtorch. Lifting cats. Hoists, cranes and spreads. Scaffolding. Means of personal protection.

Products and results:

Machines and equipment mounted. Mechanical groups. Hydraulic groups. Pneumatic and hydraulic actuator systems. Pneumatic control facilities. Equipment under optimum operating conditions and completed maintenance plans.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Listing of parts and components. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Operating manuals. Implementation manuals. Process sheets. Preventive maintenance ranges. Standards. Regulations. Parts of jobs. Incident sheets. Reports of PDR spare parts.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN GENERAL SERVICES FACILITIES IN EXCAVATIONS AND PLANTS

Level: 2

Code: UC1387_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The manufacturer's instruction manuals, drawings, drawings, and other technical documentation are interpreted to determine the operations to be performed and the procedure to be followed in each case.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the assembly and maintenance tasks is proven to be ready and in perfect condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.3 The tools, tools, and materials needed to perform the assembly and maintenance work are proven to be ready and in good condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with effectiveness.

CR1.4 The work area is checked to meet the necessary safety conditions regarding the prevention of physical and environmental risks, to ensure the completion of the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.5 Lighting is checked to suit the required visibility conditions for each workplace.

CR1.6 The identifying signals of each type of conduction, safety signals, valves or barriers that warn of the completion of the assembly and maintenance operations, are placed in the work area, according to the established procedures, to ensure the performance of assembly and maintenance work safely.

CR1.7 The interlocking devices are activated to block the commissioning controls and prevent inadvertent connections from the installations under review.

CR1.8 The order of resumption of the march is transmitted, once the assembly or maintenance operations are performed, after the protection of the moving organs and the emergency stop devices is placed, and after check the absence of persons in the risk area.

CR1.9 The assembly, maintenance, and/or repair parts are completed, collecting the activities performed, materials used, and incidents arising.

CR2.1 The assembly, regulation, and taring of all components of the installation of the fans and main circuits, doors and gates, following the established instructions and procedures, is involved.

CR2.2 The angle of the blades is regulated to obtain the established flow rate, previously ensuring the immobility of the surrounding area, according to the manufacturer's specifications.

CR2.3 The operation of the system of automation and control of the fans, doors and gates and other components of the different circuits is monitored periodically, following the established program and the observed failures.

CR2.4 Secondary fans are installed in the sites and with the conditions determined in the regulations for the ventilation of the sack funds, checking their operation and carrying out the checks and controls determined in the maintenance programs, to ensure its functionality.

CR2.5 The main and secondary fans, doors and gates, as well as the auxiliary equipment, with their accessories and control and control systems are checked that they are installed and connected according to the projects and related technical information.

CR2.6 The different maintenance levels, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of the different fans, doors and gates, facilities and control elements, are performed according to the established programming, checking the operating parameters and reporting flow rates, leaks and anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR2.7 The faults and faults presented in the different equipment, components and systems of regulation and control of the ventilation system are correctly located and diagnosed, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR2.8 The repair operations of the fans, doors and gates and other components of the ventilation circuit are performed by following the established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly.

CR3.1 The assembly, regulation and loading of all components of the compressed air production facility: compressors, heaters, cooling systems and heat retrievers, following instructions and established procedures.

CR3.2 The installation, review and maintenance of the compressed air network is performed, following instructions and established procedures, to ensure that the flow rate and pressure are supplied at the consumption points. set.

CR3.3 The system of automation and protection of compressors and calderines is checked periodically, according to the established program, noting the observed anomalies.

CR3.4 The different levels of maintenance, lubrication, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of the facilities and compressed air network are performed according to the programming established, checking the operating parameters and reporting flow rates, leaks and anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR3.5 The faults and faults presented in the different equipment, components and systems of regulation and control of the compressed air facilities and network are located and diagnosed correctly, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR3.6 Compressed air network and facility repair operations are performed, following established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly are restored.

CR4.1 The assembly and regulation of all components of the water drain and water supply facility: main and secondary pumps, tanks and levels are performed, following established instructions and procedures.

CR4.2 The installation, revision and maintenance of the water and drainage network is carried out, following instructions and established procedures, to ensure that the flow and pressure are supplied at the consumption points. set.

CR4.3 The operation of the pump automation system is controlled periodically, following an established program and noting the observed anomalies.

CR4.4 The different levels of maintenance, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of pumps, water mains and drainage are carried out according to the established programming, operating parameters and reporting flow rates, leaks and anomalies to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR4.5 The faults and faults presented in the different equipment, components and systems of regulation and control of the facilities, water network and drainage are located and diagnosed correctly, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR4.6 Water drain and water supply repair operations are carried out, following established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and efficiency of the assembly are restored. repaired.

CR5.1 The installation of the shipments and the ties of maneuver, both exterior and interior, with their signalisations, systems of communications, guionages and others, as provided for in the technical project complying with the specific security rules for these operations.

CR5.2 The revisions in the mechanisms of the shipments and the maneuvering loops are carried out periodically to ensure their optimal operation, according to the established maintenance program, repairing and replacing elements and checking, by testing, that they perform their movements correctly, according to the expected sequence.

CR5.3 The curves, changes and crossings necessary to extend or change the tracks are mounted, by means of a prior adjustment to the plans of the project, with special attention to bounds and tolerances, using the tools and useful and checking their stability and operability with a transport unit prior to their usual use.

CR5.4 The installation of the tracks, shipments, manoeuvres and structure of the monorail is carried out, fixing and connecting them according to the established projects and technical information.

CR5.5 The infrastructure of the monorail is periodically reviewed to ensure its optimal operation, in accordance with an established maintenance program, correcting the observed anomalies, informing the immediate responsible of the those whose correction forces the installation to stop.

CR5.6 Mobile elements: brakes, pulley supports, forwards and main elements of the monorail trawl are installed, following instructions and drawings of the manufacturer.

CR5.7 The state of the monorail's steel cables and brakes is periodically reviewed, to ensure proper and safe operation, replacing them when the wear exceeds the indicated values, following the manual the procedures established and the security arrangements.

CR5.8 Well-reed installations: scales, pipes, signalling and communication cables, and self-supporting electrical cables are periodically controlled that are well subject to wear and tear or corrosion.

CR5.9 The failures and breakdowns presented in the different road transport facilities are correctly located and diagnosed, identifying their causes, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR5.10 The repair operations of the track transport facilities are carried out, following the established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly are restored, and reporting on those cases whose repair involves a long-term stop.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protection equipment. Safety equipment. Measuring instruments: Metric tape. Rules. King's feet. Micrometric screws. Calibers. Mechanical and digital comparators. Pneumatic amplification comparators. Goniometers. Vibrometer. Manometers. Pyrometers. Flow meters. Effort controllers. Counters. Verification tools: Verification rules. Bubble levels. Verification cylinders. Compasses. Squads. Templates. Seaweed. Fixed calibers. Threads of threads. Adjustable calibers with comparator. Alexometers. Test kits. Draught presses. Useful extractors. Oil baths. Hand tools. Pneumatic and electrical tool. Lifting cats. Spreads. Scaffolding.

Products and results:

General facilities and services (air, compressed air, water, drainage) and transport with tracks mounted, revised and repaired, in conditions of optimum operation in order to be able to carry out the own works. Completed maintenance parts.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Instructions for the manufacturer of equipment and machines. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Flat. Listing of parts and components. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Preventive maintenance games. Parts of work. Incident sheets. Reports of PDR replacement parts. Record books. Information about the environmental situation in your environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN SEMI-MOVABLE MACHINES AND EQUIPMENT IN UNDERGROUND AND OPEN PIT EXCAVATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC1388_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Preparing tools, tools and materials, individual and collective protection equipment, adapting facilities, equipment and work area to efficiently and safely perform assembly and maintenance tasks, in accordance with work instructions and safety standards.

CR1.1 The manufacturer's instruction manuals, drawings, drawings, and other technical documentation are interpreted to determine the operations to be performed and the procedure to be followed in each case.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the assembly and maintenance tasks is proven to be ready and in perfect condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.3 The tools, tools, and materials needed to perform the assembly and maintenance work are proven to be ready and in good condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.4 The work area is checked to meet the necessary safety conditions for physical and environmental risk prevention to ensure the safety of assembly and maintenance work.

CR1.5 Lighting is checked to suit the required visibility conditions for each workplace.

CR1.6 The safety signals, fenced or barriers that warn of the performance of the maintenance operations are placed in the work area, according to the established procedures, to ensure the realization of assembly and maintenance jobs for security purposes.

CR1.7 The interlocking devices are activated to block the commissioning controls and prevent inadvertent connections from the installations under review.

CR1.8 The order of resumption of the march is transmitted, once the assembly, maintenance or repair operations are carried out, after the protection of the moving organs and the emergency stop devices is placed, and after checking the absence of persons in the risk zone.

CR1.9 The assembly, maintenance, and/or repair parts are completed, collecting the activities performed, materials used, and incidents arising.

RP2: Perform the assembly and maintenance of the semi-movable drilling, digging, cutting and supporting equipment to ensure its functionality and safety, applying the established procedures and the standards of corresponding security.

CR2.1 The assembly, regulation, and tuning of the semi-mobile equipment is involved, following established instructions and procedures.

CR2.2 The cutting elements-pics, discs and yarn-and the load elements-teeth and blades of the craps or dragamine-are periodically reviewed, replacing those worn or broken and repressing the ones that are loose or loose, to ensure optimal performance and performance of the equipment.

CR2.3 The mobile cutting elements-drums, heads, carrier chains of the hoarders, minators, saws and arm-and load-bearing-are periodically reviewed, replacing the defective ones and having the same chains.

CR2.4 The status of the drag chains on the brushes and on the rovers is checked, replacing the defective ones.

CR2.5 The state of the displacement systems and cables in the cutting machines, rovers, wire cutters, scraper and minesweepers is checked, regulating the tension and replacing those whose damage exceeds the limits. allowed.

CR2.6 The wear elements of the support machines (bulonators, gunners, projection robot, mortar and concrete pumps) are periodically reviewed, replacing the damaged or broken ones, for ensure the optimal performance and performance of the equipment.

CR2.7 The whiplash, joints, hydraulic cylinders and tires of the machines are proven to have no losses, correcting the leaks and replacing those damaged, to avoid deterioration and damage to the equipment.

CR2.8 The periodic reviews and controls established in the maintenance programs of the different drilling, digging, cutting and holding equipment are performed in a timely manner, checking the parameters of the operation and reporting of observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal functioning of the equipment.

CR2.9 The faults and faults presented in the different drilling, digging, cutting and holding equipment are correctly located and diagnosed, identifying their causes, taking into account technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR2.10 Repair operations are performed by following established sequences and protocols, and reporting those cases whose repair involves a long-term stop.

CR2.11 The correct operation of the machines and accessories is checked after each repair, verifying that the functionality and efficiency of the repaired assembly are restored, as well as the adequate disposal of the protection.

RP3: Perform the assembly and maintenance of the extraction equipment: machine, monastic cabs, and their auxiliary elements: cages, skips, pulleys, cables and others, to ensure their efficient and safe operation, applying the established procedures and relevant safety standards.

CR3.1 The installation of the extraction or winch machines of the well or the inclined plane and the monvell is used to verify that they are correctly assembled to their different infrastructures (castilete, benches, supports and others), as well as the layout of their driving elements, brakes, supports and main elements of the trawl (pulleys, drums, forwards and others), and checked both their operating characteristics and their devices control and security.

CR3.2 Cables, cages, skips, wagons and platforms are correctly mounted, following the applicable technical and regulatory instructions, carrying out the corresponding load and vacuum tests; and Suspensions, moorings, tensioners and portant structure do not present defects.

CR3.3 The revisions indicated in the specific instructions for each extraction machine are carried out with the established periodicity, to ensure its functionality and safety, checking at least: Safety, manoeuvring brake, devices for regulating and limiting the speed and braking lengths at different speeds.

CR3.4 The extraction, guionage and traction cables are reviewed with the periodicity and regulatory requirements, to check their optimal condition, informing, if any, of the observed anomalies.

CR3.5 The repairs of the extraction or cabremaining machine are performed, prior to diagnosis, replacing the broken elements and checking by empty and load tests that the repair is correct.

CR3.6 The periodic reviews and controls established in the maintenance programs of the different equipment, as well as their communication, signaling and control systems are performed in a timely manner, checking the parameters function and report the observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR3.7 Cages, skips, wagons and platforms are reviewed periodically, in accordance with the established maintenance schedule, verifying that the suspensions, moorings, tensioners, structure/frame and cage floor are not fissures or It's important.

CR3.8 The pulley pulleys with their axles and bearings, as well as the top of the guionage is periodically reviewed, according to the maintenance program, which are without deterioration due to wear, corrosion or fissures due to the fatigue, replacing broken elements and components.

CR3.9 The maintenance operations of all mobile elements installed on the castilete and the shaft are performed according to the instructions in the maintenance manual and complying with the specific safety standards for these operations, to ensure the operation and safety of the equipment.

CR3.10 The Koepe pulleys and winding drums are reviewed and replenished when the level of wear exceeds what is specified.

RP4: Perform the assembly and maintenance of support elements and auxiliary aids, in order to ensure their functionality and safety, applying the established procedures and safety standards.

CR4.1 The assembly, replacement, adjustment, calibration, and checking operations of the support equipment are performed, following the established instructions, to ensure their optimal operation.

CR4.2 The hydraulic distribution elements, valves, connections, and safety devices of the stemple and stacks are checked to ensure proper operation.

CR4.3 The proper water-based hydraulic liquid composition is verified to meet manufacturers ' specifications.

CR4.4 Pressure limiting valves are verified to ensure proper operation.

CR4.5 Pressure groups output pressures are monitored within the set limits.

CR4.6 The battery advancement mechanisms are reviewed according to the maintenance instructions.

CR4.7 Friction breast repairs, by head-twisting of the strut or from the base of the shaft are performed, following the maintenance instructions.

CR4.8 The regulation and proper operation of the impact keys is verified to make the appropriate tightening of the sliding frames.

CR4.9 Repair operations are performed by following established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly are restored, and reporting on those cases whose repair suppose a long-running stop.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protection equipment. Safety equipment. Measuring instruments: Metric tape. Rules. King's feet. Micrometric screws. Calibers. Mechanical and digital comparators. Vibrometer. Manometers. Flow meters. Effort controllers. Counters. Verification tools: Verification rules. Bubble levels. Verification cylinders. Compasses. Squads. Templates. Seaweed. Fixed calibers. Threads of threads. Adjustable calibers with comparator. Alexometers. Test kits. Hydraulic liquid analyser. Machines, tools and tools: Calado presses. Useful extractors. Oil baths. Greaser. Hand tools. Pneumatic and electrical tool. Lifting cats. Spreads. Scaffolding.

Products and results:

Machines and semi-movable mining equipment (for excavation, transport and maintenance) assembled, checked and repaired, in conditions of optimum operation in order to be able to carry out the work of the mining industry. Completed maintenance parts.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Instructions for the manufacturer of equipment and machines. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Flat. Listing of parts and components. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Preventive maintenance games. Parts of work. Incident sheets. Reports of PDR replacement parts. Record books. Information about the environmental situation in your environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN CONVEYOR BELTS AND ARMORED CARRIERS

Level: 2

Code: UC1389_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The manufacturer's instruction manuals, drawings, drawings, and other technical documentation are interpreted to determine the operations to be performed and the procedure to be followed in each case.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the assembly and maintenance tasks is proven to be ready and in perfect condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.3 The tools, tools and materials needed to perform the mechanical work are proven to be ready and in good condition, to ensure the performance of the assembly and maintenance works effectively.

CR1.4 The work area is checked to meet the necessary safety conditions regarding the prevention of physical and environmental risks, to ensure the completion of the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.5 Lighting is checked to suit the required visibility conditions for each workplace.

CR1.6 The safety signals, fenced or barriers that warn of mounting and maintenance operations are placed in the work area, in accordance with the established procedures, to ensure the performing the assembly and maintenance work safely.

CR1.7 The interlocking devices are activated to block the commissioning controls and prevent inadvertent connections from the installations under review.

CR1.8 The order of resumption of the march is transmitted, once the assembly and maintenance operations are carried out, after the protection of the moving organs and the emergency stop devices are placed and after check the absence of persons in the risk area.

CR1.9 The assembly, maintenance, and/or repair parts are completed, collecting the activities performed, materials used, and incidents arising.

CR2.1 The assembly of conveyor belts, following the established procedures, interpreting the technical specifications, using the appropriate tools and means and observing the safety measures prescribed.

CR2.2 The conveyor belts are tensioned and aligned on the supporting structure elements together with the corresponding motor elements, protection systems, control and accessories, so that they do not produce abnormal wear and ensure its proper functioning, following the relevant technical documentation and applicable safety regulations.

CR2.3 The conveyor belts are lengthened and shorten by mounting the corresponding structure and accessory elements, and are spliced by metallic and/or vulcanized staples, to achieve the appropriate length for the activities. of transport to be carried out, checking its operation in a vacuum and in load and that the stresses are within the limits established.

CR2.4 The drive elements of the tapes are reviewed periodically, in accordance with the established maintenance program, to check their proper operation.

CR2.5 The tension of the belt is maintained within the limits determined to prevent the sliding of the drums under extreme load conditions, regulating it by counterweight or other tensioning systems.

CR2.6 The replacement of defective rollers is made to tape stop and interlocked following the established procedures to prevent its unplanned start-up.

CR2.7 The emergency pull-stop cable is periodically reviewed according to established procedures to maintain security conditions.

CR2.8 Tape cleaning devices and magnetic separators are maintained in operation to prevent band deterioration.

CR2.9 The band's decentering is corrected by acting on the slotted support of the carrier roller terna or the positioning of the return rollers or by means of the centering stations.

CR2.10 The different maintenance levels, reviews and periodic controls established in the conveyor belt maintenance programs are performed according to the set schedule, checking the parameters function and report the observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR2.11 The failures and breakdowns presented in the different equipment and facilities and control and control systems are correctly located and diagnosed, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR2.12 The repair operations of the conveyor belts are performed by following the established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly are restored.

CR3.1 The assembly of the armored carriers and other equipment is involved, following the established procedures, interpreting the technical specifications, using the appropriate tools and means and observing the prescribed safety measures.

CR3.2 The armoured carriers are tensioned and aligned on the supporting structure elements together with the corresponding motor elements, protection systems, control and accessories so that they do not wear out failed and the correct operation is ensured, following the relevant technical documentation and applicable safety regulations.

CR3.3 The armored carriers are elongated and shorten, mounting the elements of the structure-sheets-and the necessary fittings, and lengthening or shortening chains, to achieve the appropriate length for the activities of transport to be performed, checking its correct operation and alignment.

CR3.4 The driving elements of the conveyors are periodically reviewed, in accordance with the established maintenance schedule, to check their proper operation.

CR3.5 The drag chain voltage regulation is performed by the specific device and, if necessary, removing a chain stretch, to avoid abnormal wear and breakage.

CR3.6 The wear of the propellers, in the auger conveyors, is controlled, depending on the abrasiveness of the material, following the established procedures.

CR3.7 The flow rate, in the vibrating feeders and conveyors, is regulated by actuating the corresponding device, to optimize the performance of the equipment.

CR3.8 The different maintenance levels, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of the armored carriers and other equipment are performed according to the established programming, checking the operating parameters, and reporting the observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR3.9 The failures and breakdowns presented in the different equipment and facilities and control and control systems are correctly located and diagnosed, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR3.10 Repair operations, retrieving components, replacing elements, or restoring regulations and controls, are performed by following established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protection equipment. Safety equipment. Measuring instruments: Metric tape. Rules. King's feet. Micrometric screws. Calibers. Mechanical and digital comparators. Pneumatic amplification comparators. Goniometers. Vibrometer. Manometers. Pyrometers. Flow meters. Effort controllers. Counters. Verification tools: Verification rules. Bubble levels. Verification cylinders. Compasses. Squads. Templates. Seaweed. Fixed calibers. Threads of threads. Adjustable calibers with comparator. Alexometers. Test kits. Machines, tools and tools. Draught presses. Useful extractors. Oil baths. Hand tools. Pneumatic and electrical tool. Lifting cats. Spreads. Scaffolding. Tensioning equipment. Staplers. Vulcanized equipment.

Products and results:

General facilities and services (air, compressed air, water, drainage and roads) and transport with tracks mounted, revised and repaired, in conditions of optimum operation in order to be able to carry out the own works. Completed maintenance parts.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Instructions for the manufacturer of equipment and machines. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Basic rules for mining safety. Additional technical instructions. Internal security arrangements. Flat. Listing of parts and components. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Preventive maintenance games. Parts of work. Incident sheets. Reports of PDR replacement parts. Record books. Information about the environmental situation in your environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: MOUNTING AND MAINTAINING PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC BULK TRANSPORT SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

Level: 2

Code: UC1390_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The manufacturer's instruction manuals, drawings, drawings, and other technical documentation are interpreted to determine the operations to be performed and the procedure to be followed in each case.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the assembly and maintenance tasks is proven to be ready and in perfect condition, to ensure the assembly and maintenance works with security.

CR1.3 The tools, tools and materials needed to perform the mechanical work are proven to be ready and in good condition, to ensure the performance of the assembly and maintenance works effectively.

CR1.4 The work area is checked to meet the necessary safety conditions regarding the prevention of physical and environmental risks, to ensure the performance of maintenance and repair work with security.

CR1.5 The working environment is kept in order and clean of materials, waste and others, which harm and put jobs at risk by depositing them in the containers or places indicated.

CR1.6 Lighting is checked to suit the required visibility conditions for each workplace.

CR1.7 The safety signals, fenced or barriers that warn of the performance of the maintenance operations are placed in the work area, according to the established procedures, to ensure the realization of assembly and maintenance jobs for security purposes.

CR1.8 The interlocking devices are activated to block the commissioning controls and prevent inadvertent connections from the installations under review.

CR1.9 The order of resumption of the march is transmitted, once the assembly and maintenance operations are carried out, after the protection of the moving organs and the emergency stop devices is placed, and after check the absence of persons in the risk area.

CR1.10 The assembly, maintenance, and/or repair parts are completed, collecting the activities performed, materials used, and incidents arising.

CR2.1 The initial assembly of pneumatic transport facilities is involved, following established procedures, interpreting the technical specifications, using the appropriate tools and means and observing the prescribed safety measures.

CR2.2 The flow of dust to be carried is adjusted by a shooting regulator

CR2.3 closure on power is controlled by a rotating shutter that acts as a watertight closure.

CR2.4 The air inlet valves and the dust vacuum cleaner are adjusted so that the air/dust ratio is maintained in the required terms.

CR2.5 The conditions of fluidization and speed in the pressure or suction transport systems are controlled, following the instructions in the maintenance manual.

CR2.6 The separation of the transported material is controlled by cyclone batteries, adjusting the input rate.

CR2.7 The mechanism for shaking the sleeves of filters is systematically reviewed, replacing broken or perforated sleeves.

CR2.8 The different maintenance levels, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of the pneumatic conveyors are performed according to the established programming, checking the operating parameters and reporting flow and leakage, as well as observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR2.9 The failures and breakdowns presented in the different equipment and facilities and control and control systems are correctly located and diagnosed, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR2.10 The repair operations of the pneumatic conveyors are carried out by following the established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly are restored.

CR3.1 The installation of the hydraulic transport facilities in accordance with the established procedures, interpreting the technical specifications, using the appropriate tools and means and observing the measures security requirements.

CR3.2 Sludge pumps are reviewed periodically, checking the wear of the surrounding areas and replacing them when the specified limits are reached, following the established procedures.

CR3.3 The installation of pulps pumping by centrifugal, diaphragm or screw pumps is done by following the specific instructions for this type of equipment.

CR3.4 The rotation and lifting mechanism of the sludge drag and discharge system of the thickener tank is periodically reviewed, according to the instructions received.

CR3.5 The wear-and-tear of the spin structure is checked, replacing them when they reach the specified limits, following the established procedures.

CR3.6 The coating of the hydrocclones or the metal body is replaced or replaced according to the wear and tear produced by the pulp abrasion, following the established procedures.

CR3.7 Pipeline laying is performed by minimizing elbows, steering changes, or other accessories that increase friction load loss.

CR3.8 The different maintenance levels, reviews and periodic controls established in the maintenance programs of the hydraulic conveyors are performed according to the established programming, checking the operating parameters and reporting flow and leakage, as well as observed anomalies, to ensure the optimal operation of the equipment.

CR3.9 The failures and breakdowns presented in the different equipment and facilities and control and control systems are correctly located and diagnosed, taking into account the technical information available and applying the established procedures for action.

CR3.10 Repair operations, retrieving components, replacing elements, or restoring regulations and controls, are performed by following established sequences and protocols, verifying that the functionality and effectiveness of the repaired assembly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protective equipment, security equipment. Measuring instruments: Metric tape. Rules. King's feet. Micrometric screws. Calibers. Mechanical and digital comparators. Pneumatic amplification comparators. Goniometers. Vibrometer. Manometers. Pyrometers. Flow meters. Effort controllers. Counters. Verification tools: Verification rules. Bubble levels. Verification cylinders. Compasses. Squads. Templates. Seaweed. Fixed calibers. Threads of threads. Adjustable calibers with comparator. Alexometers. Test kits. Machines, tools and tools: Calado presses. Useful extractors. Oil baths. Hand tools. Pneumatic and electrical tool. Lifting cats. Spreads. Scaffolding. Equipment for the vulcanized and stitched of rubber bands.

Products and results:

Continuous transport equipment mounted, checked and repaired, in conditions of optimum operation in order to be able to execute the own works of the industry. Completed maintenance parts.

Information used or generated:

Oral or written work instructions. Equipment and machine operating manuals. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Internal security arrangements. Flat. Listing of parts and components. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Operating manuals. Implementation manuals. Process sheets. Preventive maintenance games. Regulations. Parts of jobs. Incident sheets. Reports of PDR replacement parts. Record books.

COMPETITION UNIT 6: PERFORM BASIC CUTTING, SHAPING, AND WELDING OPERATIONS IN MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSES

Level: 1

Code: UC1319_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The technical instructions on the processes and procedures to be performed: drawings, sketches and other technical documentation, as well as the oral or written instructions of the superior responsible, are interpreted, detecting omissions, errors or indefinitions in the information necessary for the complete definition of the work, and, where appropriate, recolding it from the superior or responsible.

CR1.2 The equipment, tools, tools, materials and accessories are selected and are suitable for the operational process and the characteristics of the material and the work to be performed.

CR1.3 Machines, equipment and accessories, as well as individual protective equipment, are prepared, used and maintained according to the procedures described in the manuals, depending on the process to be performed and performed with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks, in order to ensure that they are always available for use.

CR1.4 Machines and machines are maintained by applying user maintenance procedures.

CR1.5 Equipment, tools, and work tools are cleaned, collected and placed in the indicated places once used, to be always prepared and ready for use.

CR1.6 Waste is removed from work zones, depositing them in the containers and/or locations established following the company's procedures and complying with environmental standards.

CR2.1 The parameters of the cutting, drilling and roughing operations are suitable for the useful and material to be processed to optimize the use of equipment and materials.

CR2.2 The positioning of the material is performed according to the process to be performed, to obtain the optimum quality and to avoid the defects of the machining.

CR2.3 The cut and the bezels are performed with respect to the dimensions and shapes indicated in the layout or in their defect in the required regulations, achieving the required type and degree of finish.

CR2.4 The finish by the liming and grinding operations is done using the angular grinder according to the instructions received, and paying special attention to the projections, achieving the type and level of finish required.

CR2.5 The use of electric portable equipment-drill and grinder-are performed taking into account the specific instructions received regarding electrical risks.

CR3.1 The operation of oxycorte is performed in compliance with the conditions indicated in the layout, using a torch equipped with additional oxygen lance for the cutting, following the established procedures.

CR3.2 The oxycorte operation is performed by regulating the oxygen and acetylene bottle manorreducers to reduce the pressure on the blowers to the precise value.

CR3.3 The throttle regulation with the appropriate nozzle is performed by varying the oxygen/acetylene ratio in the fuel mixture to obtain the values required by the process.

CR3.4 The bottles are manipulated and stored as set out in the current regulations and internal security arrangements.

CR4.1 The welding machines have correctly set the parameters, according to the welding to be performed, to optimize the performance and quality of the jobs.

CR4.2 The welding procedure is applied according to the type -steels, alloys-and characteristics-shape, thicknesses-of the base material and its location-welding position-, following the technical instructions received, for achieve the union with the required quality.

CR4.3 The edges to join have the required preparation by the applicable specifications or rules.

CR4.4 Consumables are correctly selected, manipulated and preserved in the workplace, in accordance with established procedures, to ensure their efficient and safe use.

CR4.5 Welds are performed in compliance with the quality standards specified in their field, in terms of surface quality, dimension, bites and cleanliness.

CR5.1 The operating parameters of the machinery are set according to the instructions received to optimize the use of equipment and materials.

CR5.2 Conforming operations without separation of the material, folded and folded, are performed by applying to the presses the established bending forces, taking into account the strength of the material and the bending angle for the elastic recovery of the part does not occur.

CR5.3 The conformation of tubes, abocarde, widening, buckling and bending is done with curvar presses and insoles, applying the established procedures, avoiding the appearance of wrinkles.

CR5.4 The conformed is carried out in compliance with the quality standards specified in its field, in terms of the surface quality, dimensions, shapes, angles required, bites and cleanliness.

Professional context:

Production media:

Useful and mechanical cutting equipment: simple manual and mechanical saws. Tools and tools: angular grinder, portable and column drill, hammers and mugs, yanks, corks, limes, lijas, brooms, toothpicks, cutting discs and others. Manual equipment of cut by oxycorte. Manorreductors. Oxygen and acetylene bottles. Blowtorch. Spear. Transport carts and briefcases. Welding equipment with coated metal electrode. Welding group. Tweezers, electrodes, mass connections. Welding equipment with MIG process. Coils. Gas bottles. Curvar presses. Templates. Troqueles. Assembly and assembly tools and tools. Cats and tools for fixing. Means of lifting and transport. Measuring and checking instruments. Personal protective equipment.

Products and results:

Pieces cut with the edges prepared, marked and verified. Shaped pieces. Welded structures. Structures passed. Repaired parts and structures.

Information used or generated:

Work Instructions. Procedures. Quality standards. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental protection rules. Lists of materials. Mounting sequences. Machine manuals. Internal security arrangements.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Professional risks are identified and adopted the security measures established in each case, following the instructions received and established in the company's security procedures and arrangements.

CR1.2 General collective prevention measures (signals, plant and machinery protections, optical or acoustic warnings to staff) are rigorously recognized and respected at all times.

CR1.3 The signposts and balizations are placed following the operator's instructions, and are collaborated on their maintenance, communicating any detected anomalies to the responsible personnel.

CR1.4 The individual protective equipment to be used is prepared and arranged, in accordance with the instructions received and following internal security arrangements.

CR1.5 The use and maintenance of individual protective equipment is performed by following the manufacturer's manual of use.

CR1.6 The responsible person is informed and the established procedures and internal security arrangements are applied to any work situations.

CR2.1 The status of the workplace and its sustainment are visually checked, identifying the risk of possible landslides of rocks or other materials, following established instructions and procedures.

CR2.2 The working environment is kept in order and clean of waste and materials that may impair the performance of the work, warning the technician responsible for any anomaly or doubt of action that may present.

CR2.3 Waste, leftover consumables and their packaging, debris and sludge are removed from the working areas, depositing them in the established containers and/or the landfill, following the company's procedures and complying with the standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR2.4 Jobs, once completed, remove tools, tools, and materials, storing them at established locations, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The accident severity identification is performed as set out in the job risk prevention plan.

CR3.2 The protection of the crashed and the isolation of the cause causing the accident is done immediately.

CR3.3 The notice and request for assistance is made as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan, ensuring, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the plan.

CR3.4 First aid is provided on the basis of the prescribed health recommendations for each case, and is involved in the evacuation of the injured person, according to the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.5 You act quickly, efficiently and safely, according to the protocols set out in the emergency plan.

CR3.6 Fast, effective, and safe action is done, according to the protocols established in the self-protection/emergency plan in emergency cases.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protective equipment: helmets, helmet lamp, mask, gloves, boots with protection, hearing protection, safety glasses, rescuers. Collective protection equipment: signs, beacon, communication systems. Gas meters. First aid equipment: kit, stretchers. Elements and means of evacuation. Elements and means of fighting fires. Waste containers.

Products and results:

Identified risks. Security measures taken. Individual protective equipment ready and ready. Collective protective equipment prepared and on point. Proper use of the equipment. Maintenance of equipment. First aid and evacuation in case of accident. Action in cases of emergency and evacuation according to plan.

Information used or generated:

Oral and written work instructions. Plan for the prevention of occupational risks. Document on safety and health. Safety and health study. Internal security arrangements. Self-protection/emergency plan.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE

Level: 2

Code: MF0116_2

Associate to UC: Mounting and maintaining mechanical machinery and equipment

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE1.1 Classify by the transformation they perform, the different type mechanisms: biela-crank, gear trains, cams, auger, pulleys, etc., and explain the functioning of each one.

CE1.2 Before a machine and its technical documentation:

CE2.1 Explain the fundamental contents of the documentation that defines the processes of mounting mechanical and electromechanical elements.

CE2.2 Explain the disassembly/mounting techniques of the mechanical and electromechanical assemblies constituent of the machines.

CE2.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in the assembly operations of mechanical and electromechanical elements, classifying them by their typology and function and explaining the way of use and conservation of same.

CE2.4 From the technical documentation of a mechanical and/or electromechanical group:

CE3.1 Explain the fundamental contents of the documentation that defines the assembly processes of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

CE3.2 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in the assembly operations of the hydraulic and pneumatic circuits, classifying them by their typology and function and explaining the way of use and conservation of same.

CE3.3 From the technical documentation for a hydraulic circuit and another tyre:

CE4.1 Identify the nature of the most frequent mechanical type breakdowns of machines and relate them to the causes that originate them.

CE4.2 Identify the nature of the most frequent breakdowns in the hydraulic and pneumatic circuits of the machines and relate them to the causes that originate them.

CE4.3 Describe the most commonly used equipment for the diagnosis of breakdowns and their most appropriate application fields.

CE4.4 In a practical case of a machine in service and of the appropriate technical documentation, on which it has previously been intervened causing a breakdown or dysfunction in the different systems:

CE5.1 Describe the process of wear and tear of parts in motion by friction, erosion, bearing, etc.

CE5.2 Identify normal and abnormal pieces of used parts by analyzing and comparing the parameters of the eroded surfaces with those of the original piece.

CE5.3 In practical cases where photographs and actual pieces damaged by different causes are available (damage of erosions in valve seats, in hydraulic sliding, bearing and bearing damaged, etc.):

CE6.1 In a scenario of a machine, in a real or simulated service situation, whose technical documentation is available and where the parts or items to be replaced are indicated:

CE7.1 Explain the adjustment systems that are used in machine construction.

CE7.2 Select the appropriate adjustments for the coupling between two mechanical elements, taking into account the relative movements between the two parts, the efforts, the contact length, etc.

CE7.3 Describe metrological techniques and verification tools.

CE8.1 Relate the different representations (views, cuts, etc.) with the information to be transmitted.

CE8.2 Describe the differences between the types of functional and manufacturing acotation.

CE8.3 Describe the characteristics to be gathered by the hydraulic and pneumatic circuit schemes.

CE8.4 From a practical case of a machine, obtain the information of the mechanical elements and the hydraulic circuits and/or tires that is necessary to solve a problem of repair, improvement, etc. reason and perform:

CE9.1 Describe preventive maintenance operations to be performed on mechanical, hydraulic, and machine equipment.

CE9.2 Describe the most significant auxiliary tools and equipment used in preventive maintenance operations, classifying them by their typology and function and explaining the way they are used and maintained. same.

CE9.3 In a practical case of a machine that has the mechanical, hydraulic and/or pneumatic systems and with its technical documentation:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

Contents:

Rodings. Types, features, and applications.

The bearing assembly.

Verification of bearings functionality.

Screwed joins.

Security elements of the screws.

Applications and selection of screws.

Remachate.

Remaches. Types, materials, features, and applications.

Welding. Types, applications, procedures, welding machines, welding tools, welding defects, welds verification.

Sliding surfaces. Guides, columns, casings, cars, etc. Types, applications, assembly, adjustment and regulatory procedures. Tools for mounting and dismantling, sliding and positioning verification, lubrication.

Together. Types, applications, preparation and assembly procedures, functionality verification.

Watertight couplings with and without pressure.

Equipment for tightness verification.

Transmission of movements. Types, applications, assembly techniques for transmission elements (belts, pulleys, chains, striated axles, gears, transmission axes, couplings, etc.).

Verifying the transmission systems.

Hydraulics. Pipes, connections and couplings, assembly of hydraulic elements. Measuring instruments, safety tests and functionality.

Pneumonia. Pipes, connections and couplings, mounting of pneumatic elements. Measuring instruments, safety tests and functionality.

Selection of bearings based on machine or machine technical specifications.

Mounting and disassembly of bearings.

Performing functional tests on bearings.

Selection of the type of assembly.

Assembly of parts.

Mount of guides, columns, and travel carts.

Adjusting and adjusting guides, carts, and columns.

Selection of joints and flanges used in the junction.

Assembly of items with joints and flanges.

Performing the junction verification tests with joints.

Mount and dismount of transmission elements.

Regulation of transmission elements.

Selection of materials used in pneumatic circuits.

Mount of pneumatic elements.

Repair of pneumatic circuits.

Selection of materials used in hydraulic circuits.

Mount of hydraulic elements.

Repair of hydraulic circuits.

Performing functional tests on pneumatic and hydraulic circuits.

Machines and machine anchors.

Verifying machines.

Power installations for machines and systems.

Assembly of machines and equipment.

Commissioning of machines and equipment.

Verifying machine and equipment functionality.

Corrective, preventive, and predictive maintenance.

Causes and repair of breakdowns.

Machine assembly.

Verifying machines and installations.

Verification tools.

Analysis of the state of mechanical, pneumatic, and hydraulic assemblies.

Applying corrective, preventive, and predictive maintenance to machines, equipment, and systems.

Operating diagnostics for machines, computers, and computers.

Repair of machine, equipment, and system breakdowns.

Machine assembly.

Adjusting and adjusting machines.

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and maintenance of machinery and industrial equipment, which shall be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Technical Engineer or others of higher level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF GENERAL SERVICES FACILITIES IN EXCAVATIONS AND PLANTS

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Set up pre-assembly and maintenance operations for installations, in terms of preparation of tools, tools and materials, work environment, and safety standards.

CE1.1 Interpreting equipment assembly and maintenance manuals, identifying the operations to be performed and the procedure to follow in each case.

CE1.2 Relate the tools and equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of the extractive industries, explaining how they are used and maintained.

CE1.3 Identify specific risks in assembly and maintenance operations in extractive industries, relating to preventive measures to be taken.

CE1.4 Identify the mandatory individual protection equipment in the assembly and maintenance activities, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE1.5 Explain the correct use and maintenance of specific individual protective equipment to be used in assembly and maintenance operations, according to the manufacturer's instruction manual.

CE1.6 Describe the signaling and fencing operations of the areas of work affected by the assembly, maintenance or repair, as well as the lighting conditions of the same.

CE1.7 Identify the acting protocol to be followed previously and during repair and maintenance operations: interlocking, locking, grounding, warning, communications, or other devices.

CE1.8 Identify the specific risks to the environment generated by the assembly and maintenance activities, pointing out the protective measures to be taken in each case, especially as regards the generation of different types of waste, noise and dust.

CE1.9 Describe the procedure of commissioning of equipment after assembly, maintenance or repair operations, indicating the checks and verifications to be carried out and encouraging the precautions to be taken.

CE1.10 Indicate the structure and content of preventive and/or corrective maintenance parts, following models for use.

C2: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of the ventilation facilities, using the appropriate tools and safety conditions.

CE2.1 Explain the functions and components of the main ventilation, identifying the control systems and control devices, as well as the consequences of their anomalous functioning or dysfunction.

CE2.2 Describe the mounting operations of the different types of main fans and their accessories, identifying the mounting sequence.

CE2.3 Describe the assembly and disassembly operations of doors and gates, their drive types and accessories, identifying the mounting sequence and the procedure to maintain security conditions.

CE2.4 List and describe the preventive and corrective maintenance operations of the main ventilation facilities, as set out in the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.5 In a properly characterized case of maintenance of the main ventilation circuit, following the established procedures:

CE2.6 Describe the functions and components of the secondary ventilation circuit of the bottom of the bag, identifying the situation of the fans and the systems of regulation.

CE2.7 Describe the assembly operations of the fans, pipes, and accessories used in secondary ventilation, identifying the sequence and mounting form.

CE2.8 List and describe the preventive and corrective maintenance operations of secondary ventilation, describing the checks to be performed to achieve the proper operating system.

CE2.9 In a practical scenario, properly characterized in the assembly and maintenance of a secondary ventilation circuit:

CE2.10 List the most common failures and faults in the main and secondary ventilation facilities that may affect the perfect operation and safety of these facilities, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE2.11 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE2.12 In a properly characterized scenario of failure in a ventilation installation:

C3: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of the compressed air network using the appropriate tools and security conditions.

CE3.1 Explain the functions and components of the compressed air network, identifying the main types of compressors, Calderines and regulatory, distribution and safety systems.

CE3.2 Describe the assembly operations of the different components of the compressed air network (compressors, calderines, pipes and fittings), identifying the mounting sequence.

CE3.3 List and describe the preventive and corrective maintenance operations of the compressed air facility, as set out in the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE3.4 In a properly-characterized scenario of assembly and maintenance of the compressed air circuit:

CE3.5 List the most common failures and breakdowns in compressed air facilities that can affect their perfect operation and safety, pointing to their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and location.

CE3.6 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE3.7 In a properly characterized scenario of failure in a compressed air installation:

C4: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of the water and drain network, using the appropriate tools and safety conditions.

CE4.1 Explain the functions and components of the drain installation, identifying major pumps and regulating devices and automatisms.

CE4.2 Explain the feeding and drain steps according to the manometric height to be overcome, intermediate pumping stations and synchronization system for the order of the pumps to start.

CE4.3 Describe the assembly operations of pumps, pipes and fittings, as well as their regulatory and automatic devices, identifying the mounting sequence.

CE4.4 List and describe the preventive and corrective maintenance operations of the water and drainage facilities, as set out in the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario, properly characterized in the installation and maintenance of the water and/or drainage network:

CE4.6 List the most common anomalies and faults in water and drainage facilities that can affect the perfect functioning and safety of these facilities, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE4.7 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE4.8 In a properly characterized case of failure in a water and drain installation:

C5: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of transportation facilities on tracks: shipments, maneuvering loops, track changes, guionages, monorrails and others, using the appropriate tools and in security conditions.

CE5.1 Distinguished boarding types, their functional conditions and security requirements.

CE5.2 Identify the automatisms of braking, distribution, approximation and thrust on the track beaches of the shipments.

CE5.3 Distinguished the types of maneuver ties, the chain of drag, and the automatisms of train composition.

CE5.4 Identify the components of a path, its devices, and useful.

CE5.5 Describe the assembly and extension operations of a path under normal conditions, in curves, with changes and with plates.

CE5.6 Describe the various carmaking operations based on the available tools.

CE5.7 List the most common anomalies and faults in these facilities that can affect the perfect functioning and safety of the facilities, pointing out the most common symptoms and explaining their possible causes.

CE5.8 Explain the general process used for the diagnosis and location of breakdowns in the different systems-independently of each system and integrating all or several-into these facilities.

CE5.9 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair major breakdowns.

CE5.10 In a properly characterized case of change-with-needles assembly:

CE5.11 In a properly characterized scenario of drag chain repair:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.5, CE2.9 and CE2.12; C3 with respect to CE3.4 and CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.5 and CE4.8; C5 with respect to CE5.10 and CE5.11.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. General principles of mechanical assembly and maintenance

Instructions manuals. Interpretation.

Maintenance Parties. Parts of breakdowns and repair.

Main tools, tools, accessories, materials used in the assembly and maintenance works. Use. Maintenance.

Main risks. Safety standards. Personal and collective protective equipment. Signs. Machine safety devices.

Environmental risks. Standards of protection. Waste. Types. Containers.

2. Assembly and maintenance of ventilation facilities in excavations and plants

Main Vent: Fan Types: Centrifugal fans and axial fans. Assembly. Regulation and tarado. Coupling of fans. In parallel. In series. Mechanisms for the investment of ventilation. Devices for regulating flow rates and pressures. Automatisms. Periodic controls.

Secondary ventilation: Fan types: Electric and compressed air fans. Blowing and aspiring ventilation. Injectors. Channelings. Metallic. Unions. Flexible. Couplings.

Assembly and maintenance of installations and equipment. Operational processes.

Operating parameters. Control of flow rates and pressures. Leak detection.

Breakdowns. Diagnostic procedure. Repair procedure. Possible environmental impact of leakage on ventilation facilities.

3. Assembly and maintenance of compressed air and water and drainage facilities in excavations and plants

The installation of compressed air: Compressors. Types. Mode of operation. Components. Regulation and control. Calderines and deposits. Protective systems. Cooling systems and heat retrievers. Devices for regulating flow rates and pressures. Automatisms. Regular checks. Compressed air network. Laying. Maintenance. Valvular. Accessories. Assembly and maintenance of equipment and installations. Operational processes. Instruction manuals. Tools, tools and materials. Safety standards. Parts. Operating parameters. Control of flow rates and pressures. Leak detection. Breakdowns. Diagnostic procedure. Repair procedure. Parts.

The installation of water and drainage: pumping stations. Types of pumps: horizontal pumps and submerged pumps. Components. Mode of operation. Protections. Level switches. Regulation of flows and heights. Automatisms. Regular checks. Laying of the drain pipe. Couplings and accessories. Special pumps: of sludge, auxiliary in the depth of wells. Assembly and maintenance of equipment and installations. Operational processes. Instruction manuals. Tools, tools and materials. Safety standards. Parts. Breakdowns. Diagnostic procedure. Repair procedure. Parts. Possible environmental impact of leakage on compressed air and drain facilities.

4. Assembly and maintenance of transport facilities on roads in excavations and plants

Path infrastructure. Dimensional features. Components. Appliances. Signage. Interlocking.

Shipments. Types. Mode of operation. Automatisms. Protections.

Maneuver ties. Types. Operating modes.

Guionage. Types. Protections.

Track and apparatus assembly. Operational process.

Encarriage. Useful. Operational process.

Breakdowns. Signs and signs. Causes. Diagnostic procedure. Repair procedure. Parts.

Key risks and specific security measures for these installations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and maintenance of general services facilities in excavations and plants, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Set up operations prior to the assembly and maintenance of these equipment, in terms of preparation of tools, tools and materials, work environment and safety standards.

CE1.1 Interpreting equipment assembly and maintenance manuals, identifying the operations to be performed and the procedure to follow in each case.

CE1.2 Relate the tools and equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of these equipment, explaining how they are used and maintained.

CE1.3 Identify specific risks in assembly and maintenance operations in extractive industries, relating to preventive measures to be taken.

CE1.4 Identify the mandatory individual protection equipment in the assembly and maintenance activities, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE1.5 Specify the correct use and maintenance of specific individual protective equipment to be used in assembly and maintenance operations, in accordance with the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE1.6 Describe the signaling and fencing operations of the areas of work affected by the assembly, maintenance or repair, as well as the lighting conditions of the same.

CE1.7 Identify the acting protocol to be followed previously and during repair and maintenance operations: interlocking, locking, grounding, warning, communications, or other devices.

CE1.8 Identify the specific risks to the environment generated by the assembly and maintenance activities, pointing out the protective measures to be taken in each case, especially as regards the generation of different types of waste.

CE1.9 Describe the procedure of commissioning of equipment after assembly, maintenance or repair operations, indicating the checks and verifications to be carried out and encouraging the precautions to be taken.

CE1.10 Develop preventive and/or corrective maintenance parts, following commonly established models and procedures.

C2: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of the semi-movable drilling, digging, cutting and holding equipment using the appropriate security tools.

CE2.1 Classifying the main types of semi-movable drilling equipment-drillers, jumbos, drillers, probe equipment-, digging-minator, röder, microtuners, tunelators, scraper, dragalin-, cut -diamond-wire cutting machines, disc saws, rovers, and auxiliary support equipment-bullion, gunners, projection robot, mortar and concrete pumps-, identifying their fundamental components and their mode of operation operation.

CE2.2 Describe the assembly, regulation, and tuning process of the semi-mobile equipment in general, in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.3 Identify wear elements: pics, threads, discs, teeth and blades, chains, cables, or other, of the various excavating, cutting and holding machines, recognizing the degree of permissible wear of its replacement.

CE2.4 Describe the procedure to be followed in changing the worn-out elements in the various excavating, cutting and holding machines, according to the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.5 Describe the procedure to be followed in the review, replacement, and entry of the mobile cutting elements: chains, drums, portapics, or others, according to the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.6 Indicate the maintenance procedure and the periodicity established for the semi-mobile equipment, following the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.7 Describe the procedures for verifying the composition of internal combustion gases.

CE2.8 In a properly characterized practical case of maintaining a diamond cutting machine:

CE2.9 In a properly characterized scenario of maintenance of a drilling rig:

CE2.10 In a properly characterized scenario of maintaining a point-in-time attack minator:

CE2.11 List the most common anomalies and faults in these equipment that can affect their perfect operation and security, identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization and pointing out their possible causes.

CE2.12 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE2.13 In a properly characterized scenario of breakdown in one of these teams:

C3: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of montage removal and removal machines, as well as their auxiliary elements, using the appropriate tools and equipment and in conditions of security.

CE3.1 Explain the components of an extraction installation by well or inclined plane, identifying its fundamental elements and how they operate.

CE3.2 List the safety and control devices of an extraction machine: speed limiters, maneuver and safety brakes, as well as the permissible braking distances.

CE3.3 Describe the process of assembling the extraction equipment in general, pointing out the work that corresponds to the assembly, regulation and tuning, according to the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE3.4 Describe the established procedures for the revision of the extraction and guionage cables, as well as the operating method for cable change and the required safety precautions.

CE3.5 List the essential points of the periodic review program: suspensions, moorings, structure, barriers and closures, safety brake, maneuvering brake, regulation devices, and speed limitation.

CE3.6 Indicate the review points and maintenance procedure for cages, skips, wagons and platforms, following the manufacturer's instruction manuals and safety regulations.

CE3.7 Indicate the review points and maintenance procedure for the mobile elements installed on the castillats and the shaft, following the maintenance manuals.

CE3.8 Explain the types, operation and constitutive elements of a monetail installation-motive group, pulleys, supports and elements of the trawl-inciting the safety and control devices of the The remaining part of the moncil-speed limiters and manoeuvres and safety brakes.

CE3.9 Describe in general the process of mounting the winches of the monasties, the movable elements and the cable, pointing out the works that correspond to it in its assembly, regulation and tuning, according to the maintenance manuals.

CE3.10 Indicate the review points, maintenance procedure and periodicity set out in the maintenance manuals for the monolabel's hair, the mobile elements and the cable.

CE3.11 In a properly characterized scenario of maintenance of an extraction machine or a monvell l:

CE3.12 List the most common anomalies and faults these equipment that can affect their perfect operation and safety, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE3.13 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE3.14 In a properly characterized scenario of breakdown in one of these teams:

C4: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of the support elements, using the appropriate tools and equipment and in safety conditions.

CE4.1 Identify the characteristics of the mechanical support elements, recognizing their functionality.

CE4.2 Explain the hydraulic distribution circuit of an element of hydraulic stacks or prints, their valves, connections and safety devices, according to the manufacturer's instruction manuals and regulations security.

CE4.3 Explain the mechanisms for advancing the batteries and how they operate.

CE4.4 Identify the composition of the hydraulic fluid used.

CE4.5 Describe in general the process of mounting the support equipment, its position in the street of roza and its placing in charge, according to the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE4.6 Identify the review points, the correct operating parameters, the maintenance procedure and the periodicity for the revisions of the support elements, according to the manual of the instructions from manufacturers.

CE4.7 Verify the proper tarado of the safety valves-pressure limiter-on the test bench.

CE4.8 Indicate the operating mode of the impact keys to make the appropriate tightening in the slide frames.

CE4.9 List the most common anomalies and faults in these equipment that can affect their perfect operation and safety, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE4.10 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE4.11 In a perfectly identified scenario of maintenance and repair of stemple or hydraulic stacks.

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.8, CE2.9, CE2.10 and CE2.13; C3 with respect to CE3.11 and CE3.14; C4 with respect to CE4.11.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Instruction manuals. Interpretation

Maintenance Parties. Parts of breakdowns and repair.

Main tools, tools, accessories, materials used in the assembly and maintenance works. Use. Maintenance.

Main risks. Safety standards. Personal and collective protective equipment. Signs. Machine safety devices.

Environmental risks. Standards of protection. Waste. Types. Containers.

2. Assembly and maintenance of semi-movable excavating, cutting and holding equipment

Semi-mobile equipment: types, operating mode and accessories: drilling equipment, excavation equipment, loading equipment, cutting equipment, support equipment.

Wear elements: Pics, cutting heads, chains, and trailing cables, diamond yarn, saws, and discs. Maintenance and replacement procedure.

The hydraulic and pneumatic circuits of the excavation equipment.

Offset systems.

Assembly of equipment and installations. Operational process.

Maintenance of the semi-mobile equipment. Operational process.

Breakdowns. Symptoms. Causes. Diagnostic procedure. Repair procedure.

3. Assembly and maintenance of cable transport systems

Extraction cables. Types. Reviews. Substitution.

Amarres, suspensions. Keep them. Security devices.

Drive elements and structure attachment systems.

Polas, forwards, tracks, shipments, maneuvering ties.

Cables. Reviews. Substitution.

Security items. Brakes. Protections.

Mount of the moncil l.

Mount and Maintenance manuals. Review points. Operations and maintenance procedures. Periodicities.

Diagnosis of breakdowns. Repairs.

4. Assembly and maintenance of the extraction machine

Extract machines. Types. Features. Mode of operation. Drive.

Transmissions. Safety and maneuver brakes.

Protections. Speed limiters.

The chastise. The pulleys. Mechanisms to prevent the rebase of the extraction zone. Locking devices.

Cages and skips. Methods for changing cages.

Transportation of personnel. Additional security measures.

The guionage of the cages. Rigid or cable types.

Mount and Maintenance manuals. Review points. Operations and maintenance procedures. Periodicities.

Diagnosis of breakdowns. Repairs.

Specific security rules for this type of equipment.

5. Assembly and maintenance of support elements

Stemple hydraulic circuits and stacks. Elements, connections, and security devices.

More usual hydraulic fluid compositions.

Hydraulic battery advancement mechanisms.

Sliding metal frames. Throttling and tightening.

Friction mammosts. Usual deformations. Reconditioning.

Assembly of the teams.

Maintenance operations.

Breakdowns. Diagnosis. Repair.

Specific security rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and maintenance of semi-movable machines and equipment in underground and open pit excavations, which shall be accredited by one of the following:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Set up operations prior to the assembly and maintenance of these equipment, in terms of preparation of tools, tools and materials, work environment and safety standards.

CE3.1 Describe the types of mass conveyors-armored carriers, redlers, screws, among others-their components and operating mode.

CE3.2 Describe the components and operating mode of an armored carrier, its core elements, drive elements, structure elements, and drag elements.

CE3.3 Identify the mounting procedure of an armored carrier, drive elements, structure elements, and raclete system dragged by chain assemblies.

CE3.4 Recognize the proper tension to keep on the armored conveyor and explain the way of regulation.

CE3.5 Explain the elongation or shortening systems of the armored carriers and the sequence of operations required to mount plates and raclets and lengthen and shorten chains.

CE3.6 List review points for preventive, systematic and predictive maintenance of these equipment, pointing out the procedure to be followed in each case, following the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE3.7 Describe the operation of a bucket lift, main components, and wear elements, indicating the main maintenance operations to be performed.

CE3.8 Describe the operation of an endless screw conveyor, components, and wear control system of the propeller, indicating the main maintenance operations to be performed.

CE3.9 In a properly characterized scenario of installing an armored carrier:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.12 and CE2.15; C3 with respect to CE3.9, CE3.10 and CE3.13.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. General principles of mechanical assembly and maintenance

Instructions manuals. Interpretation.

Maintenance Parties. Parts of breakdowns and repair.

Main tools, tools, accessories, materials used in the assembly and maintenance works. Use. Maintenance.

Main risks. Safety standards. Personal and collective protective equipment. Signs. Machine safety devices.

Environmental risks. Standards of protection. Waste. Types. Containers.

2. Assembly and maintenance of equipment conveyor belts

Types. Operation.

Constitutive elements: Group or motive head. Driving drum. Reducer. Engine. Head or station of return and tensioning.

Top rollers of the band support. Lower rollers.

porting stations. Types.

Return stations: self-aligning and self-cleaning.

Tenant stations. Counterweight. Of spindle. From cart.

Scrapers. Pendulars. Fixed.

Feeders. Types. Regulation.

The band. With textile armor. With steel soul.

Coatings. Thicknesses. Band splicing. Procedures.

Special tapes. Scrollable. Of suspended rollers.

Unloading carts.

Assembly of the teams.

Maintenance operations.

Breakdowns. Diagnosis. Repair.

3. Assembly and maintenance of armored carriers.

Types. Operation.

constitutive elements. Motor head. Tensioning head. Drag element. Chains and fittings. Rack.

elongation procedures.

Mass Conveyors. "Redlers": Principle of operation. Driving group. Tensioning head chassis. Tensioning device. Chain of drag. Guide lane.

Bucket lift. Types and description. Components: Driving element. Top and bottom drums or wheels.

Bands or Sines. Buckets: Types. Fixing. Tensioning device. Loading and unloading arrangement.

Endless screws. Types. Features. Constituent elements Group motor-reducer. Endless screw with its axis: Types of propellers. Bearing bearing. Box and caps. Power and unload methods.

Assembly of the teams.

Maintenance operations.

Breakdowns. Diagnosis. Repair.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the operations prior to the assembly and maintenance of these equipment, in terms of preparation of tools, tools and materials, work environment and safety standards.

CE1.1 Interpreting equipment assembly and maintenance manuals, identifying the operations to be performed and the procedure to follow in each case.

CE1.2 Relate the tools and equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of these equipment, explaining how they are used and maintained.

CE1.3 Identify the specific risks in the assembly and maintenance operations of these teams, relating them to the preventive measures to be taken.

CE1.4 Identify the mandatory individual protection equipment in the assembly and maintenance activities, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE1.5 Explain the correct use and maintenance of specific individual protective equipment to be used in assembly and maintenance operations, in accordance with the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE1.6 Describe the signaling and fencing operations of the areas of work affected by the assembly, maintenance or repair, as well as the lighting conditions of the same.

CE1.7 Identify the acting protocol to be followed previously and during repair and maintenance operations: interlocking, locking, grounding, warning, communications, or other devices.

CE1.8 Identify the specific risks to the environment generated by the assembly and maintenance activities, pointing out the protective measures to be taken in each case, especially as regards the generation of different types of waste.

CE1.9 Describe the procedure of commissioning of equipment after assembly, maintenance or repair operations, indicating the checks and verifications to be carried out and encouraging the precautions to be taken.

CE1.10 Develop preventive and/or corrective maintenance parts, following commonly established models and procedures.

CE2.1 Describe a pneumatic transport installation, pointing to its fundamental components and operating principle, differentiating the facilities by suction or pressure.

CE2.2 Explain the nature and characteristics of the materials to be transported and their moisture limitation.

CE2.3 Describe the operation of the shooting regulator to control the flow of material to be transported.

CE2.4 Explain the operation of the air valves and the vacuum cleaner of the material to maintain the air/dust ratio within the specified limits.

CE2.5 Describe the operation of the feeder-mixer chamber and its watertight closure by a rotating shutter.

CE2.6 Describe the operation of cyclone batteries as dust separators.

CE2.7 List the filter systems used to remove the residual dust and, in particular, the sleeves and electrostatic filters, indicating the operating principle of each of them.

CE2.8 List review points for preventive, systematic and predictive maintenance of these equipment, pointing out the procedure to be followed in each case, following the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE2.9 In a properly-characterized scenario of a pneumatic conveyor:

CE2.10 List the most common anomalies and faults in these equipment that can affect their perfect operation and safety, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE2.11 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the major types of equipment.

CE2.12 In a properly characterized scenario of breakdown in one of these teams:

C3: Describe and perform the assembly and maintenance operations of a hydraulic transport installation, using the appropriate tools and equipment under security conditions.

CE3.1 Describe a hydraulic transport facility, pointing to its essential components and operating principle.

CE3.2 Explain the material preparation cycle for mixing with water and forming the slurry.

CE3.3 Identify the types of pumps used for the transport of suspended solids and their specific characteristics.

CE3.4 Identify the degree of wear and tear in the surrounding area that determines its replacement.

CE3.5 Describe the operation and essential mechanisms of a thickening tank and determine the degree of wear and tear of the scrapers that advises replacing them.

CE3.6 Identify the type of pump used to recover water from the thickener tank and its characteristics.

CE3.7 Identify the types of hydrocyclones used in the circuit, describing the procedures to replace the wear zone

CE3.8 Describe the desiccation procedures of the transported slurry and the final drying by vacuum filter.

CE3.9 List review points for preventive, systematic and predictive maintenance of these equipment, pointing out the procedure to be followed in each case, following the manufacturer's instruction manuals.

CE3.10 In a properly characterized scenario of a hydraulic transport installation:

CE3.11 List the most common anomalies and faults in these equipment that can affect their perfect operation and safety, pointing out their possible causes, and identifying the methods of diagnosis and localization.

CE3.12 Describe the general processes and procedures to be followed to repair the major breakdowns, as set out in the manufacturers ' manuals of the main types of equipment.

CE3.13 In a properly-characterized scenario, one of these teams has failed:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.9 and CE2.12; C3 with respect to CE3.10 and CE3.13.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. General principles of mechanical assembly and maintenance

Instructions manuals. Interpretation.

Maintenance Parties. Parts of breakdowns and repair.

Main tools, tools, accessories, materials used in the assembly and maintenance works. Use. Maintenance.

Main risks. Safety standards. Personal and collective protective equipment. Signs. Machine safety devices.

Environmental risks. Standards of protection. Waste. Types. Containers.

2. Pneumatic transport: assembly and maintenance

Types of installations. By suction. By pressure. Operating principles.

Characteristics of the materials to be transported.

Carrier components: Load unit. Gates. Pipes. Bypass valves. Dust separators. Compressors. Fans. Feeder cameras.

Air/powder mixture. Regulation.

Rotary Shutter. Shooting regulator.

The separation of dust. Systems. Collectors. Cyclones. Sleeve filters.

Assembly of the teams.

Maintenance operations. Manuals. Procedures. Safety standards. Parts.

Breakdowns. Symptoms. Causes. Diagnosis. Repair. Parts.

3. The hydraulic conveyor: assembly and maintenance

Types of installations. Operating principles.

Physical characteristics of the solid. Preparation of the slurry.

Friability. Abrasiveness. Wear resistance.

The hydraulic transport installation: Bombs. Types.

Centrifugal, diaphragm, screw pumps.

The suspended solids transport pipes. Areas of wear.

The thickening tanks. Constructive elements.

Turning and lifting devices for scrapes.

Dehydration. Systems. Maintenance of the hydrocclones.

Empty filters. Principle of operation. Vacuum pumps.

Assembly of the teams.

Maintenance operations. Manuals. Procedures. Safety standards. Parts.

Breakdowns. Symptoms. Causes. Diagnosis. Repair. Parts

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Operate equipment, manual and mechanical, cutting, drilling and roughing, to perform assembly and maintenance of metal elements and structures, meeting technical specifications, and quality standards, prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CE1.1 Relate cutting, drilling and cutting equipment and tools with the types and characteristics of the materials and with the required finishes, expressing the performance of each equipment.

CE1.2 Describe the components that make up a mechanical cutting equipment, the function of each one of them and the interrelation thereof in the assembly, as well as the rules of use and maintenance.

CE1.3 Explain the measures of prevention of occupational risks that are required in the use of different cutting, drilling and roughing equipment.

CE1.4 Relate to each other the different parameters of the cutting, drilling and roughing procedures, with the useful and the materials to work.

CE1.5 Recognize the main observable defects that can occur in different cutting, drilling and roughing processes, identifying their possible causes.

CE1.6 In a properly characterized scenario that includes cutting, drilling, and mechanical roughing operations on sheets and profiles

C2: Apply the thermal cutting procedures with oxygen (oxyfuel), to perform the assembly and maintenance of metal elements and structures, achieving the required quality and in accordance with the specific rules of security.

CE2.1 Relate the applications of the oxycorte based on the materials to be cut, the operating parameters and the various finishes.

CE2.2 Describe the components that make up an oxyacetylenic cutting equipment, the function of each one of them, and the interrelation thereof in the set, as well as the rules of use and conservation.

CE2.3 Describe the characteristics of the various gases used in the oxyfuel.

CE2.4 Explain the risk prevention measures required for oxyfuel operations.

CE2.5 Recognize the major observable defects that can occur in the different oxycorte processes, identifying their possible causes.

CE2.6 In a practical scenario, properly characterized in the performance of oxycorte on properly defined sheets and profiles:

C3: Describe and perform basic welds with metallic electrode coated and MIG process (Metal-Inert Gas) to perform the assembly and maintenance of metal elements and structures, in different materials and positions, with the quality required and in accordance with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks and the environment.

CE3.1 Define the welding procedures with coated metal electrode and MIG, taking into account the type of material to be welded.

CE3.2 Describe the characteristics of consumables (gas and input materials) used in electrical welding, in order to address their applications.

CE3.3 Recognize the characteristics that the edges of the pieces must hold together for proper welding depending on the type of join to be performed.

CE3.4 Describe the components that form the welding equipment with electrodes and MIG, the function of each of them and the interrelation thereof in the assembly, as well as the standards of use and maintenance.

CE3.5 Explain the measures of prevention of occupational hazards that are required in the use of different welding equipment.

CE3.6 Recognize the observable defects that can occur in different welding processes, identifying their possible causes.

CE3.7 In a properly characterized practice of welding metal elements:

C4: Define and apply the shaping techniques to perform the assembly and maintenance of metal elements and structures, meeting the technical specifications and quality standards, prevention of occupational risks and environmental.

CE4.1 Describe the folding, bending, and pipe shaping processes.

CE4.2 Identify equipment, tools, and tools used in folding, bending, and pipe shaping processes.

CE4.3 Explain the measures of prevention of occupational risks that are required in the use of different equipment.

CE4.4 Recognize the main observable defects that can occur in the different shaping processes, identifying their possible causes.

CE4.5 In a practical case, properly characterized as forming on sheets and/or profiles duly defined:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Contents:

1. Mechanical cutting and finishing processes for mechanical assembly and maintenance work

Metal Materials. Characteristics: qualities and thicknesses.

Cutting equipment. Tools and tools. Components. Benefits. Limitations. Handling. Use and maintenance. Operation. Parameters to be controlled: speed, advance, cooling and others. Results. Finishes. Quality. Major defects and their causes. Preparing borders for joins.

Drilling equipment. Tools and tools. Components. Benefits. Limitations. Handling. Use and maintenance. Operation. Parameters to be controlled: rotation speed, advance, cooling and other results. Finishes. Quality. Major defects and their causes.

Roughing equipment. Tools and tools. Components. Benefits. Limitations. Handling. Use and maintenance. Operation. Results. Finishes. Quality. Major defects and their causes.

Security rules. Personal protective equipment.

Environmental protection rules

2. Shaping processes for mechanical assembly and maintenance work

Cold forming processes. Folding, bending and forming tubes.

Shaping teams. Tools and tools. Components. Benefits. Limitations. Handling. Use and maintenance.

Deformations. Causes and procedures for correction.

Security rules. Personal protective equipment.

Environmental protection rules.

3. Thermal cutting processes for mechanical assembly and maintenance work

Metal Materials. Types and application to thermal cutting.

Principles of the cut by oxidation and drag.

Contribution gases: propane, acetylene and oxygen. Features and storage.

Preparing borders for joins.

Oxycorte equipment. Components. Capabilities and limitations. Handling. Rules for use and maintenance.

Oxicorte procedure. Parameters. Set of flames. Temperature adjustment.

Oxicorte results. Finishes. Quality. Major defects and their causes.

Security rules. Personal protective equipment.

Environmental protection rules.

4. Electric arc welding processes for mechanical assembly and maintenance work

Metal Materials. Basic characteristics: physical, chemical and mechanical.

Principles: the electric arc. Features.

Description of machines and processes for electric arc welding: coated metal electrode and MIG process -Metal-Inerte Gas-.

Control of the welding current.

Consumables: gases and input material. Handling and preservation of consumables.

Base material. Characteristics: qualities and thicknesses.

Elements to join: quality of edges, distances, and positioning.

Teams. Handling of different machines. Maintenance of equipment and parameters to be regulated: distance, speed, gas flow and others.

Results. Finishes. Quality.

Major observable defects and their causes.

Security rules. Personal protective equipment.

Environmental protection rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of basic operations of cutting, shaping and welding in mechanical assembly and maintenance processes, which will be accredited in one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Superior Technician or other higher-level technicians related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 7: RISK PREVENTION IN UNDERGROUND AND OPEN PIT EXCAVATIONS

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE1.1 Define the main characteristics of the works in open and underground excavations, relating them to the main purposes of the excavation (mining, construction and civil work) and their permanent character or temporary.

CE1.2 Describe particular working conditions in an underground or open-pit environment (confinement, lighting, hazardous atmospheres, noise, dust).

CE1.3 Describe the work processes in underground and open pit excavations relating the main activities (start, load and transport, support) with the different techniques and procedures, equipment and machinery used in each of these activities.

CE1.4 Identify infrastructures (accesses, transits, wells, tracks) general facilities and services (electricity, transport, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage), existing in the open pit excavations and underground pointing to the general purpose and characteristics of each.

CE1.5 Identify the criteria for proper maintenance and cleanup of the workbench, to ensure the security, operability, and efficiency of the jobs.

CE2.1 Identify the general risks in open pit excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE2.2 Identify the general risks in underground excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE2.3 Recognizes the different types of stabilization and sustainment of the excavated sites, their purpose and configuration in the work environment, identifying the characteristics they must have to be safe, as well as the possible rock flows.

CE2.4 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in underground and open pit excavations, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE2.5 Explain the use and maintenance of individual and collective protective equipment to be used in the auxiliary operations of open and underground excavation, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE2.6 List mandatory collective protection means in underground and open-pit excavations, associating them with the relevant risks.

CE2.7 Recognize and rigorously respect normalized safety signals.

CE2.8 In a properly characterized case of excavation:

-cite possible risks.

-Identify preventive measures to be taken.

-Name the various individual protection equipment required.

-Recognize the various collective protection equipment required.

-Select the appropriate individual protective equipment.

-Successfully use and maintain individual protection equipment.

-Select and place the signage, protections, and other collective prevention measures.

CE3.1 Recognize the severity of the accident as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan.

CE3.2 Describe the procedure to be followed in accident cases: warnings, accident protection measures, signs.

CE3.3 Apply first aid techniques and evacuation of the crashed.

CE3.4 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE3.5 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan in the case of the required material resources.

CE3.6 In a properly characterized scenario of accident:

CE3.7 In a properly characterized case of emergency:

CE3.8 In a properly characterized case of evacuation:

CE4.1 Classify the different types of waste generated in the excavations, especially distinguishing the toxic and dangerous ones, and pointing out the harmful effects to the environment.

Ce4.2 Recognize the safety signs of packaging for products that present a potential risk to people or the environment (flammable, toxic, explosive, or other materials).

CE4.3 Select the appropriate individual protective equipment for the generated waste.

CE4.4 Identify the containers, places, and conditions of storage and recycling of the various waste generated in the excavations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.6, CE3.7 and CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, to the persons in each case.

Contents:

1. Prevention of occupational risks in open and underground excavations

Digging into the open and underground sky. Different applications: mining, construction and civil work. Environment conditions of the open-pit excavations.

Environment conditions in underground excavations.

Productive process in open pit and underground excavations. Phases. Main activities: Start, load and transport, support. Main equipment and machinery.

Facilities and services: electricity, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage.

Major general risks and preventive measures in the environment of an open pit excavation. Security measures. Means of collective protection. Personal protective equipment. Manual of use and maintenance.

Stability of the excavated land.

Support and configuration types in the workbench. Landslides. Causes.

Heal with manual tools.

Emergency and evacuation situations. Emergency plans. Equipment and accessories to be used. Performances to follow.

Accidents. Procedure to follow. First aid.

Environmental protection measures. Identification of waste. Tags: signage. Collection of waste and disposable materials. Storage.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the prevention of occupational risks in underground or open pit excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Academic training of Technical Engineer or others of higher level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience: a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

General competition:

Develops projects for restoration of works in natural stone, from the identification of damage, making the proposal of restoration treatments, preparing the technical documentation of the project and planning and monitoring its execution, autonomously or on the basis of instructions and/or documentation drawn up by top-level technicians. In those goods declared of cultural interest by the competent authorities, it shall be acted upon as required by the rules of protection.

Competition Units:

UC1391_3: Evaluate damage and define works proposals for natural stone restoration.

UC1392_3: Develop technical projects to restore works in natural stone and schedule their execution.

UC1393_3: Coordinate and monitor the execution of natural stone works restoration projects.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as self-employed or as an employed person in public or private companies, of generally small and medium size, dedicated to the rehabilitation or restoration of works in natural stone, or integrated into building and civil engineering enterprises.

Productive Sectors:

Conservation of historical sites and helmets; restoration and rehabilitation of natural stone constructions; restoration of natural stone ornamental elements and assemblies.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Commissioned from natural stone rehabilitation and restoration works.

Natural stone restoration technician.

Associated training: (510 hours)

Training Modules

MF1391_3: Damage assessment and definition of works restoration proposals in natural stone. (270 hours)

MF1392_3: Development and elaboration of natural stone restoration technical projects. (120 hours)

MF1393_3: Coordination and monitoring of natural stone restoration projects. (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: ASSESS DAMAGE AND DEFINE WORKS PROPOSALS FOR NATURAL STONE RESTORATION

Level: 3

Code: UC1391_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Identify damage of physical, chemical or biological origin, as appropriate, following the instructions or instructions of the technician responsible for the project and taking into account the technical documentation in the elements and/or assemblies In natural stone, to carry out the intervention proposal later.

RP2: Develop damage reports for the restoration of natural stone elements and/or assemblies, based on their identification and the existing technical documentation and, where appropriate, the instructions of the technician responsible for the restoration project.

CR2.1 The graphical representation of elements and sets in natural stone to be restored (damage map), is made by means of design and/or computer-assisted design, so that they can be displayed in a way clear the identified damage.

CR2.2 The damage report is produced, collecting all the information necessary for further use in the definition and development of the intervention proposal.

CR2.3 The information collected is complete with documentation of technical and/or historical-artistic character, when it is considered convenient to determine the original characteristics of the elements or sets in natural stone.

CR2.4 The elaboration of the damage report is done in accordance with the instructions of the technician responsible for the restoration project where it exists, and in any case when it is a property declared of cultural interest or when the damage and/or treatments to be performed affect structural elements of a building or civil work.

RP3: Develop proposals for restoration of natural stone elements and/or sets, to enable decision making, from the damage report and the existing technical documentation and, if necessary, the instructions the technician responsible for the project.

CR3.1 The restoration proposal is made from the damage report and other available technical documentation, collecting the work to be done and the main human and material resources required, with the degree of definition required to enable decision making.

CR3.2 The cleaning treatments to be carried out are proposed, establishing the cleaning techniques and the areas to be treated, as well as the main equipment and products to be used, based on the prior identification of the damage and the results to be obtained based on the agreed criteria or instructions.

CR3.3 Treatment and protection interventions (hydrofleetas, antigrafittis, desiccation, desalination and others) to be carried out are proposed, indicating the type and technique of treatment of the areas to be treated, the main equipment and products to be used, the recommended frequency, depending on the characteristics and status of the elements to be restored and the harmful agents that are likely to affect the elements, depending on their location, climate or other factors.

CR3.4 The replacement or replacement of damaged elements, whether elements of stone, mortars or other decorative or functional elements in contact with the stone, is proposed according to the type and extent of the damage, determining the main characteristics of the new materials to be used, communicating it in their case to the project manager, and acting in any case under supervision when the damage affects the structure of a construction.

CR3.5 The restore proposal is made, so that it picks up an estimate of the cost to facilitate decision making.

CR3.6 The proposal for restoration works is carried out in accordance with the instructions of the superior technician responsible for the restoration project when the damage and/or treatments to be performed affect structural elements a building or civil work.

CR3.7 In the case of goods declared of cultural interest, the proposal for restoration works shall be carried out by the project developed by the senior technician responsible for the restoration project.

CR3.8 Technical documentation is presented in a neat manner, classified and ordered, archived and transmitted to the relevant persons and departments, with speed and effectiveness, following the established procedures.

Professional context:

Production media:

Conventional drawing tools and tools. Computers and computer networks: computers, portable memory, scanners, printers, data recorders. Audiovisual media. Computer applications for computer-aided design. Office applications. Applications and file computing material.

Products and results:

Identification of existing damage to natural stone elements. Maps and damage reports. Proposal for restoration of natural stone elements and assemblies.

Information used or generated:

Drawings and drawings of plants, raised, sections, profiles and perspectives of restoration projects in natural stone. Verbal and/or written instructions from the client and/or superior. Technical specifications. Reference technical documentation. Product catalogues. Reference documentation: specialized books and journals. Conservation, construction and urban planning standards. Manuals for the use of computers and computer networks. Manuals for the use of computer applications of assisted design, archive and office. Maps and damage reports. Restore proposal.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: DEVELOP TECHNICAL PROJECTS TO RESTORE WORKS IN NATURAL STONE AND SCHEDULE THEIR EXECUTION

Level: 3

Code: UC1392_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Project technical documentation (drawings and technical information on damage identification and treatments to be followed) is ordered and analyzed, detecting omissions and errors in the information necessary for the complete definition of the jobs to be performed, and the project manager is aware.

CR1.2 The work to be done is defined in detail, structuring them in phases, according to technical and economic criteria, establishing the specific techniques and methodologies to be used in each phase, depending on the damage or alteration.

CR1.3 The necessary measurements are made, contemplating all the elements, ordering them into chapters and differentiating them by their nature.

CR1.4 The graphical representation of the elements and sets in natural stone to be restored is elaborated, in such a way that they allow to visualize clearly, the elements to be restored and the techniques to be used, according to the instructions from the project manager.

CR1.5 Material resources (facilities and auxiliary facilities, equipment, tools, tools, products, elements in natural stone and other materials, personal and collective protective equipment) and humans (number and qualification of the workers) required for the performance of each phase are determined, depending on the type of work and its size.

CR1.6 The forecast and organization of times for each phase is performed, based on the work to be done and on the human and material resources available, within the agreed deadlines.

CR1.7 The quality control plan is developed, defining for each stage the criteria and quality control points, with the necessary degree of development that allows for their subsequent programming, execution and control.

CR1.8 The technical memory of the restoration project is performed, defining the security measures to be taken at each stage, especially as regards the use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CR1.9 The technical memory of the restoration project is done by defining the environmental protection measures to be adopted, especially as regards waste management.

CR1.10 The technical documentation of the restoration project is presented in a neat manner, classified and ordered, archived and transmitted to the corresponding persons and departments, with speed and efficiency, following the established procedures.

CR2.1 The complete listing of chapters and work units is determined from the graphical and written documentation, collected in the restoration project, and contemplates all the jobs to be performed.

CR2.2 The costs of the units of work are calculated based on the material and human resources to be used.

CR2.3 Unforeseen and imponderable are calculated, based on a risk analysis of the restoration project, and the project manager is informed.

CR2.4 Commercial margins are calculated based on the criteria set by the company.

CR2.5 The budget is made by applying, unit prices to the work units of the different chapters, and according to the project budget.

CR2.6 budgeting is done using the appropriate software.

CR3.1 The tasks to be performed are programmed, coordinated with each other and with the rest of the work of the work, if any, from the technical documentation and the general planning of the work.

CR3.2 The supply of materials and supplies is programmed, according to the needs of the work and the adequacy of the storage areas to the type of product.

CR3.3 The use of the auxiliary means is foreseen, taking into account their availability, abilities and limitations, with special attention to those who are shared with the rest of the work, and according to the tasks that the require.

CR3.4 The provision of equipment, tools and tools necessary for the performance of the work is developed, including personal and collective protective equipment.

CR3.5 Programming is set to sequences, indicating the start and end dates of each process, contemplating the possible variation margins, depending on the availability and capabilities of the human and material resources.

CR3.6 The technical documentation of the programming is collected, in work orders, sketches, schedules, and other necessary information.

CR3.7 The programming made is submitted, if necessary, to the approval of the optional address, following the established procedures.

CR4.1 The quality plan is developed taking into account the level of quality required by the market, the quality objectives of the company, where appropriate, and the specific characteristics of the work to be performed.

CR4.2 The quality plan is developed by establishing the verification points and the sampling, control, recording and evaluation procedures, as well as the procedures to be followed, in the case of non-compliant work.

CR4.3 The safety plan is prepared by contemplating the measures of prevention of occupational hazards that are collected in the study of safety of the work, in addition to the specific of the restoration works.

CR4.4 The environmental protection plan is developed by establishing the possible environmental risks (waste, dust, noise and others), as well as the prevention and action procedures in each case.

Professional context:

Production media:

Conventional drawing tools and tools. Computers and computer networks: computers, portable memory, scanners, printers, data recorders. Audiovisual media. Useful for measuring. Computer applications for computer-aided design. Office applications. Applications and file computing material.

Products and results:

Technical restoration project. Budget for implementation. Restoration plan. Quality plan. Safety plan. Environmental plan. Scheduling of the jobs.

Information used or generated:

Drawings and drawings of plants, raised, sections, profiles and perspectives of restoration projects in natural stone. Maps and damage reports. Proposal for restoration. Verbal and/or written instructions from the client and/or superior. Technical specifications. Reference technical documentation. Product catalogues. Reference documentation: specialized books and journals. Manuals for the use of computers and computer networks. Manuals for the use of computer applications of assisted design, archive and office. Standards for restoration and conservation, construction and urban planning. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Standards for environmental protection. Memory of the restore project. Budget. Work plan. Work orders. Safety plan. Environmental protection plan. Quality Plan.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: COORDINATE AND MONITOR THE EXECUTION OF WORKS RESTORATION PROJECTS IN NATURAL STONE.

Level: 3

Code: UC1393_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The technical documentation of the project (plans and technical information on damage identification and treatments to be followed, work plan), is ordered and analyzed, detecting omissions and errors in the information necessary for the full definition of the jobs to be performed.

CR1.2 The general supplies of the work (water, electricity), are proven to be available and meet the needs set out in the project.

CR1.3 The availability of general work facilities and equipment (warehouses, changing rooms, generators, and different machinery) to be used is checked, which correspond to what is established in the project.

CR1.4 The installation of the required equipment for the restoration work is checked, which complies with the safety regulations of the work and the specific equipment of each team.

CR1.5 The operation of the specific restoration equipment is checked to correspond to the technical specifications of the equipment, detecting the possible anomalies, assessing their impact and adopting the decisions adequate for their healing.

CR1.6 The supplies needed for the equipment are anticipated in advance sufficient to ensure their supply, placing orders in time and form.

CR1.7 The installation of the auxiliary means (cranes, scaffolding, containers, and other) prescribed is organized, ensuring its availability within the prescribed period and with the administrative authorizations established.

CR1.8 The use of the auxiliary means shared in the work is agreed with the optional direction, establishing the times and modes of use.

CR1.9 The cleaning and maintenance of use of equipment and auxiliary means is organized, to ensure its proper functioning, by establishing the procedures to be followed according to the requirements of the manufacturer.

CR2.1 The collection zones for the storage of materials are fixed taking into account what is established in this respect by the optional address.

CR2.2 The order of materials is made with the necessary anticipation so that it does not paralyze at any moment the execution of the work, respecting the minimum safety stocks established and according to the programming of the jobs.

CR2.3 The material order is made in accordance with the formal procedures established by the company and clearly specifies the types and qualities of the materials.

CR2.4 The materials received are checked to correspond to the order orders, both in quantity and quality.

CR2.5 Waste evacuation zones are fixed taking into account what is established in this respect by the optional management.

RP3: Coordinate the human resources required for the execution of the natural stone restoration work, according to established programming.

CR3.1 The assigned staff is found to be the appropriate number and qualification for the execution of the restoration work to be performed, in accordance with the project, communicating it to its superiors in otherwise.

CR3.2 The work to be performed is organized and distributed according to the established programming, determining the sequence in which the different operations should be performed, as well as the moments of beginning and end of each one, that enable processes to be optimized, quality and coordination improved.

CR3.3 The organization of the personnel under his or her duties is performed, assigning to each operator or group of workers, the elements or assemblies to be treated, as well as the equipment, tools, supplies, materials and treatment products required.

CR3.4 Orders to workers are clearly and accurately transmitted, verifying their understanding by them.

CR3.5 The documents relating to the performance of the work (work orders, parts of work, technical sheets and others), are elaborated, distributed and revised, if necessary, once covered by the workers, following the procedures established by the company.

RP4: Coordinate and monitor the implementation of safety and environmental standards to ensure compliance, as set out in the respective safety and environmental plans.

CR4.1 General and specific security measures are brought to the attention of the workers themselves and subcontracted, controlling and demanding compliance, according to the established security plan.

CR4.2 The techniques used and the organization of the work are checked to minimize the risks, for the workers and the environment.

CR4.3 The individual and collective protection equipment is controlled that are used, depending on the work to be performed and the products and means to be used, as set out in the security plan for each operation.

CR4.4 The product safety sheets that require it are checked to be up-to-date and properly organized.

CR4.5 The work area and equipment are checked to be clean, in order and free of products other than the process, to ensure the performance of the work safely and effectively.

CR4.6 Environmental protection measures are brought to the attention of the workers themselves and subcontracted, controlling and demanding their compliance, according to the environmental protection plan established.

CR4.7 The waste generated in the restoration work is checked to be collected and deposited in the assigned places, according to the environmental protection plan.

RP5: Control the quality of works of restoration of works in natural stone, to verify that the project is fulfilled, adopting, where appropriate, the necessary measures to correct the detected deviations and informing the project manager.

CR5.1 The monitoring of the restore jobs is performed, controlling the operations are performed, according to the instructions received from the project manager.

CR5.2 The working parties prepared by the staff in charge are reviewed, analyzing possible incidents, deficiencies or defaults, to take appropriate measures and/or to communicate them to those responsible for the project, in time and form, following established procedures.

CR5.3 The quality of the results obtained is proven to meet the technical specifications set out in the project and the results are recorded, informing the person responsible.

CR5.4 The execution of the scheduled work execution times is analyzed, with the periodicity set to correct the possible deviations, in relation to the general work plan.

CR5.5 Quality assessment, control, recording and evaluation procedures are performed at the control points set out in the quality plan for monitoring the quality plan.

CR5.6 Jobs not in compliance with established quality requirements are identified and the necessary mechanisms for their correction are established, following established procedures.

RP6: Perform certifications and follow-up and end reports, to assess and document the natural stone restoration works executed, according to the criteria set out in the project.

CR 6.1 The work measurements are carried out according to the criteria set out in the project, being collected in an orderly manner in chapters and units, to facilitate the assessment of the work.

CR6.2 The certification of the works carried out takes place within the deadlines and in the agreed form, with special attention to the executed tasks that may not have been budgeted.

CR 6.3 The work that is incorporated into the certification is performed according to the assessments established in the project and supervised by the project manager.

CR6.4 The partial or final reports or reports are prepared, so that they collect the most relevant information about the execution of the project: work done, techniques used, products used, results obtained, times, incidents and deviations in relation to the specifications set out in the project.

CR6.5 The documentation on the execution of the restoration work: reports, memories, work diaries, work orders, work items, photographs, sketches, drawings, warehouse cards, albarans and other documents, elaborates, classifies, and archives, so that it is always sorted and available.

Professional context:

Production media:

Computer and computer networks: computers, portable memory, scanners, printers, data recorders. Audiovisual media. Useful for measuring. Office applications. Applications and file computing material. Computer applications for computer-aided design. Conventional drawing tools and tools.

Products and results:

Equipment and auxiliary means installed and put into operation. Supply and collection of materials organized in accordance with the provisions of the implementing project. Human resources organized according to established programming. Compliance with safety and environmental standards. Restoration work performed with quality. Certifications and reports.

Information used or generated:

Restore project. Verbal and/or written instructions from the client and/or superior. Technical specifications for equipment and products. Instruction manuals and maintenance of equipment manufacturers. Reference documentation: specialized books and magazines, product catalogues. Manuals for the use of computers and computer networks. Manuals for the use of computer applications of assisted design, archive and office. Standards for restoration and conservation, construction and urban planning. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Standards for environmental protection. Safety plan. Environmental protection plan. Quality plan. Work orders. Order of material orders. Reports. Certifications.

TRAINING MODULE 1: ASSESSMENT OF DAMAGE AND DEFINITION OF PROPOSALS FOR RESTORATION OF WORKS IN NATURAL STONE

Level: 3

Code: MF1391_3

UC Associate: Assess Damage and Define Works Proposals for Natural Stone Restoration

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify the historical use of stone, as well as the main theories and criteria for restoration.

CE4.1 Describe the contents of a damage report and the documents that integrate it.

CE4.2 List the contents of a restoration proposal and the documents that integrate it.

CE4.3 Develop comprehensive damage listings by assigning identifying codes to each damage.

CE4.4 Develop damage maps that graphically represent the damage listing.

CE4.5 Develop damage reports that collect listings and damage maps and assessments of the conservation status of works, as well as other complementary information.

CE4.6 Develop restoration proposals that describe the treatments to be performed, as well as economic estimates of the treatments.

CE4.7 Calculate general cost of restoration works, based on the cost of the material and human means used.

CE4.8 In a properly characterized case of natural stone restoration:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.10; C3 with respect to CE3.8; C4 with respect to CE4.8.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to their professionalism.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily. Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, and accurate way.

Contents:

1. Theories of the restoration of natural stone

Historical evolution of the theory and techniques of restoration. History of restoration applied to natural stone.

Restore Principles/Criteria.

Diagnosis. Methodology. Intervention. Prevention.

Documentation: Sources. Main national and international bodies.

Legislation on the restoration of historical/cultural assets.

2. History of art applied to restoration work

Main historical styles/streams in architecture. Basic features.

Main historical styles/currents in arts applied to stone. Basic features.

3. Works in natural stone

Natural stone: types. Physical-mechanical properties and characteristics.

Elements in natural stone. Classification. Features, functions, purposes, and applications.

Constructions in natural stone. Main types. Indoor and outdoor spaces.

Civil work in natural stone. Main types.

ornamental use of natural stone. Decoration, singular objects, funerary art, urban furniture.

Placement of works in natural stone. Systems and methods. Requirements.

4. Degradation of natural stone by physical, chemical and biological agents

Chemical agents: water, salts, acids, alkalis. Degradation processes: solutions and hydrolysis, oxidation and reduction.

Physical agents: temperature, humidity, ice, rain, wind, fire. Degradation processes: hygrothermic cycles, differential heating, ice-melt cycles, erosion, absorption, condensation and capillarity of moisture, hydration, salt crystallization.

Biological agents. Biophysical processes: higher and lower plants. Biochemical processes: fungi, lichens, bacteria and other microorganisms.

5. Degradation of natural stone by previous treatments or interventions

Degradation by previous restores with inappropriate products or techniques.

Damages arising from the extraction, processing, transportation and placement of natural stone.

Damage due to problems in the foundations.

6. Cleaning and protective treatments

Cleansing treatments. Different cleaning techniques and products. Application: main equipment, tools, tools, materials and products.

Treatments for protection. Products for protection (hydrofleetants, antigraffiti). Consolidants.

Application of cleaning treatments: equipment, tools, tools, materials and products.

Protective Interventions: Anti-Moisture Barriers, Physical Barriers, and Others.

7. Reintegration or replacement interventions

Substitutions. Types of materials for substitutions and compatibility between different materials.

rejoined. Mortars for rejoining.

Metal elements and their behavior in contact with natural stone.

Top equipment, tools, tools, materials and products. Personal and collective protective equipment. Environmental protection.

8. White paper: Damage reports and restoration proposals

Supplementary technical information.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to damage assessment and definition of works proposals for restoration in natural stone, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C2 with respect to CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.8; C4 with respect to CE4.10.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to their professionalism.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily. Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner.

Contents:

1. Projects to restore natural stone works

Project structure: document types, information contained in project documents.

Project Presentation Formats.

Phases in the development of a project, degree of definition.

Supplementary documentation. Collection. Sources. Supports. Selection.

Measurements. Sampling.

Agents participating in the restore projects. Attributions and responsibilities, relationships between agents.

Protection regulations and recommendations for the restoration of natural stone assemblies and elements: Protection of works declared of historical-cultural interest. Construction and civil work regulations.

Drafting and crafting the technical memory.

2. Development of natural stone works restoration projects

Process of restoration of works in natural stone. Phases and activities. Sequencing of the work. Timetables.

Main facilities and auxiliary facilities used in construction sites. Capabilities and limitations.

Main equipment, machinery, tools and tools used in various restoration work. Main features, performance, capabilities, limitations and usual returns.

Main materials and products used in restoration work. Features. Conditions and mode of use.

Jobs. Qualifications of workers. Functions. Responsibilities and limitations. Relationships in the work team.

Time and Time Forecast.

3. Measurements and budgets for natural stone works restoration projects

Measurement: Types of measurement units. Units used in measurements. Units of work. Sorting in chapters.

Work measurements: Measurement procedures. Useful and measuring equipment.

Budgets. Price tables. Prices of materials and labor. Prices of units of work. Overheads.

General Budget. Summary of articles. Configuration of the quote. Documentation.

Specific computer applications.

4. Quality, Environment and Safety in natural stone works restoration projects

Quality in the works of restoration of works in natural stone.

Sampling, control, recording and evaluation of works.

Process quality control. Quality certifications.

Environmental regulations. Waste management.

Labor risk prevention regulations. Individual and collective security means.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the development of technical projects for the restoration of works in natural stone and the programming of its execution, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: COORDINATION AND MONITORING OF NATURAL STONE RESTORATION PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1393_3

Associate with UC: Coordinate and oversee the execution of natural stone works restoration projects

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

Capabilities to be acquired in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.11; C2 with respect to CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.9; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.4 and CE5.5.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to their professionalism.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily. Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner.

Contents:

1. Facilities, equipment, materials and products used in the restoration of natural stone: management, organization and control

Construction works: facilities, equipment, auxiliary media and general supplies. General rules and procedures for installation, use and maintenance. Permissions and administrative authorities.

Equipment and machinery techniques. Manufacturer's instructions for use and maintenance of equipment and machinery.

Equipment supplies. Spare parts. Wear elements: teeth, blades.

Stone elements. Other complementary materials.

Supply and storage. Management and control. Technical sheets of the material. Order Orders. Records or books of storage.

2. The process of restoration of works in natural stone: coordination and supervision

3. Safety and environmental control in natural stone restoration works

4. Quality control of natural stone restoration work

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the coordination and monitoring of the execution of works restoration projects in natural stone, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

General competition:

UC1394_3: Perform excavation with floor tunelators.

UC1395_3: Perform excavation with rock tunelators.

UC864_2: Prevent risks in underground excavations.

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as an employed person in the area of production of large and medium enterprises, public or private, dedicated to the underground excavation, with or without the use of the materials excavated. It performs activities of a technical nature, in the framework of the functions and objectives assigned by technicians of a higher level, of which it will receive general instructions and to which it will inform. The professional activities of workers from open or underground mining companies, as far as general safety standards and the specific rules of their job are concerned, are subject to the regulations of the Member States. Competent administration.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the sectors of construction and extractive industries and, mainly, in the following productive activities: singular works of underground civil engineering (construction of tunnels for roads, railways, Underground drilling for the construction of supply networks (gas, oil, water and others, including sinkhole networks); extractive industries (construction of access galleries).

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Soil tunneling operator.

Operator of rock tunelators.

Associated training: (600 hours)

Training Modules

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Technical information-written or oral work instructions, drawings or sketches, maps, equipment maintenance and operation manuals, and others-is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the necessary information for the full definition of the jobs.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the operation with the mole are the appropriate ones, they are arranged in perfect condition, making their application to point, use and maintenance as established in the manuals of the manufacturer, and requesting the immediate responsible for missing equipment or the state of operation of which is not appropriate.

CR1.3 The collective protection teams specific to the excavation operations with the mole-signs and posters, fire fighting and others-are the right ones, they are in perfect condition, requesting the person responsible immediate equipment that is missing or whose operating status is not appropriate.

CR1.4 The good status of each of the tunneling elements is checked, before you start the jobs by visual inspection.

CR1.5 The parameters reflected in the control post screen are verified, corresponding to the instructions received, before proceeding to advance

CR1.6 The cutting tools are checked, using a template, that are maintained within acceptable levels of wear, ordering and monitoring their replacement if necessary.

CR2.1 The tunneling is started, following the processes and protocols established by the manufacturer.

CR2.2 The cutting head drive is checked in vacuum that responds by reversing and regulating the spin speed.

CR2.3 Push cylinders are verified to exert the pressure set on the last ring of candles.

CR2.4 The extraction screw and the primary strip of debris are started, verifying the correct operation on the screen.

CR2.5 The evacuation wagons of the excavated material are found to be located under the discharge hopper of the primary tape, or where appropriate, that the main strip of the tunnel is located in the operation.

CR2.6 The orientation of the tuner is verified on the corresponding screen which is the required one, fixing the thrusts of the articulation cylinders to reach the direction and angle of attack established in the documentation technique.

CR2.7 The injection rates in the chamber of the chemicals needed for the homogenization of the excavated material are verified, which are those set out in the technical instructions.

CR2.8 Security conditions are checked to be those set in the plan.

CR3.1 The head turning speed, as well as the thrust exerted by the main cylinders, are regulated, adjusting them to the characteristics and requirements of the terrain and according to the established protocols.

CR3.2 The pressures, during the inspection of the cutting head, are regulated according to the hyperbaric intervention protocol.

CR3.3 The forward direction (when moving forward in curve) is controlled by regulating the push cylinders, maintaining at all times the forward direction established through the laser system.

CR3.4 The progress and the debris evacuation system stops after the excavation for the length of the lining ring is finished, keeping the pressure stabilized on the front to prevent Subsidences, leaving it ready for the placement of the ring of candles.

CR3.5 The instructions to the dovail installation equipment on the position of the first ring candle are transmitted according to the orientation of the machine, to achieve the intended layout.

CR3.6 The performance of the equipment is optimized, during production tasks, by identifying possible causes of equipment delays or breakdowns.

CR3.7 Work parts are completed, based on the model and procedure set.

CR3.8 The anomalies detected in the tunneling operation are communicated to the top command and to the maintenance officer, according to the established procedure, collaborating in their repair, if any.

CR3.9 Support in first-level maintenance jobs is performed according to established procedures.

CR3.10 Security conditions are checked to be those set in the plan.

Professional context:

Production media:

Land pressure shield (EPB), hydroshield, and mixshield.

Products and results:

Tunnels and galleries full section on excavated floors. The invention relates to a device for the use of the machine. Waste disposal carried out. Completed parts of work. First level maintenance performed. Excavation performed safely.

Information used or generated:

Work Instructions. Protocols for action. Instruction manuals for the tuna machine. Standards for the prevention of occupational hazards in underground excavations. Safety plan. Quality plan. Waste management plan. Work and incident parts.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 Technical information-written or oral work instructions, drawings or sketches, maps, operation manuals and equipment maintenance-is interpreted, detecting omissions and errors in the information required for the full definition of the jobs.

CR1.2 The individual protection equipment specific to the shield operation are suitable, are arranged in perfect condition, making use and maintenance, as set out in the manufacturer's manuals, and requesting the immediate responsible for missing equipment or the state of operation of which is not appropriate.

CR1.3 The collective protection teams specific to the excavation operations with shield-signs and posters, fire fighting and others-are the right ones, they are in perfect condition, requesting the person responsible immediate equipment that is missing or whose operating status is not appropriate.

CR1.4 The parameters reflected in the control post screen are verified, before proceeding to the progress that is required.

CR1.5 The cutting tools are checked, using a template, that are maintained within acceptable levels of wear, ordering and monitoring their replacement if necessary.

CR2.1 The tunneling is started, following the processes and protocols established by the manufacturer.

CR2.2 The cutting head drive is checked in vacuum, which responds by reversing and regulating the spin speed.

CR2.3 The main thrust hydraulic cylinders are checked to be collected and the necessary pressure is exerted on the support surfaces of the ground shoes.

CR2.4 The system of tape dedebris is started, verifying the correct operation on the screen.

CR2.5 The evacuation wagons of the excavated material are found to be located under the discharge hopper of the secondary tape, or where appropriate, that the main strip of the tunnel debris is located at operation.

CR2.6 The orientation of the tuner is verified on the corresponding screen which is the required one, fixing the main cylinder thrusts to achieve the direction and angle of attack established in the documentation technique.

CR2.7 The security conditions are checked to be those set in the plan.

CR3.1 The head turning speed, as well as the thrust exerted by the main cylinders, are regulated, adjusting them to the characteristics and requirements of the terrain and according to the established protocols.

CR3.2 The cutting head is inspected after each advance, controlling the wear of the cutting tools, as well as the overall state of the head.

CR3.3 The forward direction, when advancing in curve, is controlled by regulating the main thrust cylinders, maintaining at all times the forward direction established through the laser system.

CR3.4 The complete completion of the installation tasks of the dovela ring is verified before proceeding to the operation of "re-gripping", in the excavations with double shield, and in excavations with mole, the complete one is verified completion of the support tasks that interfere with the re-gripping operation, before proceeding to it.

CR3.5 The instructions to the in charge of supplying the rings of dovelas from the outside on the type of ring necessary, in excavations with double shield, are given in function of the orientation of the machine, in order to achieve the intended.

CR3.6 The newly-placed ring of dovelas, in double-shield excavations, during the process of recovery of the hydraulic cylinders, is verified to be positioned and secured in order to avoid falls and/or accidents.

CR3.7 The performance of the equipment is optimized during production tasks, identifying possible causes of equipment delays or breakdowns.

CR3.8 Work parts are completed according to the model and procedure set.

CR3.9 The anomalies detected in the operation of the tunelator are communicated to the top command and to the maintenance officer, according to the established procedure, collaborating in their repair, if any.

CR3.10 Support in top-level maintenance jobs is performed according to established procedures.

CR3.11 Security conditions are checked to be those set in the plan.

Professional context:

Production media:

Double-shield Tuners. Gripper tunelators (moles).

Products and results:

Tunnels and galleries to complete section in excavated rock. The invention relates to a device for the use of the machine. Waste disposal carried out. Completed parts of work. First level maintenance performed. Excavation performed safely. Maintenance of the tunelator made. Waste.

Information used or generated:

Work Instructions. Protocols for action. Instruction manuals for the tuna machine. Standards for the prevention of occupational hazards in underground excavations. Safety plan. Quality plan. Waste management plan. Work and incident parts.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PREVENT RISKS IN UNDERGROUND EXCAVATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC864_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

CR1.1 The risks and general preventive measures set out in the company's prevention plans and internal security arrangements are identified and adopted in a systematic and rigorous manner.

CR1.2 The occupational risks in the underground excavation are identified, communicating the variations or alterations, following the established procedures and safety provisions of the company.

CR1.3 The individual protective equipment used in underground excavations are suitable, ready and in perfect condition, requesting the immediate responsible for missing equipment or the state of which operation is not the appropriate one.

CR1.4 The use and maintenance of individual protective equipment is performed, following the manufacturer's manual of use.

CR1.5 General collective protection measures (signalisations, balizations, protections, notices to staff) set out in the prevention plans and internal security arrangements are identified, and are on their placement and maintenance, warning the person responsible for any detected failure.

CR1.6 Special works (which pose unique risks to the operator or to third parties) are identified by systematically adopting the procedure laid down, in each case, for execution.

CR1.7 The responsible person is informed and the performance procedures provided for in the safety plan are applied to any danger situations.

RP2: Confirm that the status of the workplace is within the limits and safety conditions, to ensure the performance of the work safely and effectively, following the established procedures and the safety and environmental protection standards.

CR2.1 The measurements made with the safety equipment are checked to be within the safety limits set in the current regulations, communicating to the immediate responsible any anomaly in the same.

CR2.2 The work area is reviewed to check for ventilation, roof status, upcoming sustainment, and pulvigine and noise conditions, according to the instructions received.

CR2.3 The workbench is checked to be in order and clean of materials, equipment, tools and tools, and the route of the machines is free of obstacles.

CR2.4 Staff are notified of the start of the work to ensure that the operation does not carry any risk, and the presence of personnel in the risk area of the machine environment is prohibited.

CR2.5 The risks to the environment in underground excavations are identified, communicating them, if any, to the person responsible.

CR2.6 Waste, leftover consumables and their packaging, debris and sludge are removed from the working areas, depositing them in the established containers and/or in the landfill, following the company's procedures and complying with the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

CR2.7 The tools, tools, and materials are removed, stored in the settings, following the instructions and procedures set after the work has been completed.

RP3: Act on accidents, emergencies and evacuation in underground excavations in a fast, effective and safe manner, according to established protocols and the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.1 The accident identification is performed as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.2 The protection of the crashed and the isolation of the cause causing the accident is done immediately.

CR3.3 The notice and request for assistance is made as set out in the occupational risk prevention plan, ensuring, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the plan.

CR3.4 First aid is provided on the basis of the prescribed health recommendations for each case, and is involved in the evacuation of the injured person, according to the occupational risk prevention plan.

CR3.5 The different emergency situations and the actions to be followed in each case are identified in the emergency plan.

CR3.6 Fast, effective and safe action is done, according to the protocols established in the emergency plan, in cases of emergency.

CR3.7 You act quickly, effectively and safely, according to the protocols established in the self-protection/emergency plan, in cases of evacuation.

Professional context:

Production media:

Personal protective equipment: helmets, helmet lamp, mask, gloves, boots with protection, hearing protection, safety glasses, rescuers. Collective protection equipment: signs, beacon, communication systems. Gas meters. First aid equipment: kit, stretchers. Elements and means of evacuation. Elements and means of fighting fires. Waste containers.

Products and results:

Identified risks. Security measures taken. Individual protective equipment ready and ready. Collective protective equipment prepared and on point. Proper use of the equipment. Maintenance of equipment. First aid and evacuation in case of accident. Action in cases of emergency and evacuation according to plan.

Information used or generated:

Oral and written work instructions. Plan for the prevention of occupational risks. Document on safety and health. Safety and health study. Internal security arrangements. Self-protection/emergency plan.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DIGGING WITH FLOOR TUNELATORS

Level: 3

Code: MF1394_3

Associate to UC: Perform excavation with floor tunelators

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

CE2.1 Distinguished the different equipment of floor tunelators: land pressure shields -EPB-, hydroshield, MIxshield, identifying their characteristics, components, capabilities, limitations and applications.

CE2.2 Describe the operation of each equipment according to the manufacturer's instructions.

CE2.3 Identify the main performance and safety indicators in the cockpit, recognizing the normal operating parameters.

CE2.4 Explain the established phases and procedures for mounting and disassembling the various components of the tunneling equipment and its backup-.

CE2.5 Describe the following procedures, pointing to the efficiency and security criteria in each of the operations:

CE2.6 Describe the different types of holding dovails rings, as well as the sequence and general assembly procedure, according to the possible conditions of the excavation.

CE2.7 Identify the mortar injection procedure in the ring of the candle ring.

CE2.8 Describe the general maintenance operations of floor tunelators, identifying the major breakdowns that may arise.

CE2.9 Distinguished the types of cutting elements, recognizing both their wear status, as well as their supports and the cutting head itself.

CE3.1 Interpret technical documentation relating to equipment and excavation.

CE3.2 Perform commissioning operations from the command post, following the procedures established by the manufacturer.

CE3.3 Adapting the forward parameters-thrust and rotation of the head-depending on the characteristics of the different types of terrain.

CE3.4 Actioning push cylinders according to different machine guiding requirements.

CE3.5 Set the types of products to be injected into the chamber and the extraction screw, as well as their quantities, depending on the type of material to be extracted and its particle size.

CE3.6 Adjust the parameters of the different systems for the evacuation and transport of debris from the soil tunelators, depending on the type of material to be extracted and its particle size.

CE3.7 Apply the cement slurry injection procedure in the pipes to the conclusion of the excavation to achieve the set stabilization.

CE3.8 In a practical case, properly characterized with actual tunneling or simulator, based on information given on terrain characteristics and forward parameters:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to their activity.

Adapt to the organization by integrating into the system of technical-professional relations.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment while respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

Flooring tunnels. Types and characteristics of each: Land Pressure Escudos (EPB). Hydroshield. Mixshield.

Applications, capabilities, and limitations of each type.

Components: Cutting/excavation system. Cabin of command. Drive systems. Support systems. Waste disposal systems. Transport Systems

Operating Mode

Work systems: full section attack.

excavation work with floor tunelators. Characteristics and types.

Team choice criteria: Geomechanical conditions.

Auxiliary equipment: air, water, electricity.

Cutting elements. Useful and accessories.

Media for cutting elements.

Cutting head. Features.

Factors that influence the wear and tear of cutting elements.

Control of the wear and tear of the cutting elements.

Maintenance and replacement of cutting elements.

Cutting head maintenance.

3. Commissioning of soil tunelators

Cockpit. Indicators. Controls and controls functions.

Normal operating parameters. Monitoring and monitoring. Failure detection.

Start-up: Operating procedure.

4. Operation of the soil tuner: progress

Technical instructions. Interpretation.

Routing laser system: operation and control.

Fixing the forward parameters: speed and push.

Thrust and/or joint cylinders. Features. Operation. Push regulation.

Regulation of parameters according to the characteristics of the terrain.

Regulation of the pushes based on the layout.

Yields. Optimization of consumption.

Major problems and failures. Causes and consequences. Resolution procedure.

5. Auxiliary systems for the disposal of debris from soil tunelators

Different evacuation systems associated with floor tuners: auger screw, pumping and primary tape. Features. Components. Properties and limitations.

Different transport systems associated with floor tuners: general belt, pumping and wagons. Features. Components. Properties and limitations.

Additive products. Types, properties, applications.

Operating parameters of the evacuation system. Control, throttling and adjustment.

Control of the transport system.

6. Auxiliary systems for the support of floor tuners

Support system associated with floor tunelators: ring rings. Features. Components. Properties and limitations.

Dovelas: Types. Fixing and sealing systems. Placement procedure for forward and curve advancement.

Dovelas ring backfill methods. Types: Additive mortars, bi-component resins. Pumping system.

General operating procedures for support placement.

Working relationships with support staff.

7. First-level maintenance, assembly and disassembly of floor tunelators

Manufacturers ' instruction manuals. Interpretation.

Maintenance of the hydraulic and electrical system.

Maintenance of the Digging Equipment Cooling and Pumping System

Cleaning operations.

General assembly and disassembly procedure for the tunneling. Manufacturer's assembly and disassembly instruction manuals.

Major anomalies and breakdowns: causes and consequences. Operating procedure.

Monitoring repairs and maintenance operations.

Maintenance and breakdown parts.

Risks in excavations with floor tunelators.

Basic applicable security rules.

Risks and preventive measures for the floor tuna operator job position.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Risk areas within the tuna machine. Signaling of the risk areas.

Types of gases and their harmful effects. Continuous gas measurement.

Action protocol under hyperbaric conditions.

Environmental protection measures in the excavation of soil tuners: Waste management and disposable materials.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of excavation with floor tunelators, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2: DIGGING WITH ROCK TUNELATORS

Level: 3

Code: MF1395_3

UC Associate: Performing the excavation with rock tunelators

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Use individual protection equipment for advancement with rock tunelators, identifying the different types of workplace hazards.

CE1.1 Identify the specific risks of digging with rock tunelators, relating them to the corresponding preventive measures.

CE1.2 Recognize individual protective equipment to be used in excavation operations with rock tunelators based on risks.

CE1.3 Identify the collective protection equipment incorporated in rock tunelators.

CE1.4 Establish the correct operation and maintenance of the individual and collective protective equipment to be used in the excavation operations with rock tunelators, according to the manual of use of the manufacturer.

CE1.5 Describe the security protocol when the cutting head is accessed.

CE1.6 In a properly characterized case of digging with rock tunelators:

C2: Describe the general characteristics and conditions of the excavation with rock tunelators, defining the main equipment used and the excavation procedures.

CE2.1 Distinguished the different rock-tunneling equipment: open-mole tunelator, rock shield, and double shield, identifying its features, components, capabilities, limitations, and applications.

CE2.2 Describe the operation of each equipment according to the manufacturer's instructions.

CE2.3 Identify the main performance and safety indicators in the cockpit, recognizing the normal operating parameters.

CE2.4 Explain the established phases and procedures for mounting and disassembling the various components of the tunneling equipment and its backup-.

CE2.5 Describe the following procedures, pointing to the efficiency and security criteria in each of the operations:

CE2.6 Define the different sustainment systems-bullion, fencing, welded meshes, projected or packed concrete-own of the open tunelators or moles.

CE2.7 To determine the different types of rings of the own holding of the tunelators with shield, as well as the sequence and the general procedure of assembly, according to the possible conditions of the excavation.

CE2.8 Identify injection types and procedures-mortar, gravel and cement slurry or mixed-in the transfer of the candle ring.

CE2.9 Describe the general maintenance operations of rock tunelators, identifying the major breakdowns that may arise.

CE2.10 Distinguished the different types of cutting elements, recognizing both their wear status, their supports, and the cutting head itself.

C3: Analyze the regulatory and control systems of the parameters needed to perform the excavation with rock tunelators, according to the instructions for the operation of the equipment.

CE3.1 Interpret technical documentation relating to equipment and excavation.

CE3.2 Perform commissioning operations from the command post, following the procedures established by the manufacturer.

CE3.3 Adapting the forward parameters-thrust and rotation of the head-depending on the characteristics of the different types of terrain.

CE3.4 Actioning the hinge and push cylinders, according to different machine guiding requirements in the case of a simple shield or open shield.

CE3.5 Actioning the main cylinders of articulation and thrust, as well as the support auxiliaries of the ring of dovelas, according to different requirements of the machine guide in the case of double shield.

CE3.6 Adjust the parameters of different systems for the evacuation and transportation of debris from rock tunelators, depending on the volume of material to be extracted.

CE3.7 Apply the mortar and/or gravilla injection procedure in the backroom to the conclusion of the excavation to minimize the deformation of the terrain, in shields or double shield.

CE3.8 In a practical case, properly characterized with actual tunneling or simulator, based on information on terrain characteristics and forward parameters:

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real working environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Take responsibility for the work that develops.

Demonstrate a certain autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to their activity.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment while respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Digging with rock tunelators

excavation techniques with rock tunelators.

Rock Tunnels. Types and characteristics of each: Topo (open tunneling). Rock shield. Double shield.

Applications, capabilities, and limitations of each type.

Components: Cutting/excavation system. Fixing and pushing system. Cabin of command. Drive systems. Support systems. Waste disposal systems. Waste transport systems. Protection systems in the different types of tunelators.

Mode of operation.

Work systems: full section attack.

excavation work with rock tunelators. Characteristics and types.

Team choice criteria: Geomechanical conditions.

Auxiliary equipment: air, water, electricity.

2. Elements and cutting tools of rock tunelators

Cutting elements. Useful and accessories.

Media for cutting elements.

Cutting head. Features.

Factors that influence the wear and tear of cutting elements.

Control of the wear and tear of the cutting elements.

Anti-wear additive products for cutting elements. Types, properties, applications.

Maintenance and replacement of cutting elements.

Cutting head maintenance.

3. Setting up of rock tunelators

Cockpit. Indicators. Controls and controls functions.

Normal operating parameters. Monitoring and monitoring. Failure detection.

Start-up: Operating procedure.

4. Operation of rock tunelators: advance

Technical instructions. Interpretation.

Routing laser system: operation and control.

Fixing the forward parameters: speed and push.

Push, articulation, and ground fixing cylinders (grippers). Features. Operation. Push regulation.

Setting parameters based on the characteristics of the terrain.

Regulation of the pushes based on the layout.

Yields. Optimization of consumption.

Major problems and failures. Causes and consequences. Resolution procedure.

5. Auxiliary systems for the removal of debris from rock tunelators

Evacuation system associated with rock tunelators: primary tape. Features. Components. Properties and limitations.

Different transport systems associated with rock tunelators: general tape, wagons and hydraulic transport. Features. Components. Properties and limitations.

Operating parameters of the evacuation system. Control, throttling and adjustment.

Transport system. Control, throttling and adjustment.

6. Auxiliary systems for the support of rock tunelators

Holding system and operating procedure associated with different types of rock tunelators: Conventional holding in moles (bullock, cerchas, electrowelded mesh and projected concrete). Ring and double shield ring rings. Features. Components. Properties and limitations. Dovelas: Types. Fixing and sealing systems. Placement procedure for forward and curve advancement.

Special treatments for consolidation and improvement of the excavation front.

Dovelas ring backfill methods. Types: gravel and cement slurry, aditiated mortars, mixed (gravel and mortar) and bi-component resins. Pumping system.

Working relationships with support staff.

7. First-level maintenance, mounting and dismantling of rock tunelators

Manufacturers ' instruction manuals. Interpretation.

Maintenance of the hydraulic and electrical system.

Maintenance of the cooling system.

Cleaning operations.

General assembly and disassembly procedure for the tunneling. Manufacturer's assembly and disassembly instruction manuals.

Major anomalies and breakdowns: causes and consequences. Operating procedure.

Monitoring repairs and maintenance operations.

Maintenance and breakdown parts.

8. Safety and environmental conditions in excavations with rock tunelators

Risks in excavations with rock tunelators.

Basic applicable security rules.

Risks and preventive measures for the rock tunelator operator job position.

Personal protection equipment. Instructions for use and maintenance.

Collective security means: Security devices. Risk areas within the tuna machine. Signaling of the risk areas.

Types of gases and their harmful effects. Continuous gas measurement.

Environmental protection measures in excavation with rock tunelators: Waste management and disposable materials.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

Professional trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of excavation with rock tunelators, which will be accredited by one of the following forms:

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

Level: 2

Code: MF864_2

Associated with UC: Preventing risks in underground excavations

C1: Describe work activities and environment conditions in underground excavations, to identify risks and safety measures to be taken.

CE1.1 Define the main characteristics of the work in underground excavations, relating them to the main purposes of the excavation (mining or civil work) and its temporary or permanent character.

CE1.2 Describe the unique working conditions in an underground environment (schedules, confinement, lighting, hazardous atmospheres, noise).

CE1.3 Describe the work processes in underground excavations relating the main activities (start, load and transport, support) with the different techniques and procedures, equipment and machinery used in each of these activities.

CE1.4 Identify infrastructures (accesses, transits, wells, fireplaces) general facilities and services (electricity, transport, ventilation, compressed air water and drainage) existing in underground excavations, pointing to the general purpose and characteristics of each.

C2: Apply established procedures to confirm that the safety conditions of the work (gases, sustainment and others) comply with the established safety standards.

CE2.7 Identify the criteria for proper maintenance and cleanup of the workbench, to ensure the security, operability, and efficiency of the jobs.

C3: Describe the risks and general security measures to be taken in underground excavations, identifying collective protections and individual protective equipment to be used in general.

CE3.1 Interpret plans for prevention of work risks and internal security arrangements, identifying information regarding risks and prevention and security measures of application to your work.

CE3.2 Identify the general risks in underground excavations, relating them to the corresponding prevention measures to be taken.

CE3.5 Identify fire prevention and fire control systems at the facility.

CE3.6 Identify mandatory personal protective equipment in underground excavations, associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE3.7 Explain the correct use and maintenance of individual protective equipment to be used in all underground excavations, according to the manufacturer's manual of use.

CE3.8 List collective protection means generally used in underground excavations (signposts, balizations, protections, acoustic and optical signals), associating them with the corresponding risks.

CE3.9 Recognize and rigorously respect normalized safety signals.

CE3.10 In a properly characterized scenario:

C4: Apply established procedures for accident, emergency and evacuation cases for underground excavations in occupational risk prevention plans.

CE4.6 In a properly characterized scenario of accident:

CE4.7 In a properly characterized case of emergency:

CE4.8 In a properly characterized case of evacuation:

C5: Recognize the various wastes generated in the underground excavations, identifying their corresponding containers and storage sites.

CE5.1 Classify the different types of waste generated in the excavations, especially distinguishing the toxic and dangerous ones, and pointing out the harmful effects to the environment.

Ce5.2 Recognize the safety signs of packaging for products that present a potential risk to people or the environment (flammable, toxic, explosive, or other materials).

CE5.3 Select the appropriate individual protective equipment for the generated waste.

CE5.4 Identify the containers, places, and conditions of storage and recycling of the various waste generated in the excavations.

Other capabilities:

Respect internal company procedures and rules.

Assess respect for workplace risk prevention standards.

Underground excavations. Different applications: mining and construction and civil work.

Underground hole environment conditions: confinement, stability, lighting, ventilation, dust, noise, temperature, humidity, water.

Different types of terrain. General characteristics and behaviour of different types of terrain.

Execution of the underground excavation. Production process. Phases. Main activities: Start, load and transport, support. Techniques and procedures. Main equipment and machinery.

Infrastructures: accesses, transits, wells, fireplaces.

Facilities and services: electricity, transportation, ventilation, compressed air, water and drainage.

Environmental conditions in underground excavations: Primary and secondary ventilation (concepts, equipment, distances to the front). Types of gases (physico-chemical characteristics. Physiological damage. Origin and location). Detection. Preventive measures. Detectors used: operation and measurement procedures. General rules on ventilation. Specific regulations on ventilation in work at risk of explosion.

Hole Stability Excavated: The behavior of the excavated hole depending on the type and state of the terrain. Support and configuration types in the workbench.

General safety and environmental risks and conditions: Main general risks and preventive measures in the environment of an underground excavation (falls to the same and different levels, falling objects, trapping and cutting, Diseases of sleep and others). Powder. Generation. General characteristics. Physiological damage. Detection. Measures to combat dust. Noises. Generation. General characteristics. Physiological damage. Measurement. Preventive measures. Risk of floods of water and floods. Fight against fires. Special works. Specific safety standards. Personal protective equipment. Manual of use and maintenance. Means of collective protection.

Environmental protection measures. Identification of waste. Tags: signage. Collection of waste and disposable materials. Storage.

First aid. Evacuation of accidents.

Major risks of collective or catastrophic accident and preventive measures to be taken.

Risk of fire. Types of fire. Effects. Means of fighting fires.

Emergency and evacuation situations. Emergency plans: Equipment and accessories to be used. Performances to follow. Infrastructure, facilities and services. Primary ventilation. Personal protective equipment. Means of collective protection.

-Multi-purpose Aula of a minimum of 2 m² per pupil.

-Confined space simulating underground voids, with semi-circular and rectangular sections 9 to 15 m², with rock-front or simulated concrete. (Singular space not necessarily located in the training center).

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to risk prevention in underground excavations, which will be accredited by one of the following ways:

-Academic training of Technical Engineer or others of higher level related to this professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.